diff --git a/.editorconfig b/.editorconfig
deleted file mode 100644
index a0fa3ef..0000000
--- a/.editorconfig
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-# editorconfig.org
-root = true
-
-[{*.patch,syntax_test_*}]
-trim_trailing_whitespace = false
-
-[{*.c,*.cpp,*.h}]
-charset = utf-8
-
-[{*.c,*.cpp,*.h,Makefile}]
-trim_trailing_whitespace = true
-insert_final_newline = true
-end_of_line = lf
-indent_style = space
-indent_size = 2
-
-[{*.py,*.conf,*.sublime-project}]
-indent_style = tab
-indent_size = 4
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
deleted file mode 100644
index 2588229..0000000
--- a/.gitattributes
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-# Set the default behavior, in case people don't have core.autocrlf set.
-* text=auto
-
-# Files with Unix line endings
-*.c text eol=lf
-*.cpp text eol=lf
-*.h text eol=lf
-*.ino text eol=lf
-*.py text eol=lf
-*.sh text eol=lf
-*.scad text eol=lf
-
-# Files with native line endings
-# *.sln text
-
-# Binary files
-*.png binary
-*.jpg binary
-*.fon binary
diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 80c76ee..0000000
--- a/.gitignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,186 +0,0 @@
-#
-# Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
-# Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
-#
-# Based on Sprinter and grbl.
-# Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
-#
-# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program. If not, see .
-#
-
-# Our automatic versioning scheme generates the following file
-# NEVER put it in the repository
-_Version.h
-
-#
-# OS
-#
-applet/
-*.DS_Store
-
-#
-# Misc
-#
-*~
-*.orig
-*.rej
-*.bak
-*.idea
-*.s
-*.i
-*.ii
-*.swp
-tags
-
-#
-# C++
-#
-# Compiled Object files
-*.slo
-*.lo
-*.o
-*.obj
-*.ino.cpp
-
-# Precompiled Headers
-*.gch
-*.pch
-
-# Compiled Dynamic libraries
-*.so
-*.dylib
-*.dll
-
-# Fortran module files
-*.mod
-*.smod
-
-# Compiled Static libraries
-*.lai
-*.la
-*.a
-*.lib
-
-# Executables
-*.exe
-*.out
-*.app
-
-
-#
-# C
-#
-# Object files
-*.o
-*.ko
-*.obj
-*.elf
-
-# Precompiled Headers
-*.gch
-*.pch
-
-# Libraries
-*.lib
-*.a
-*.la
-*.lo
-
-# Shared objects (inc. Windows DLLs)
-*.dll
-*.so
-*.so.*
-*.dylib
-
-# Executables
-*.exe
-*.out
-*.app
-*.i*86
-*.x86_64
-*.hex
-
-# Debug files
-*.dSYM/
-*.su
-
-# PlatformIO files/dirs
-.pio*
-.pioenvs
-.piolibdeps
-.clang_complete
-.gcc-flags.json
-/lib/
-
-# Workaround for Deviot+platformio quirks
-Marlin/lib
-Marlin/platformio.ini
-Marlin/*/platformio.ini
-Marlin/*/*/platformio.ini
-Marlin/*/*/*/platformio.ini
-Marlin/*/*/*/*/platformio.ini
-Marlin/.travis.yml
-Marlin/*/.travis.yml
-Marlin/*/*/.travis.yml
-Marlin/*/*/*/.travis.yml
-Marlin/*/*/*/*/.travis.yml
-Marlin/.gitignore
-Marlin/*/.gitignore
-Marlin/*/*/.gitignore
-Marlin/*/*/*/.gitignore
-Marlin/*/*/*/*/.gitignore
-Marlin/readme.txt
-Marlin/*/readme.txt
-Marlin/*/*/readme.txt
-Marlin/*/*/*/readme.txt
-Marlin/*/*/*/*/readme.txt
-
-# Secure Credentials
-Configuration_Secure.h
-
-#Visual Studio
-*.sln
-*.vcxproj
-*.vcxproj.user
-*.vcxproj.filters
-Release/
-Debug/
-__vm/
-.vs/
-vc-fileutils.settings
-
-#Visual Studio Code
-.vscode
-.vscode/.browse.c_cpp.db*
-.vscode/c_cpp_properties.json
-.vscode/launch.json
-.vscode/*.db
-
-#cmake
-CMakeLists.txt
-src/CMakeLists.txt
-CMakeListsPrivate.txt
-
-#CLion
-cmake-build-*
-
-#Eclipse
-.project
-.cproject
-.pydevproject
-.settings
-.classpath
-
-#Python
-__pycache__
diff --git a/LICENSE b/LICENSE
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d917cf..0000000
--- a/LICENSE
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,677 +0,0 @@
-
-
- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- Version 3, 29 June 2007
-
- Copyright (c) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
- Preamble
-
- The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
-software and other kinds of works.
-
- The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
-to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
-the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
-share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
-software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
-GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
-any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
-your programs, too.
-
- When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
-want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
-free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
-
- To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
-these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
-certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
-you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
-
- For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
-freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
-or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
-know their rights.
-
- Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
-(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
-giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
-
- For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
-that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
-authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
-changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
-authors of previous versions.
-
- Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
-modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
-can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
-protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
-pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
-use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
-have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
-products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
-stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
-of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
-
- Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
-States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
-software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
-avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
-make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
-patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
-
- The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-
- TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
- 0. Definitions.
-
- "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
-
- "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
-works, such as semiconductor masks.
-
- "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
-License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
-"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
-
- To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
-in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
-exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
-earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
-
- A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
-on the Program.
-
- To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
-permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
-infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
-computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
-distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
-public, and in some countries other activities as well.
-
- To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
-parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
-a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
-
- An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
-to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
-feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
-tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
-extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
-work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
-the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
-menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
-
- 1. Source Code.
-
- The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
-for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
-form of a work.
-
- A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
-standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
-interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
-is widely used among developers working in that language.
-
- The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
-than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
-packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
-Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
-Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
-implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
-"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
-(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
-(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
-produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
-
- The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
-the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
-work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
-control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
-System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
-programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
-which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
-includes interface definition files associated with source files for
-the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
-linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
-such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
-subprograms and other parts of the work.
-
- The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
-can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
-Source.
-
- The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
-same work.
-
- 2. Basic Permissions.
-
- All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
-copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
-conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
-permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
-covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
-content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
-rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
-
- You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
-convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
-in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
-of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
-with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
-the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
-not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
-for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
-and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
-your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
-
- Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
-the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
-makes it unnecessary.
-
- 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
-
- No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
-measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
-11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
-similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
-measures.
-
- When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
-circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
-is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
-the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
-modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
-users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
-technological measures.
-
- 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
-
- You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
-receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
-appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
-keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
-non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
-keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
-recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
-
- You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
-and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
-
- 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
-
- You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
-produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
-terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
- a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
- it, and giving a relevant date.
-
- b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
- released under this License and any conditions added under section
- 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
- "keep intact all notices".
-
- c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
- License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
- License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
- additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
- regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
- permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
- invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
-
- d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
- Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
- interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
- work need not make them do so.
-
- A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
-works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
-and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
-in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
-"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
-used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
-beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
-in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
-parts of the aggregate.
-
- 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
-
- You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
-of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
-machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
-in one of these ways:
-
- a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
- (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
- Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
- customarily used for software interchange.
-
- b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
- (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
- written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
- long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
- model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
- copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
- product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
- medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
- more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
- conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
- Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
-
- c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
- written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
- alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
- only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
- with subsection 6b.
-
- d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
- place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
- Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
- further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
- Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
- copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
- may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
- that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
- clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
- Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
- Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
- available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
-
- e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
- you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
- Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
- charge under subsection 6d.
-
- A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
-from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
-included in conveying the object code work.
-
- A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
-tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
-or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
-into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
-doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
-product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
-typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
-of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
-actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
-is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
-commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
-the only significant mode of use of the product.
-
- "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
-procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
-and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
-a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
-suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
-code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
-modification has been made.
-
- If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
-specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
-part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
-User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
-fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
-Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
-by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
-if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
-modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
-been installed in ROM).
-
- The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
-requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
-for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
-the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
-network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
-adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
-protocols for communication across the network.
-
- Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
-in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
-documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
-source code form), and must require no special password or key for
-unpacking, reading or copying.
-
- 7. Additional Terms.
-
- "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
-License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
-Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
-be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
-that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
-apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
-under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
-this License without regard to the additional permissions.
-
- When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
-remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
-it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
-removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
-additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
-for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
-
- Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
-add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
-that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
-
- a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
- terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
-
- b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
- author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
- Notices displayed by works containing it; or
-
- c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
- requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
- reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
-
- d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
- authors of the material; or
-
- e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
- trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
-
- f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
- material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
- it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
- any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
- those licensors and authors.
-
- All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
-restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
-received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
-governed by this License along with a term that is a further
-restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
-a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
-License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
-of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
-not survive such relicensing or conveying.
-
- If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
-must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
-additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
-where to find the applicable terms.
-
- Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
-form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
-the above requirements apply either way.
-
- 8. Termination.
-
- You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
-provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
-modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
-this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
-paragraph of section 11).
-
- However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
-license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
-provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
-finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
-holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
-prior to 60 days after the cessation.
-
- Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
-reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
-violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
-received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
-copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
-your receipt of the notice.
-
- Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
-licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
-this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
-reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
-material under section 10.
-
- 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
-
- You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
-run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
-occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
-to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
-nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
-modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
-not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
-covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
-
- 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
-
- Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
-receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
-propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
-for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
-
- An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
-organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
-organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
-work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
-transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
-licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
-give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
-Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
-the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
-
- You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
-rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
-not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
-rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
-(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
-any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
-sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
-
- 11. Patents.
-
- A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
-License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
-work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
-
- A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
-owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
-hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
-by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
-but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
-consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
-purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
-patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
-this License.
-
- Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
-patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
-make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
-propagate the contents of its contributor version.
-
- In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
-agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
-(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
-sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
-party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
-patent against the party.
-
- If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
-and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
-to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
-publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
-then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
-available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
-patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
-consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
-license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
-actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
-covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
-in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
-country that you have reason to believe are valid.
-
- If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
-arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
-covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
-receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
-or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
-you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
-work and works based on it.
-
- A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
-the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
-conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
-specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
-work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
-in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
-to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
-the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
-parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
-patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
-conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
-for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
-contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
-or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
-
- Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
-any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
-otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
-
- 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
-
- If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
-covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
-not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
-to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
-the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
-License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
-
- 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
-
- Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
-permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
-under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
-combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
-License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
-but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
-section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
-combination as such.
-
- 14. Revised Versions of this License.
-
- The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
-the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
- Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
-Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
-Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
-option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
-version or of any later version published by the Free Software
-Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
-GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-
- If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
-versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
-public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
-to choose that version for the Program.
-
- Later license versions may give you additional or different
-permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
-author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
-later version.
-
- 15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
-
- THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
-APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
-HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
-OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
-THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
-IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
-ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
- 16. Limitation of Liability.
-
- IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
-THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
-GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
-USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
-DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
-PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
-EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-SUCH DAMAGES.
-
- 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
-
- If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
-above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
-reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
-an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
-Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
-copy of the Program in return for a fee.
-
- END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
- How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
-
- If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
-
- To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
-the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
- {one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.}
- Copyright (c) {year} {name of author}
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see .
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
- If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
-notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
- {project} Copyright (c) {year} {fullname}
- This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
- This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
- under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
-might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
-
- You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
-if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
-For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
-.
-
- The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
-into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
-may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
-the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
-Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
-.
-
diff --git a/Marlin/Configuration.h b/Marlin/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 09e5800..0000000
--- a/Marlin/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2298 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020005
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Creality CR-10)" // Who made the changes.
-//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
-#undef SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-// #define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-// #define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 115200
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BTT_SKR_V1_4_TURBO
-#endif
-
-// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-10"
-
-// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
-// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-// Save and restore temperature and fan speed on tool-change.
-// Set standby for the unselected tool with M104/106/109 T...
-#if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE)
- //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_TEMP
- //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_FAN
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
- * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
- * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
- * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
- */
-//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
- #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
- //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
- #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate
- #endif
- #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Power Supply Control
- *
- * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
- * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
- */
-//#define PSU_CONTROL
-//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
-
-#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
- #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box
-
- //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
- //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
- //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for MEGA)
- * 332 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for DUE)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 202 : 200k thermistor - Copymaster 3D
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan, J-Head, and E3D) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (Used in Keenovo AC silicone mats and most Wanhao i3 machines) (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
- * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 5v excitation (AVR)
- * 21 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v excitation (STM32 \ LPC176x....)
- * 22 : 100k (hotend) with 4.7k pullup to 3.3V and 220R to analog input (as in GTM32 Pro vB)
- * 23 : 100k (bed) with 4.7k pullup to 3.3v and 220R to analog input (as in GTM32 Pro vB)
- * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines)
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup (E3D)
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_6 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_7 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
-// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
-// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
-// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 120
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // Stock CR-10 tuned for 70C
- // #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.57
- // #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.72
- // #define DEFAULT_Kd 73.96
-
- //autotune for cr-10
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 16.84
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.04
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 67.97
-
- // Ultimaker
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //Stock CR-10 Bed Tuned for 70C
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 426.68
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi 78.92
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 576.71
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-#if EITHER(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. Use 'M303 D' to toggle activation.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-// #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-// #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-// #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01,
- * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209
-#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209
-#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor in parallel with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 2500, 2500, 100, 25 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
- #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2500, 2500, 500, 5000 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
- #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 300 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 300 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 300 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-//#define CLASSIC_JERK
-#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 2.7
-
- //#define TRAVEL_EXTRA_XYJERK 0.0 // Additional jerk allowance for all travel moves
-
- //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2
- #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
- #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * Junction Deviation Factor
- *
- * See:
- * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
- * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
- */
-#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.067 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-//Говорят качество улучшается и разгоны плавнее.
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z-MIN pin.
- * The probe replaces the Z-MIN endstop and is used for Z homing.
- * (Automatically enables USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING.)
- */
-// #define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-// Force the use of the probe for Z-axis homing
-// #define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
- *
- * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
- * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
- * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- */
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN P0_10 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive
- * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-#define BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
- *
- * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
- * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
- * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
- *
- * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
- * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
- */
-//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
- #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts
- //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
- //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-// Duet Smart Effector (for delta printers) - https://bit.ly/2ul5U7J
-// When the pin is defined you can use M672 to set/reset the probe sensivity.
-//#define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR
-#if ENABLED(DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR)
- #define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN -1 // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- * Requires stallGuard-capable Trinamic stepper drivers.
- * CAUTION: This can damage machines with Z lead screws.
- * Take extreme care when setting up this feature.
- */
-//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- *
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- *
- * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z }
- */
-#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -40, -10, 0 }
-
-// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but
-// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area.
-#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 20
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-/**
- * Multiple Probing
- *
- * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
- * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
- *
- * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
- * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
- */
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 10 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
- //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E6_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E7_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure to have this much clearance over your Z_MAX_POS to prevent grinding.
-
-//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing Z
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-#define X_BED_SIZE 300
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 300
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS 0
-#define Y_MIN_POS -10
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE + 20
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS 400
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // G26 Q (retraction) used by default between mesh test elements.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- // #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET_LFRB { 40, 40, 40, 40 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle between leveling points
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT Y_CENTER // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * EEPROM
- *
- * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
- *
- * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
- * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
- * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
- */
-#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
-#endif
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- //#define NOZZLE_PARK_X_ONLY // X move only is required to park
- //#define NOZZLE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y move only is required to park
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_RAISE_MIN 2 // (mm) Always raise Z by at least this distance
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } }
- // Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }}
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } }
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-
- // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
- //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, hu, it,
- * jp_kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'hu':'Hungarian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
-//
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
-//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight.
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== OLED Displays ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- #define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- //#define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART
-
-//
-// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
-//
-//#define OVERLORD_OLED
-
-//=============================================================================
-//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.)
-// ORIGIN : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32993409517.html
-// FYSETC : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32961471929.html
-//
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200/M300 printers
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
-// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
-//
-//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE
-
-//
-// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
-// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.)
-//
-//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// Ender-3 v2 OEM display. A DWIN display with Rotary Encoder.
-//
-//#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD
-
-//
-// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8
-//
-//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS)
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
-
- #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316
- #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981
- #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43
- #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257
-#endif
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
- //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-
- // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b413ada..0000000
--- a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3387 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020005
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
-//
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
- #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
- #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
- #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
- #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
- #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
- #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000
- #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000
- #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
- #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
- #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Heated Chamber settings
- */
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
- #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
- #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
- #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
- //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
- */
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) // heating power = Kc * e_speed
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
- * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
- * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
- * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
- *
- * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%)
- * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
- * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
- * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
- *
- * Example:
- * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
- * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
- *
- * Fan-speed dependent compensation
- * --------------------------------
- * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
- * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
- * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
- * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
- * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
- * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
- * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
- * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
- * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
- */
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
- // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
- // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
- // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.
-
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
-
- #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0
-
- #else
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
- #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature Mode
- *
- * Dynamically adjust the hotend target temperature based on planned E moves.
- *
- * (Contrast with PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING, which tracks E movement and adjusts PID
- * behavior using an additional kC value.)
- *
- * Autotemp is calculated by (mintemp + factor * mm_per_sec), capped to maxtemp.
- *
- * Enable Autotemp Mode with M104/M109 F S B.
- * Disable by sending M104/M109 with no F parameter (or F0 with AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL).
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
- // Turn on AUTOTEMP on M104/M109 by default using proportions set here
- //#define AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL
- #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL)
- #define AUTOTEMP_MIN_P 0 // (°C) Added to the target temperature
- #define AUTOTEMP_MAX_P 5 // (°C) Added to the target temperature
- #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR_P 1 // Apply this F parameter by default (overridden by M104/M109 F)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Hotend Idle Timeout
- * Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam.
- */
-//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT
-#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT)
- #define HOTEND_IDLE_DURATION_SEC 5 // (minutes) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection
- #define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection
- #define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout
- #define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan turns on automatically whenever any driver is enabled and turns
- * off (or reduces to idle speed) shortly after drivers are turned off.
- */
-//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY // With this option only the Z axis is considered
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN 0 // (0-255) Minimum speed. (If set below this value the fan is turned off.)
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE 255 // (0-255) Active speed, used when any motor is enabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE 0 // (0-255) Idle speed, used when motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME 60 // (seconds) Extra time to keep the fan running after disabling motors
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE // Enable M710 configurable settings
- #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE)
- #define CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU // Enable the Controller Fan submenu
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
-//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-/**
- * FAST PWM FAN Settings
- *
- * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
- * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
- * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
- *
- * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
- * Set this to your desired frequency.
- * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
- * i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
- * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
- * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
- *
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
- * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
- * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
- * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
- * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
- * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
- */
-#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
- //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
- //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z set the number of stepper drivers
-//
-#define NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 1 // (1-4) Z options change based on how many
-
-#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS > 1
- //#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
- #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4
- #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_
- #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- *
- * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S:
- *
- * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
- * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
- *
- * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
- * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- *
- * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
- * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
- * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
- *
- * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
- * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
- * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
- */
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-#endif
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-/**
- * Homing Procedure
- * Homing (G28) does an indefinite move towards the endstops to establish
- * the position of the toolhead relative to the workspace.
- */
-
-//#define SENSORLESS_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops before sensorless homing
-
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 0 // (mm) Backoff from endstops after first bump
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 0
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-
-//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after homing
-
-#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first
-
-// @section bltouch
-
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- /**
- * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
- * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
- * advanced commands.
- *
- * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
- * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
- *
- * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
- * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
- * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
- *
- * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
- */
-
- // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
- // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
- */
-
- // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
- // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
- * Summary:
- * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
- * - High-Speed mode
- * - Disable LCD voltage options
- */
-
- /**
- * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
- * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
- * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
- * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
- * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
- * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
- */
- #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
- /**
- * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
- * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
- * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
- * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
- /**
- * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
- * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
- * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
- * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
- // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
- //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]]
- // If not defined, probe limits will be used.
- // Override with 'M422 S X Y'
- //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } }
-
- /**
- * Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions.
- * Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S X Y'
- *
- * 2 Steppers: (0) (1)
- * | | 2 |
- * | 1 2 | |
- * | | 1 |
- *
- * 3 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3)
- * | 3 | 1 | 2 1 | 2 |
- * | | 3 | | 3 |
- * | 1 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 |
- *
- * 4 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3)
- * | 4 3 | 1 4 | 2 1 | 3 2 |
- * | | | | |
- * | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 |
- *
- */
- #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY
- //#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0
- #endif
-
- // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
- // Requires triple stepper drivers (i.e., set NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS to 3)
- //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS
- #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS)
- // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to
- // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage.
- // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order.
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }
- #else
- // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case
- // the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point.
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability!
- #endif
-
- #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 // Number of iterations to apply during alignment
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // Restore leveling after G34 is done?
- // After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe heights?
- // Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' homing height, especially on an uneven bed.
- #define HOME_AFTER_G34
-#endif
-
-// @section motion
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
-
-// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
-//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (µs)
-
-// Slow down the machine if the look ahead buffer is (by default) half full.
-// Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes.
-#define SLOWDOWN
-#if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN)
- #define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2
-#endif
-
-/**
- * XY Frequency limit
- * Reduce resonance by limiting the frequency of small zigzag infill moves.
- * See http://hydraraptor.blogspot.com/2010/12/frequency-limit.html
- * Use M201 F G to change limits at runtime.
- */
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 10 // (Hz) Maximum frequency of small zigzag infill moves. Set with M201 F.
-#ifdef XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT
- #define XY_FREQUENCY_MIN_PERCENT 5 // (percent) Minimum FR percentage to apply. Set with M201 G.
-#endif
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define the pin to read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Define here to override the default pin
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-/**
- * I2C-based DIGIPOTs (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
- */
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4451
-#if EITHER(DIGIPOT_MCP4018, DIGIPOT_MCP4451)
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT:4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO:8 MKS_SBASE:5 MIGHTYBOARD_REVE:5
-
- // Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
- // These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
- //#define DIGIPOT_USE_RAW_VALUES // Use DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT raw wiper values (instead of A4988 motor currents)
-
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // Unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // Unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm)
- #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_LCD_MENU
-
- // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
- //#define LCD_INFO_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
- //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
- #endif
-
- // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
- //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
-
- /**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
- //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-// Show the E position (filament used) during printing
-//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL
-
-#if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN)
- #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 4000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s)
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && EITHER(SDSUPPORT, LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY)
- //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits
- //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion
- #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME)
- //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation
- //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && EITHER(SDSUPPORT, LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY)
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when empty.
- // Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly detected.
- //#define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH
-
- #define SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH 1 // Increase if you need more nested M32 calls
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84" // Use "M84XYE" to keep Z enabled so your bed stays in place
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
-
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
-
- #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
-
- #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS)
- #define PE_LEDS_COMPLETED_TIME (30*60) // (seconds) Time to keep the LED "done" color before restoring normal illumination
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- #define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT false // Power Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500)
- //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module.
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
-
- // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
- // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
- #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 256 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
- //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
- * SS --> SDSS
- *
- * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
-
- /**
- * USB Host Shield Library
- *
- * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
- * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
- *
- * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
- * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
- * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
- */
- //#define USE_UHS3_USB
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
-
- /**
- * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
- *
- * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
- * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
- * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
- *
- * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
- */
- #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
- * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
- */
-//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame or no frame on the Info Screen
- //#define XYZ_NO_FRAME
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
- //#define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle / laser active
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM.
-
- // Frivolous Game Options
- //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
- //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
- //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
- //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays
-//
-#if HAS_DGUS_LCD
- #define DGUS_SERIAL_PORT 3
- #define DGUS_BAUDRATE 115200
-
- #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
- #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48
- //#define DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR)
-
- #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates
-
- #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY)
- #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing
- #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup
-
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC)
- //#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC
- #else
- #define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD)
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING)
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
-//
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
- // Display board used
- //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
- //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
- //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI
- //#define LCD_FYSETC_TFT81050 // FYSETC with 5" (800x480)
-
- // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
- //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
- //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
-
- // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
- //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
- //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
- //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
- //#define S6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC S6 pin mapping
-
- //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
- #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
- // Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen
- #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
- #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
-
- // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
- #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
- // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
- // portrait and mirrored orientations.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
- //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
-
- // UTF8 processing and rendering.
- // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
- // Western accents support. These accented characters use
- // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
- #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
- // Additional character groups. These characters require
- // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
- #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
-
- // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE)
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
-
- // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
- // (recommended for smaller displays)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
-
- // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
-
- // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
-#endif
-
-//
-// FSMC Graphical TFT
-//
-#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT)
- //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
- //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
- //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
- //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
- //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
- //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
-#endif
-
-//
-// ADC Button Debounce
-//
-#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS
- #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // (ms) Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast
-#endif
-
-// @section safety
-
-/**
- * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
- * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
- *
- * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
- * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
- * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
- * interrupts are enabled.
- */
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING // EXPERIMENTAL integration of babystepping into the Stepper ISR
- //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 10
-
- #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
- #endif
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- */
-#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
- //#define EXPERIMENTAL_SCURVE // Enable this option to permit S-Curve Acceleration
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate
- * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
- * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
- * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are
- * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed.
- *
- * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
- * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
- * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
- * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
- *
- * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
- * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
- * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
- * the probe to be unable to reach any points.
- */
-#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Probe Compensation
- * Probe measurements are adjusted to compensate for temperature distortion.
- * Use G76 to calibrate this feature. Use M871 to set values manually.
- * For a more detailed explanation of the process see G76_M871.cpp.
- */
-#if HAS_BED_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- // Enable thermal first layer compensation using bed and probe temperatures
- #define PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION
-
- // Add additional compensation depending on hotend temperature
- // Note: this values cannot be calibrated and have to be set manually
- #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION)
- // Park position to wait for probe cooldown
- #define PTC_PARK_POS { 0, 0, 100 }
-
- // Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature
- #define PTC_PROBE_POS { 90, 100 }
-
- // Enable additional compensation using hotend temperature
- // Note: this values cannot be calibrated automatically but have to be set manually
- //#define USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G60/G61 Position Save and Return
-//
-//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment
- //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R 1 // Max segment length, MM_PER = Min
- #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
- //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum)
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-/**
- * Direct Stepping
- *
- * Comparable to the method used by Klipper, G6 direct stepping significantly
- * reduces motion calculations, increases top printing speeds, and results in
- * less step aliasing by calculating all motions in advance.
- * Preparing your G-code: https://github.com/colinrgodsey/step-daemon
- */
-//#define DIRECT_STEPPING
-
-/**
- * G38 Probe Target
- *
- * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
- * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
- * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
- */
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of lineear moves that can be in the planner at once.
-// The value of BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE must be a power of 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32)
-#if BOTH(SDSUPPORT, DIRECT_STEPPING)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8
-#elif ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate
-//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Emergency Command Parser
- *
- * Add a low-level parser to intercept certain commands as they
- * enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
- * Currently handles M108, M112, M410, M876
- * NOTE: Not yet implemented for all platforms.
- */
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- *
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if EXTRUDERS > 1
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE_BEFORE_RETRACT // Apply raise before swap retraction (if enabled)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to previous position on tool-change
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN)
- //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // Extra G-code to run after tool-change
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Retract and prime filament on tool-change to reduce
- * ooze and stringing and to get cleaner transitions.
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- // Load / Unload
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_LENGTH 12 // (mm) Load / Unload length
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_RESUME_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Extra length for better restart, fine tune by LCD/Gcode)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_RETRACT_SPEED (50*60) // (mm/m) (Unloading)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_UNRETRACT_SPEED (25*60) // (mm/m) (On SINGLENOZZLE or Bowden loading must be slowed down)
-
- // Longer prime to clean out a SINGLENOZZLE
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED (4.6*60) // (mm/m) Extra priming feedrate
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_WIPE_RETRACT 0 // (mm/m) Retract before cooling for less stringing, better wipe, etc.
-
- // Cool after prime to reduce stringing
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN -1 // Fan index or -1 to skip
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-
- // Swap uninitialized extruder with TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED for all lengths (recover + prime)
- // (May break filament if not retracted beforehand.)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP
-
- // Prime on the first T0 (If other, TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP applied)
- // Enable it (M217 V[0/1]) before printing, to avoid unwanted priming on host connect
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_FIRST_USED
-
- /**
- * Tool Change Migration
- * This feature provides G-code and LCD options to switch tools mid-print.
- * All applicable tool properties are migrated so the print can continue.
- * Tools must be closely matching and other restrictions may apply.
- * Useful to:
- * - Change filament color without interruption
- * - Switch spools automatically on filament runout
- * - Switch to a different nozzle on an extruder jam
- */
- #define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE
-
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_X_ONLY // X axis only move
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y axis only move
- #endif
-#endif // EXTRUDERS > 1
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause
- * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 420 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 120 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
-
- #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change
-
- //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
- *
- * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
- #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X)
- #define Z4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
- #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
- #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X)
- #define E6_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E6_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X)
- #define E7_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E7_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
-#endif // TMC26X
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
- * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
- * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
- * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
- *
- * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
- * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
- * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
- * a resistor.
- * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
- *
- * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 720 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 //Попробовать 1/64
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ...
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT 800
- #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 720
- #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT 800
- #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 680
- #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT 800
- #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT 800
- #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4)
- #define Z4_CURRENT 800
- #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z4_CURRENT
- #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z4_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 750
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT 800
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT 800
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT 800
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT 800
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT 800
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6)
- #define E6_CURRENT 800
- #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E6_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7)
- #define E7_CURRENT 800
- #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E7_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E6_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E7_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
-
- /**
- * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
- * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
- * Address | MS1 | MS2
- * 0 | LOW | LOW
- * 1 | HIGH | LOW
- * 2 | LOW | HIGH
- * 3 | HIGH | HIGH
- *
- * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
- * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
- */
- #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define you own with
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers
- * for error conditions like overtemperature and short to ground.
- * To manage over-temp Marlin can decrease the driver current until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- #define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 60
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z.
- *
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
- * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
- *
- * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
- * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
- * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
- *
- * It is recommended to set HOMING_BUMP_MM to { 0, 0, 0 }.
- *
- * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only ***
- * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
- * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
- *
- * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
- * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 50
- #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 50
- #define Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- #define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 50
- //#define Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- //#define Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- //#define Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only
- //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC Homing stepper phase.
- *
- * Improve homing repeatability by homing to stepper coil's nearest absolute
- * phase position. Trinamic drivers use a stepper phase table with 1024 values
- * spanning 4 full steps with 256 positions each (ergo, 1024 positions).
- * Full step positions (128, 384, 640, 896) have the highest holding torque.
- *
- * Values from 0..1023, -1 to disable homing phase for that axis.
- */
- //#define TMC_HOME_PHASE { 896, 896, 896 }
-
- /**
- * Beta feature!
- * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
- */
- //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
- */
- #define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
- * stepperY.intpol(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG
-
-// @section L64XX
-
-/**
- * L64XX Stepper Driver options
- *
- * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required.
- * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
- *
- * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
- * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
- * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset
- */
-
-#if HAS_L64XX
-
- //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down
- // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current
- #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
- #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2)
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y)
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2)
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z)
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2)
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3)
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4)
- #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z4_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0)
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1)
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2)
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3)
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4)
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5)
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6)
- #define E6_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E6_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E6_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E6_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E6_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7)
- #define E7_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E7_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E7_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E7_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E7_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
- * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
- * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
- * I3 - Z3 or E3
- * I4 - Z4 or E4
- * I5 - E5
- * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
- * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
- * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
- * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
- */
- //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
- //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_L64XX
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//
-// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control
-// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library.
-//
-//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS)
- #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-//#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- //#define CHDK_PIN 4
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-
- /**
- * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model.
- * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz.
- * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough.
- * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.)
- *
- * Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq
- * IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7
- */
- //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation
- #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US
- #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
-//#define LASER_FEATURE
-#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY 2500 // (Hz) Spindle/laser frequency (only on supported HALs: AVR and LPC)
-
- /**
- * Speed / Power can be set ('M3 S') and displayed in terms of:
- * - PWM255 (S0 - S255)
- * - PERCENT (S0 - S100)
- * - RPM (S0 - S50000) Best for use with a spindle
- */
- #define CUTTER_POWER_DISPLAY PWM255
-
- /**
- * Relative mode uses relative range (SPEED_POWER_MIN to SPEED_POWER_MAX) instead of normal range (0 to SPEED_POWER_MAX)
- * Best use with SuperPID router controller where for example S0 = 5,000 RPM and S255 = 30,000 RPM
- */
- //#define CUTTER_POWER_RELATIVE // Set speed proportional to [SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX] instead of directly
-
- #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
- //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
-
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
-
- /**
- * M3/M4 uses the following equation to convert speed/power to PWM duty cycle
- * Power = ((DC / 255 * 100) - SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT)) * (1 / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE)
- * where PWM DC varies from 0 to 255
- *
- * Set these required parameters for your controller
- */
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 // SPEED_POWER_SLOPE = SPEED_POWER_MAX / 255
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
- #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 25000 // The default value for speed power when M3 is called without arguments
-
- #else
-
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 // SPEED_POWER_SLOPE = SPEED_POWER_MAX / 255
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
- #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 80 // The default value for speed power when M3 is called without arguments
-
- /**
- * Enable inline laser power to be handled in the planner / stepper routines.
- * Inline power is specified by the I (inline) flag in an M3 command (e.g., M3 S20 I)
- * or by the 'S' parameter in G0/G1/G2/G3 moves (see LASER_MOVE_POWER).
- *
- * This allows the laser to keep in perfect sync with the planner and removes
- * the powerup/down delay since lasers require negligible time.
- */
- #define LASER_POWER_INLINE
-
- #if ENABLED(LASER_POWER_INLINE)
- /**
- * Scale the laser's power in proportion to the movement rate.
- *
- * - Sets the entry power proportional to the entry speed over the nominal speed.
- * - Ramps the power up every N steps to approximate the speed trapezoid.
- * - Due to the limited power resolution this is only approximate.
- */
- #define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID
-
- /**
- * Continuously calculate the current power (nominal_power * current_rate / nominal_rate).
- * Required for accurate power with non-trapezoidal acceleration (e.g., S_CURVE_ACCELERATION).
- * This is a costly calculation so this option is discouraged on 8-bit AVR boards.
- *
- * LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER defines how many step cycles there are between power updates. If your
- * board isn't able to generate steps fast enough (and you are using LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT), increase this.
- * Note that when this is zero it means it occurs every cycle; 1 means a delay wait one cycle then run, etc.
- */
- //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT
-
- /**
- * Stepper iterations between power updates. Increase this value if the board
- * can't keep up with the processing demands of LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT.
- * Disable (or set to 0) to recalculate power on every stepper iteration.
- */
- //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER 10
-
- /**
- * Include laser power in G0/G1/G2/G3/G5 commands with the 'S' parameter
- */
- //#define LASER_MOVE_POWER
-
- #if ENABLED(LASER_MOVE_POWER)
- // Turn off the laser on G0 moves with no power parameter.
- // If a power parameter is provided, use that instead.
- //#define LASER_MOVE_G0_OFF
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Inline flag inverted
- *
- * WARNING: M5 will NOT turn off the laser unless another move
- * is done (so G-code files must end with 'M5 I').
- */
- //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_INVERT
-
- /**
- * Continuously apply inline power. ('M3 S3' == 'G1 S3' == 'M3 S3 I')
- *
- * The laser might do some weird things, so only enable this
- * feature if you understand the implications.
- */
- //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_CONTINUOUS
-
- #else
-
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
-
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Coolant Control
- *
- * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
- *
- * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
- */
-//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
-#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
- #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#define DEFAULT_STDDEV_FILAMENT_DIA 0.05 // Typical estimate for cheap filament
-//#define DEFAULT_STDDEV_FILAMENT_DIA 0.02 // Typical advertised for higher quality filament
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN (DEFAULT_STDDEV_FILAMENT_DIA*4) // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-#if ENABLED(EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT)
- //#define M115_GEOMETRY_REPORT
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Expected Printer Check
- * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
- * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
- */
-//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-// Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report
-//#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114` for details to check planner calculations
-//#define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on forward kinematics
-//#define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed.
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-#if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER)
- //#define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS // Support for quoted string parameters
-#endif
-
-//#define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in lowercase
-
-//#define REPETIER_GCODE_M360 // Add commands originally from Repetier FW
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Startup commands
- *
- * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
- */
-//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
- */
-//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
-
- #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
-
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
-
- #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Cancel Objects
- *
- * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
- */
-//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behavior.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * Analog Joystick(s)
- */
-//#define JOYSTICK
-#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
- #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
- #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
-
- //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed
-
- // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting:
- #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
- #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
- #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
-#endif
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
-
- //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
- //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
- * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
- * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
- // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent
-//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib)
-
-#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT)
- //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery)
- //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
- //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host
-
- /**
- * To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called Configuration_Secure.h with
- * the following defines, customized for your network. This specific file is excluded via
- * .gitignore to prevent it from accidentally leaking to the public.
- *
- * #define WIFI_SSID "WiFi SSID"
- * #define WIFI_PWD "WiFi Password"
- */
- //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with WiFi SSID / Password
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
-
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
- // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
- #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 1145 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
- #endif
-
- /**
- * MMU Extruder Sensor
- * Add support for Prusa IR Sensor (or other) to detect that filament reach the extruder to make loading filament more reliable
- * If your extruder is equipped with a filament sensor located less than 38mm from the gears you can use this feature
- * During loading to the extruder, the sensor will stop the loading command when he's triggered and make a last move to load filament to the gears
- * If no filament is detected, MMU2 will make more loading attemps, if finally no filament is detected, the printer will enter in runout state
- */
-
- //#define MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR
- #if ENABLED(MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR)
- #define MMU_LOADING_ATTEMPTS_NR 5 //max. number of attempts to load filament if first load fail
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Using a sensor like the MMU2S
- * This mode only work if you have a MK3S extruder with sensor sensing the extruder idler mmu2s
- * See https://help.prusa3d.com/en/guide/3b-mk3s-mk2-5s-extruder-upgrade_41560, step 11
- */
-
- //#define PRUSA_MMU2_S_MODE
- #if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2_S_MODE)
- #define MMU2_C0_RETRY 5 // Number of retries (total time = timeout*retries)
-
- #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE 800 // (mm/m)
- #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE \
- { 0.1, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \
- { 60.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \
- { -52.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }
-
- #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_RETRACT 6.0 // (mm) Keep under the distance between Load Sequence values
- #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_DEVIATION 0.8 // (mm) Acceptable deviation
-
- #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT 0.2 // (mm) To reuse within MMU2 module
- #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT_SEQUENCE \
- { -MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER
-
-//
-// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe
-//
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/Marlin/Makefile b/Marlin/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a9b3a4..0000000
--- a/Marlin/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,891 +0,0 @@
-# Marlin Firmware Arduino Project Makefile
-#
-# Makefile Based on:
-# Arduino 0011 Makefile
-# Arduino adaptation by mellis, eighthave, oli.keller
-# Marlin adaption by Daid
-# Marlin 2.0 support and RELOC_WORKAROUND by @marcio-ao
-#
-# This has been tested with Arduino 0022.
-#
-# This makefile allows you to build sketches from the command line
-# without the Arduino environment (or Java).
-#
-# Detailed instructions for using the makefile:
-#
-# 1. Modify the line containing "ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR" to point to the directory that
-# contains the Arduino installation (for example, under Mac OS X, this
-# might be /Applications/Arduino.app/Contents/Resources/Java).
-#
-# 2. Modify the line containing "UPLOAD_PORT" to refer to the filename
-# representing the USB or serial connection to your Arduino board
-# (e.g. UPLOAD_PORT = /dev/tty.USB0). If the exact name of this file
-# changes, you can use * as a wild card (e.g. UPLOAD_PORT = /dev/tty.usb*).
-#
-# 3. Set the line containing "MCU" to match your board's processor.
-# Older one's are atmega8 based, newer ones like Arduino Mini, Bluetooth
-# or Diecimila have the atmega168. If you're using a LilyPad Arduino,
-# change F_CPU to 8000000. If you are using Gen7 electronics, you
-# probably need to use 20000000. Either way, you must regenerate
-# the speed lookup table with create_speed_lookuptable.py.
-#
-# 4. Type "make" and press enter to compile/verify your program.
-#
-# 5. Type "make upload", reset your Arduino board, and press enter to
-# upload your program to the Arduino board.
-#
-# Note that all settings at the top of this file can be overriden from
-# the command line with, for example, "make HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD=71"
-#
-# To compile for RAMPS (atmega2560) with Arduino 1.6.9 at root/arduino you would use...
-#
-# make ARDUINO_VERSION=10609 AVR_TOOLS_PATH=/root/arduino/hardware/tools/avr/bin/ \
-# HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD=33 ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR=/root/arduino
-#
-# To compile and upload simply add "upload" to the end of the line...
-#
-# make ARDUINO_VERSION=10609 AVR_TOOLS_PATH=/root/arduino/hardware/tools/avr/bin/ \
-# HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD=33 ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR=/root/arduino upload
-#
-# If uploading doesn't work try adding the parameter "AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER=wiring" or
-# start upload manually (using stk500) like so:
-#
-# avrdude -C /root/arduino/hardware/tools/avr/etc/avrdude.conf -v -p m2560 -c stk500 \
-# -U flash:w:applet/Marlin.hex:i -P /dev/ttyUSB0
-#
-# Or, try disconnecting USB to power down and then reconnecting before running avrdude.
-#
-
-# This defines the board to compile for (see boards.h for your board's ID)
-HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD ?= 11
-
-# Arduino source install directory, and version number
-# On most linuxes this will be /usr/share/arduino
-ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR ?= ${HOME}/Arduino
-ARDUINO_VERSION ?= 106
-
-# The installed Libraries are in the User folder
-ARDUINO_USER_DIR ?= ${HOME}/Arduino
-
-# You can optionally set a path to the avr-gcc tools. Requires a trailing slash. (ex: /usr/local/avr-gcc/bin)
-AVR_TOOLS_PATH ?=
-
-#Programmer configuration
-UPLOAD_RATE ?= 57600
-AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER ?= arduino
-# on most linuxes this will be /dev/ttyACM0 or /dev/ttyACM1
-UPLOAD_PORT ?= /dev/ttyUSB0
-
-#Directory used to build files in, contains all the build files, from object files to the final hex file
-#on linux it is best to put an absolute path like /home/username/tmp .
-BUILD_DIR ?= applet
-
-# This defines whether Liquid_TWI2 support will be built
-LIQUID_TWI2 ?= 0
-
-# this defines if Wire is needed
-WIRE ?= 0
-
-# this defines if U8GLIB is needed (may require RELOC_WORKAROUND)
-U8GLIB ?= 1
-
-# this defines whether to include the Trinamic TMCStepper library
-TMC ?= 1
-
-# this defines whether to include the AdaFruit NeoPixel library
-NEOPIXEL ?= 0
-
-############
-# Try to automatically determine whether RELOC_WORKAROUND is needed based
-# on GCC versions:
-# http://www.avrfreaks.net/comment/1789106#comment-1789106
-
-CC_MAJ:=$(shell $(CC) -dM -E - < /dev/null | grep __GNUC__ | cut -f3 -d\ )
-CC_MIN:=$(shell $(CC) -dM -E - < /dev/null | grep __GNUC_MINOR__ | cut -f3 -d\ )
-CC_PATCHLEVEL:=$(shell $(CC) -dM -E - < /dev/null | grep __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__ | cut -f3 -d\ )
-CC_VER:=$(shell echo $$(( $(CC_MAJ) * 10000 + $(CC_MIN) * 100 + $(CC_PATCHLEVEL) )))
-ifeq ($(shell test $(CC_VER) -lt 40901 && echo 1),1)
- @echo This version of GCC is likely broken. Enabling relocation workaround.
- RELOC_WORKAROUND = 1
-endif
-
-############################################################################
-# Below here nothing should be changed...
-
-# Here the Arduino variant is selected by the board type
-# HARDWARE_VARIANT = "arduino", "Sanguino", "Gen7", ...
-# MCU = "atmega1280", "Mega2560", "atmega2560", "atmega644p", ...
-
-ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),0)
-
- # No motherboard selected
-
-#
-# RAMPS 1.3 / 1.4 - ATmega1280, ATmega2560
-#
-
-# MEGA/RAMPS up to 1.2
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1000)
-
-# RAMPS 1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1010)
-# RAMPS 1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1011)
-# RAMPS 1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan0, Fan1)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1012)
-# RAMPS 1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1013)
-# RAMPS 1.3 (Power outputs: Spindle, Controller Fan)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1014)
-
-# RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1020)
-# RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1021)
-# RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan0, Fan1)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1022)
-# RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1023)
-# RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Spindle, Controller Fan)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1024)
-
-# RAMPS Plus 3DYMY (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1030)
-# RAMPS Plus 3DYMY (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1031)
-# RAMPS Plus 3DYMY (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan0, Fan1)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1032)
-# RAMPS Plus 3DYMY (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1033)
-# RAMPS Plus 3DYMY (Power outputs: Spindle, Controller Fan)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1034)
-
-#
-# RAMPS Derivatives - ATmega1280, ATmega2560
-#
-
-# 3Drag Controller
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1100)
-# Velleman K8200 Controller (derived from 3Drag Controller)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1101)
-# Velleman K8400 Controller (derived from 3Drag Controller)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1102)
-# 2PrintBeta BAM&DICE with STK drivers
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1103)
-# 2PrintBeta BAM&DICE Due with STK drivers
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1104)
-# MKS BASE v1.0
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1105)
-# MKS v1.4 with A4982 stepper drivers
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1106)
-# MKS v1.5 with Allegro A4982 stepper drivers
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1107)
-# MKS v1.6 with Allegro A4982 stepper drivers
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1108)
-
-# MKS BASE 1.0 with Heroic HR4982 stepper drivers
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1109)
-# MKS GEN v1.3 or 1.4
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1110)
-# MKS GEN L
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1111)
-# zrib V2.0 control board (Chinese knock off RAMPS replica)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1112)
-# BigTreeTech or BIQU KFB2.0
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1113)
-# Felix 2.0+ Electronics Board (RAMPS like)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1114)
-# Invent-A-Part RigidBoard
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1115)
-# Invent-A-Part RigidBoard V2
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1116)
-# Sainsmart 2-in-1 board
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1117)
-# Ultimaker
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1118)
-# Ultimaker (Older electronics. Pre 1.5.4. This is rare)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1119)
- MCU ?= atmega1280
-
-# Azteeg X3
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1120)
-# Azteeg X3 Pro
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1121)
-# Ultimainboard 2.x (Uses TEMP_SENSOR 20)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1122)
-# Rumba
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1123)
-# Raise3D Rumba
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1124)
-# Rapide Lite RL200 Rumba
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1125)
-# Formbot T-Rex 2 Plus
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1126)
-# Formbot T-Rex 3
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1127)
-# Formbot Raptor
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1128)
-# Formbot Raptor 2
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1129)
-# bq ZUM Mega 3D
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1130)
-# MakeBoard Mini v2.1.2 is a control board sold by MicroMake
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1131)
-# TriGorilla Anycubic version 1.3 based on RAMPS EFB
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1132)
-# TriGorilla Anycubic version 1.4 based on RAMPS EFB
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1133)
-# TriGorilla Anycubic version 1.4 Rev 1.1
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1134)
-# Creality: Ender-4, CR-8
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1135)
-# Creality: CR10S, CR20, CR-X
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1136)
-# Dagoma F5
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1137)
-# FYSETC F6 1.3
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1138)
-# FYSETC F6 1.5
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1139)
-# Duplicator i3 Plus
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1140)
-# VORON
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1141)
-# TRONXY V3 1.0
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1142)
-# Z-Bolt X Series
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1143)
-# TT OSCAR
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1144)
-# Overlord/Overlord Pro
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1145)
-# ADIMLab Gantry v1
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1146)
-# ADIMLab Gantry v2
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1147)
-# BIQU Tango V1
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1148)
-# MKS GEN L V2
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1149)
-# Copymaster 3D
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1150)
-
-#
-# RAMBo and derivatives
-#
-
-# Rambo
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1200)
-# Mini-Rambo
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1201)
-# Mini-Rambo 1.0a
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1202)
-# Einsy Rambo
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1203)
-# Einsy Retro
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1204)
-# abee Scoovo X9H
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1205)
-
-#
-# Other ATmega1280, ATmega2560
-#
-
-# Cartesio CN Controls V11
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1300)
-# Cartesio CN Controls V12
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1301)
-# Cartesio CN Controls V15
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1302)
-# Cheaptronic v1.0
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1303)
-# Cheaptronic v2.0
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1304)
-# Makerbot Mightyboard Revision E
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1305)
-# Megatronics
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1306)
-# Megatronics v2.0
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1307)
-# Megatronics v3.0
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1308)
-# Megatronics v3.1
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1309)
-# Megatronics v3.2
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1310)
-# Elefu Ra Board (v3)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1311)
-# Leapfrog
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1312)
-# Mega controller
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1313)
-# Geeetech GT2560 Rev B for Mecreator2
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1314)
-# Geeetech GT2560 Rev. A
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1315)
-# Geeetech GT2560 Rev. A+ (with auto level probe)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1316)
-# Geeetech GT2560 Rev B for A10(M/D)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1317)
-# Geeetech GT2560 Rev B for A20(M/D)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1318)
-# Einstart retrofit
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1319)
-# Wanhao 0ne+ i3 Mini
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1320)
-
-#
-# ATmega1281, ATmega2561
-#
-
-# Minitronics v1.0/1.1
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1400)
- MCU ?= atmega1281
-# Silvergate v1.0
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1401)
- MCU ?= atmega1281
-
-#
-# Sanguinololu and Derivatives - ATmega644P, ATmega1284P
-#
-
-# Sanguinololu < 1.2
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1500)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
- MCU ?= atmega644p
-# Sanguinololu 1.2 and above
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1501)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
- MCU ?= atmega644p
-# Melzi
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1502)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
- MCU ?= atmega644p
-# Melzi with ATmega1284 (MaKr3d version)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1503)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
- MCU ?= atmega1284p
-# Melzi Creality3D board (for CR-10 etc)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1504)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
- MCU ?= atmega1284p
-# Melzi Malyan M150 board
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1505)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
- MCU ?= atmega1284p
-# Tronxy X5S
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1506)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
- MCU ?= atmega1284p
-# STB V1.1
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1507)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
- MCU ?= atmega1284p
-# Azteeg X1
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1508)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
- MCU ?= atmega1284p
-# Anet 1.0 (Melzi clone)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1509)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
- MCU ?= atmega1284p
-
-#
-# Other ATmega644P, ATmega644, ATmega1284P
-#
-
-# Gen3 Monolithic Electronics
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1600)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
- MCU ?= atmega644p
-# Gen3+
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1601)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
- MCU ?= atmega644p
-# Gen6
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1602)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Gen6
- MCU ?= atmega644p
-# Gen6 deluxe
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1603)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Gen6
- MCU ?= atmega644p
-# Gen7 custom (Alfons3 Version)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1604)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Gen7
- MCU ?= atmega644
- F_CPU ?= 20000000
-# Gen7 v1.1, v1.2
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1605)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Gen7
- MCU ?= atmega644p
- F_CPU ?= 20000000
-# Gen7 v1.3
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1606)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Gen7
- MCU ?= atmega644p
- F_CPU ?= 20000000
-# Gen7 v1.4
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1607)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Gen7
- MCU ?= atmega1284p
- F_CPU ?= 20000000
-# Alpha OMCA board
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1608)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= SanguinoA
- MCU ?= atmega644
-# Final OMCA board
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1609)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
- MCU ?= atmega644p
-# Sethi 3D_1
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1610)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
- MCU ?= atmega644p
-
-#
-# Teensyduino - AT90USB1286, AT90USB1286P
-#
-
-# Teensylu
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1700)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Teensy
- MCU ?= at90usb1286
-# Printrboard (AT90USB1286)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1701)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Teensy
- MCU ?= at90usb1286
-# Printrboard Revision F (AT90USB1286)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1702)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Teensy
- MCU ?= at90usb1286
-# Brainwave (AT90USB646)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1703)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Teensy
- MCU ?= at90usb646
-# Brainwave Pro (AT90USB1286)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1704)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Teensy
- MCU ?= at90usb1286
-# SAV Mk-I (AT90USB1286)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1705)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Teensy
- MCU ?= at90usb1286
-# Teensy++2.0 (AT90USB1286)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1706)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Teensy
- MCU ?= at90usb1286
-# 5DPrint D8 Driver Board
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1707)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Teensy
- MCU ?= at90usb1286
-
-# UltiMachine Archim1 (with DRV8825 drivers)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),3023)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= archim
- MCPU = cortex-m3
- F_CPU = 84000000L
- IS_MCU = 0
-# UltiMachine Archim2 (with TMC2130 drivers)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),3024)
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= archim
- MCPU = cortex-m3
- F_CPU = 84000000L
- IS_MCU = 0
-endif
-
-# Be sure to regenerate speed_lookuptable.h with create_speed_lookuptable.py
-# if you are setting this to something other than 16MHz
-# Set to 16Mhz if not yet set.
-F_CPU ?= 16000000
-
-# Set to microcontroller if IS_MCU not yet set
-IS_MCU ?= 1
-
-ifeq ($(IS_MCU),1)
- # Set to arduino, ATmega2560 if not yet set.
- HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= arduino
- MCU ?= atmega2560
-
- TOOL_PREFIX = avr
- MCU_FLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU)
- SIZE_FLAGS = --mcu=$(MCU) -C
-else
- TOOL_PREFIX = arm-none-eabi
- CPU_FLAGS = -mthumb -mcpu=$(MCPU)
- SIZE_FLAGS = -A
-endif
-
-# Arduino contained the main source code for the Arduino
-# Libraries, the "hardware variant" are for boards
-# that derives from that, and their source are present in
-# the main Marlin source directory
-
-TARGET = $(notdir $(CURDIR))
-
-# VPATH tells make to look into these directory for source files,
-# there is no need to specify explicit pathnames as long as the
-# directory is added here
-
-# The Makefile for previous versions of Marlin used VPATH for all
-# source files, but for Marlin 2.0, we use VPATH only for arduino
-# library files.
-
-VPATH = .
-VPATH += $(BUILD_DIR)
-VPATH += $(HARDWARE_SRC)
-
-ifeq ($(HARDWARE_VARIANT), $(filter $(HARDWARE_VARIANT),arduino Teensy Sanguino))
-VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/hardware/marlin/avr/libraries/LiquidCrystal/src
-VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/hardware/marlin/avr/libraries/SPI
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(IS_MCU),1)
- VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/hardware/arduino/avr/cores/arduino
-
- VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/hardware/arduino/avr/libraries/SPI
- VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/hardware/arduino/avr/libraries/SPI/src
- VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/hardware/arduino/avr/libraries/SoftwareSerial/src
-endif
-
-VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/libraries/LiquidCrystal/src
-ifeq ($(LIQUID_TWI2), 1)
-VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/libraries/Wire
-VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/libraries/Wire/utility
-VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/libraries/LiquidTWI2
-endif
-ifeq ($(WIRE), 1)
-VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/libraries/Wire
-VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/libraries/Wire/utility
-endif
-ifeq ($(NEOPIXEL), 1)
-VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/libraries/Adafruit_NeoPixel
-endif
-ifeq ($(U8GLIB), 1)
-VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/libraries/U8glib
-VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/libraries/U8glib/csrc
-VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/libraries/U8glib/cppsrc
-VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/libraries/U8glib/fntsrc
-endif
-ifeq ($(TMC), 1)
-VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/libraries/TMCStepper/src
-VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/libraries/TMCStepper/src/source
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(HARDWARE_VARIANT), arduino)
- HARDWARE_SUB_VARIANT ?= mega
- VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/hardware/arduino/avr/variants/$(HARDWARE_SUB_VARIANT)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_VARIANT), Sanguino)
- VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/hardware/marlin/avr/variants/sanguino
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_VARIANT), archim)
- VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/packages/ultimachine/hardware/sam/1.6.9-b/system/libsam
- VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/packages/ultimachine/hardware/sam/1.6.9-b/system/CMSIS/CMSIS/Include/
- VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/packages/ultimachine/hardware/sam/1.6.9-b/system/CMSIS/Device/ATMEL/
- VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/packages/ultimachine/hardware/sam/1.6.9-b/cores/arduino
- VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/packages/ultimachine/hardware/sam/1.6.9-b/cores/arduino/avr
- VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/packages/ultimachine/hardware/sam/1.6.9-b/cores/arduino/USB
- VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/packages/ultimachine/hardware/sam/1.6.9-b/libraries/Wire/src
- VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/packages/ultimachine/hardware/sam/1.6.9-b/libraries/SPI/src
- VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/packages/ultimachine/hardware/sam/1.6.9-b/libraries/U8glib/src/clib
- VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/packages/ultimachine/hardware/sam/1.6.9-b/variants/archim
- LDSCRIPT = $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/packages/ultimachine/hardware/sam/1.6.9-b/variants/archim/linker_scripts/gcc/flash.ld
- LDLIBS = $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/packages/ultimachine/hardware/sam/1.6.9-b/variants/archim/libsam_sam3x8e_gcc_rel.a
-else
- HARDWARE_SUB_VARIANT ?= standard
- VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/hardware/$(HARDWARE_VARIANT)/variants/$(HARDWARE_SUB_VARIANT)
-endif
-
-LIB_SRC = wiring.c \
- wiring_analog.c wiring_digital.c \
- wiring_shift.c WInterrupts.c hooks.c
-
-ifeq ($(HARDWARE_VARIANT), archim)
- LIB_ASRC += wiring_pulse_asm.S
-else
- LIB_SRC += wiring_pulse.c
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(HARDWARE_VARIANT), Teensy)
- LIB_SRC = wiring.c
- VPATH += $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/hardware/teensy/cores/teensy
-endif
-
-LIB_CXXSRC = WMath.cpp WString.cpp Print.cpp SPI.cpp
-
-ifeq ($(NEOPIXEL), 1)
- LIB_CXXSRC += Adafruit_NeoPixel.cpp
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(LIQUID_TWI2), 0)
- LIB_CXXSRC += LiquidCrystal.cpp
-else
- LIB_SRC += twi.c
- LIB_CXXSRC += Wire.cpp LiquidTWI2.cpp
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(WIRE), 1)
- LIB_SRC += twi.c
- LIB_CXXSRC += Wire.cpp
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(U8GLIB), 1)
- LIB_CXXSRC += U8glib.cpp
- LIB_SRC += u8g_ll_api.c u8g_bitmap.c u8g_clip.c u8g_com_null.c u8g_delay.c u8g_page.c u8g_pb.c u8g_pb16h1.c u8g_rect.c u8g_state.c u8g_font.c u8g_font_6x13.c u8g_font_04b_03.c u8g_font_5x8.c
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(TMC), 1)
- LIB_CXXSRC += TMCStepper.cpp COOLCONF.cpp DRV_STATUS.cpp IHOLD_IRUN.cpp CHOPCONF.cpp GCONF.cpp PWMCONF.cpp DRV_CONF.cpp DRVCONF.cpp DRVCTRL.cpp DRVSTATUS.cpp ENCMODE.cpp RAMP_STAT.cpp SGCSCONF.cpp SHORT_CONF.cpp SMARTEN.cpp SW_MODE.cpp SW_SPI.cpp TMC2130Stepper.cpp TMC2208Stepper.cpp TMC2209Stepper.cpp TMC2660Stepper.cpp TMC5130Stepper.cpp TMC5160Stepper.cpp
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(RELOC_WORKAROUND), 1)
- LD_PREFIX=-nodefaultlibs
- LD_SUFFIX=-lm -lgcc -lc -lgcc
-endif
-
-#Check for Arduino 1.0.0 or higher and use the correct source files for that version
-ifeq ($(shell [ $(ARDUINO_VERSION) -ge 100 ] && echo true), true)
- LIB_CXXSRC += main.cpp
-else
- LIB_SRC += pins_arduino.c main.c
-endif
-
-FORMAT = ihex
-
-# Name of this Makefile (used for "make depend").
-MAKEFILE = Makefile
-
-# Debugging format.
-# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are stabs [default], or dwarf-2.
-# AVR (extended) COFF requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
-DEBUG = stabs
-
-OPT = s
-
-DEFINES ?=
-
-# Program settings
-CC = $(AVR_TOOLS_PATH)$(TOOL_PREFIX)-gcc
-CXX = $(AVR_TOOLS_PATH)$(TOOL_PREFIX)-g++
-OBJCOPY = $(AVR_TOOLS_PATH)$(TOOL_PREFIX)-objcopy
-OBJDUMP = $(AVR_TOOLS_PATH)$(TOOL_PREFIX)-objdump
-AR = $(AVR_TOOLS_PATH)$(TOOL_PREFIX)-ar
-SIZE = $(AVR_TOOLS_PATH)$(TOOL_PREFIX)-size
-NM = $(AVR_TOOLS_PATH)$(TOOL_PREFIX)-nm
-AVRDUDE = avrdude
-REMOVE = rm -f
-MV = mv -f
-
-# Place -D or -U options here
-CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU) ${addprefix -D , $(DEFINES)} -DARDUINO=$(ARDUINO_VERSION)
-CXXDEFS = $(CDEFS)
-
-ifeq ($(HARDWARE_VARIANT), Teensy)
- CDEFS += -DUSB_SERIAL
- LIB_SRC += usb.c pins_teensy.c
- LIB_CXXSRC += usb_api.cpp
-
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_VARIANT), archim)
- CDEFS += -DARDUINO_SAM_ARCHIM -DARDUINO_ARCH_SAM -D__SAM3X8E__ -DUSB_VID=0x27b1 -DUSB_PID=0x0001 -DUSBCON '-DUSB_MANUFACTURER="UltiMachine"' '-DUSB_PRODUCT="Archim"'
- LIB_CXXSRC += variant.cpp IPAddress.cpp Reset.cpp RingBuffer.cpp Stream.cpp UARTClass.cpp USARTClass.cpp abi.cpp new.cpp watchdog.cpp CDC.cpp PluggableUSB.cpp USBCore.cpp
- LIB_SRC += cortex_handlers.c iar_calls_sam3.c syscalls_sam3.c dtostrf.c itoa.c
-
- ifeq ($(U8GLIB), 1)
- LIB_SRC += u8g_com_api.c u8g_pb32h1.c
- endif
-endif
-
-# Add all the source directories as include directories too
-CINCS = ${addprefix -I ,${VPATH}}
-CXXINCS = ${addprefix -I ,${VPATH}}
-
-# Silence warnings for library code (won't work for .h files, unfortunately)
-LIBWARN = -w -Wno-packed-bitfield-compat
-
-# Compiler flag to set the C/CPP Standard level.
-CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
-CXXSTANDARD = -std=gnu++11
-CDEBUG = -g$(DEBUG)
-CWARN = -Wall -Wstrict-prototypes -Wno-packed-bitfield-compat -Wno-pragmas -Wunused-parameter
-CXXWARN = -Wall -Wno-packed-bitfield-compat -Wno-pragmas -Wunused-parameter
-CTUNING = -fsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields -fno-exceptions \
- -fshort-enums -ffunction-sections -fdata-sections
-ifneq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),)
- CTUNING += -DMOTHERBOARD=${HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD}
-endif
-#CEXTRA = -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:.c=.lst)
-CXXEXTRA = -fno-use-cxa-atexit -fno-threadsafe-statics -fno-rtti
-CFLAGS := $(CDEBUG) $(CDEFS) $(CINCS) -O$(OPT) $(CEXTRA) $(CTUNING) $(CSTANDARD)
-CXXFLAGS := $(CDEFS) $(CINCS) -O$(OPT) $(CXXEXTRA) $(CTUNING) $(CXXSTANDARD)
-ASFLAGS := $(CDEFS)
-#ASFLAGS = -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:.S=.lst),-gstabs
-ifeq ($(HARDWARE_VARIANT), archim)
- LD_PREFIX = -Wl,--gc-sections,-Map,Marlin.ino.map,--cref,--check-sections,--entry=Reset_Handler,--unresolved-symbols=report-all,--warn-common,--warn-section-align
- LD_SUFFIX = $(LDLIBS)
- LDFLAGS = -lm -T$(LDSCRIPT) -u _sbrk -u link -u _close -u _fstat -u _isatty -u _lseek -u _read -u _write -u _exit -u kill -u _getpid
-else
- LD_PREFIX = -Wl,--gc-sections,--relax
- LDFLAGS = -lm
- CTUNING += -flto
-endif
-
-# Programming support using avrdude. Settings and variables.
-AVRDUDE_PORT = $(UPLOAD_PORT)
-AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -Uflash:w:$(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).hex:i
-ifeq ($(shell uname -s), Linux)
- AVRDUDE_CONF = /etc/avrdude/avrdude.conf
-else
- AVRDUDE_CONF = $(ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR)/hardware/tools/avr/etc/avrdude.conf
-endif
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -D -C$(AVRDUDE_CONF) \
- -p$(MCU) -P$(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c$(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER) \
- -b$(UPLOAD_RATE)
-
-# Since Marlin 2.0, the source files may be distributed into several
-# different directories, so it is necessary to find them recursively
-
-SRC = $(shell find src -name '*.c' -type f)
-CXXSRC = $(shell find src -name '*.cpp' -type f)
-
-# Define all object files.
-OBJ = ${patsubst %.c, $(BUILD_DIR)/arduino/%.o, ${LIB_SRC}}
-OBJ += ${patsubst %.cpp, $(BUILD_DIR)/arduino/%.o, ${LIB_CXXSRC}}
-OBJ += ${patsubst %.S, $(BUILD_DIR)/arduino/%.o, ${LIB_ASRC}}
-OBJ += ${patsubst %.c, $(BUILD_DIR)/%.o, ${SRC}}
-OBJ += ${patsubst %.cpp, $(BUILD_DIR)/%.o, ${CXXSRC}}
-
-# Define all listing files.
-LST = $(LIB_ASRC:.S=.lst) $(LIB_CXXSRC:.cpp=.lst) $(LIB_SRC:.c=.lst)
-
-# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
-# Add target processor to flags.
-ALL_CFLAGS = $(MCU_FLAGS) $(CPU_FLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -I.
-ALL_CXXFLAGS = $(MCU_FLAGS) $(CPU_FLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS)
-ALL_ASFLAGS = $(MCU_FLAGS) $(CPU_FLAGS) $(ASFLAGS) -x assembler-with-cpp
-
-# set V=1 (eg, "make V=1") to print the full commands etc.
-ifneq ($V,1)
- Pecho=@echo
- P=@
-else
- Pecho=@:
- P=
-endif
-
-# Create required build hierarchy if it does not exist
-
-$(shell mkdir -p $(dir $(OBJ)))
-
-# Default target.
-all: sizeafter
-
-build: elf hex bin
-
-elf: $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).elf
-bin: $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).bin
-hex: $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).hex
-eep: $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).eep
-lss: $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).lss
-sym: $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).sym
-
-# Program the device.
-# Do not try to reset an Arduino if it's not one
-upload: $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).hex
-ifeq (${AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER}, arduino)
- stty hup < $(UPLOAD_PORT); true
-endif
- $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH)
-ifeq (${AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER}, arduino)
- stty -hup < $(UPLOAD_PORT); true
-endif
-
-# Display size of file.
-HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).hex
-ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(SIZE_FLAGS) $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).elf; \
- $(SIZE) $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).elf
-sizebefore:
- $P if [ -f $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).elf ]; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(HEXSIZE); echo; fi
-
-sizeafter: build
- $P if [ -f $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).elf ]; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); echo; fi
-
-
-# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
-COFFCONVERT=$(OBJCOPY) --debugging \
- --change-section-address .data-0x800000 \
- --change-section-address .bss-0x800000 \
- --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000 \
- --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
-
-
-coff: $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).elf
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).elf $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).elf $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-.SUFFIXES: .elf .hex .eep .lss .sym .bin
-.PRECIOUS: .o
-
-.elf.hex:
- $(Pecho) " COPY $@"
- $P $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
-
-.elf.bin:
- $(Pecho) " COPY $@"
- $P $(OBJCOPY) -O binary -R .eeprom $< $@
-
-.elf.eep:
- -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
- --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 -O $(FORMAT) $< $@
-
-# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
-.elf.lss:
- $(OBJDUMP) -h -S $< > $@
-
-# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
-.elf.sym:
- $(NM) -n $< > $@
-
-# Link: create ELF output file from library.
-
-$(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).elf: $(OBJ) Configuration.h
- $(Pecho) " CXX $@"
- $P $(CC) $(LD_PREFIX) $(ALL_CXXFLAGS) -o $@ -L. $(OBJ) $(LDFLAGS) $(LD_SUFFIX)
-
-# Object files that were found in "src" will be stored in $(BUILD_DIR)
-# in directories that mirror the structure of "src"
-
-$(BUILD_DIR)/%.o: %.c Configuration.h Configuration_adv.h $(MAKEFILE)
- $(Pecho) " CC $<"
- $P $(CC) -MMD -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CWARN) $< -o $@
-
-$(BUILD_DIR)/%.o: %.cpp Configuration.h Configuration_adv.h $(MAKEFILE)
- $(Pecho) " CXX $<"
- $P $(CXX) -MMD -c $(ALL_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXWARN) $< -o $@
-
-# Object files for Arduino libs will be created in $(BUILD_DIR)/arduino
-
-$(BUILD_DIR)/arduino/%.o: %.c Configuration.h Configuration_adv.h $(MAKEFILE)
- $(Pecho) " CC $<"
- $P $(CC) -MMD -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(LIBWARN) $< -o $@
-
-$(BUILD_DIR)/arduino/%.o: %.cpp Configuration.h Configuration_adv.h $(MAKEFILE)
- $(Pecho) " CXX $<"
- $P $(CXX) -MMD -c $(ALL_CXXFLAGS) $(LIBWARN) $< -o $@
-
-$(BUILD_DIR)/arduino/%.o: %.S $(MAKEFILE)
- $(Pecho) " CXX $<"
- $P $(CXX) -MMD -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-# Target: clean project.
-clean:
- $(Pecho) " RMDIR $(BUILD_DIR)/"
- $P rm -rf $(BUILD_DIR)
-
-
-.PHONY: all build elf hex eep lss sym program coff extcoff clean depend sizebefore sizeafter
-
-# Automaticaly include the dependency files created by gcc
--include ${patsubst %.o, %.d, ${OBJ}}
diff --git a/Marlin/Marlin.ino b/Marlin/Marlin.ino
deleted file mode 100644
index ae5bca1..0000000
--- a/Marlin/Marlin.ino
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-/*
-================================================================================
-
- Marlin Firmware
-
- (c) 2011-2019 MarlinFirmware
- Portions of Marlin are (c) by their respective authors.
- All code complies with GPLv2 and/or GPLv3
-
-================================================================================
-
-Greetings! Thank you for choosing Marlin 2 as your 3D printer firmware.
-
-To configure Marlin you must edit Configuration.h and Configuration_adv.h
-located in the root 'Marlin' folder. Check the config/examples folder to see if
-there's a more suitable starting-point for your specific hardware.
-
-Before diving in, we recommend the following essential links:
-
-Marlin Firmware Official Website
-
- - http://marlinfw.org/
- The official Marlin Firmware website contains the most up-to-date
- documentation. Contributions are always welcome!
-
-Configuration
-
- - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3gwWVFtdg-4
- A good 20-minute overview of Marlin configuration by Tom Sanladerer.
- (Applies to Marlin 1.0.x, so Jerk and Acceleration should be halved.)
- Also... https://www.google.com/search?tbs=vid%3A1&q=configure+marlin
-
- - http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/configuration.html
- Marlin's configuration options are explained in more detail here.
-
-Getting Help
-
- - http://forums.reprap.org/list.php?415
- The Marlin Discussion Forum is a great place to get help from other Marlin
- users who may have experienced similar issues to your own.
-
- - https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/issues
- With a free GitHub account you can provide us with feedback, bug reports,
- and feature requests via the Marlin Issue Queue.
-
-Contributing
-
- - http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/contributing.html
- If you'd like to contribute to Marlin, read this first!
-
- - http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/coding_standards.html
- Before submitting code get to know the Coding Standards.
-*/
diff --git a/Marlin/Version.h b/Marlin/Version.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b4e5184..0000000
--- a/Marlin/Version.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-////////////////////////////
-// VENDOR VERSION EXAMPLE //
-////////////////////////////
-
-/**
- * Marlin release version identifier
- */
-//#define SHORT_BUILD_VERSION "2.0.5.3"
-
-/**
- * Verbose version identifier which should contain a reference to the location
- * from where the binary was downloaded or the source code was compiled.
- */
-//#define DETAILED_BUILD_VERSION SHORT_BUILD_VERSION " (Github)"
-
-/**
- * The STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE represents when the binary file was built,
- * here we define this default string as the date where the latest release
- * version was tagged.
- */
-//#define STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE "2020-01-31"
-
-/**
- * Defines a generic printer name to be output to the LCD after booting Marlin.
- */
-//#define MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
-
-/**
- * The SOURCE_CODE_URL is the location where users will find the Marlin Source
- * Code which is installed on the device. In most cases —unless the manufacturer
- * has a distinct Github fork— the Source Code URL should just be the main
- * Marlin repository.
- */
-//#define SOURCE_CODE_URL "https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin"
-
-/**
- * Default generic printer UUID.
- */
-//#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_UUID "cede2a2f-41a2-4748-9b12-c55c62f367ff"
-
-/**
- * The WEBSITE_URL is the location where users can get more information such as
- * documentation about a specific Marlin release.
- */
-//#define WEBSITE_URL "http://marlinfw.org"
-
-/**
- * Set the vendor info the serial USB interface, if changable
- * Currently only supported by DUE platform
- */
-//#define USB_DEVICE_VENDOR_ID 0x0000
-//#define USB_DEVICE_PRODUCT_ID 0x0000
-//#define USB_DEVICE_MANUFACTURE_NAME WEBSITE_URL
diff --git a/Marlin/_Bootscreen.h b/Marlin/_Bootscreen.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 797c0f2..0000000
--- a/Marlin/_Bootscreen.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Custom Boot Screen bitmap
- *
- * Place this file in the root with your configuration files
- * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h.
- *
- * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own:
- * https://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html
- */
-
-#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000
-#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128
-
-const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = {
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000110,B00011111,B11000000,
- B00011000,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B01100000,
- B00010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B00110000,
- B00110000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00011000,
- B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00111111,B00001111,B00111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100,
- B01100000,B00000001,B11011111,B00001111,B11100000,B11111110,B00000000,B01100000,B00011100,B00011100,B00000110,B00011000,B00000000,B00000110,B00001100,B00001100,
- B01100000,B00000000,B11110011,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00011000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001100,B00001100,
- B01100000,B00000000,B11100000,B00110000,B00111001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100,
- B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00111000,B00001111,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100,
- B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00111111,B11111000,B11111011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100,
- B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000001,B11110000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00001100,
- B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00011000,
- B00110000,B00110000,B11000000,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B01000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000011,B10001100,B00110000,
- B00011000,B01100000,B11000000,B00001100,B01100001,B10000111,B11000000,B11100000,B00011100,B00001100,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B11000011,B00001100,B01100000,
- B00001111,B11000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11000111,B11111100,B01111111,B00000111,B10000001,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B00011111,B11000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000
-};
diff --git a/Marlin/_Statusscreen.h b/Marlin/_Statusscreen.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 934aefc..0000000
--- a/Marlin/_Statusscreen.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Custom Status Screen bitmap
- *
- * Place this file in the root with your configuration files
- * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h.
- *
- * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own:
- * https://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html
- */
-
-//
-// Status Screen Logo bitmap
-//
-#define STATUS_LOGO_X 8
-#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 5
-#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 22
-
-const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = {
- B00111110,B00001111,B11110000,
- B11000001,B10000110,B00011000,
- B11000001,B10000110,B00001100,
- B00000001,B10000110,B00000100,
- B00000011,B00000110,B00000100,
- B00011111,B00000110,B00000100,
- B00000011,B00000110,B00000100,
- B00000001,B10000110,B00000100,
- B11000001,B10000110,B00001100,
- B11000001,B10000110,B00011000,
- B00111110,B00001111,B11110000
-};
-
-//
-// Use default bitmaps
-//
-#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM
-#define STATUS_BED_ANIM
-#if HOTENDS < 2
- #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40
- #define STATUS_BED_X 72
-#else
- #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 32
- #define STATUS_BED_X 80
-#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/cr-10/Configuration.h b/Marlin/cr-10/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f02e69e..0000000
--- a/Marlin/cr-10/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2257 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020005
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
-//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
-#endif
-
-// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
-//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
-
-// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
-// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
- * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
- * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
- * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
- */
-//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
- #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
- //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
- #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate
- #endif
- #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Power Supply Control
- *
- * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
- * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
- */
-//#define PSU_CONTROL
-//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
-
-#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
- #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box
-
- //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
- //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
- //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1)
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for MEGA)
- * 332 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for DUE)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 202 : 200k thermistor - Copymaster 3D
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
- * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 5v excitation (AVR)
- * 21 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v excitation (STM32 \ LPC176x....)
- * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines)
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_6 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_7 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-
-// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
-// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
-// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
-// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. Use 'M303 D' to toggle activation.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // Ultimaker
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-//#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01,
- * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
- #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
- #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-//#define CLASSIC_JERK
-#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
-
- //#define TRAVEL_EXTRA_XYJERK 0.0 // Additional jerk allowance for all travel moves
-
- //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2
- #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
- #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * Junction Deviation Factor
- *
- * See:
- * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
- * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
- */
-#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
- *
- * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
- * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
- * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive
- * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-//#define BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
- *
- * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
- * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
- * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
- *
- * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
- * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
- */
-//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
- #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts
- //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
- //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-// Duet Smart Effector (for delta printers) - https://bit.ly/2ul5U7J
-// When the pin is defined you can use M672 to set/reset the probe sensivity.
-//#define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR
-#if ENABLED(DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR)
- #define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN -1 // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- * Requires stallGuard-capable Trinamic stepper drivers.
- * CAUTION: This can damage machines with Z lead screws.
- * Take extreme care when setting up this feature.
- */
-//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- *
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- *
- * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z }
- */
-#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
-
-// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but
-// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area.
-#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-/**
- * Multiple Probing
- *
- * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
- * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
- *
- * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
- * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
- */
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
- //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E6_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E7_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure to have this much clearance over your Z_MAX_POS to prevent grinding.
-
-//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing Z
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-#define X_BED_SIZE 200
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 200
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS 0
-#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS 200
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // G26 Q (retraction) used by default between mesh test elements.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle between leveling points
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * EEPROM
- *
- * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
- *
- * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
- * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
- * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
- */
-//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
-#endif
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } }
- // Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }}
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } }
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-
- // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
- //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana,
- * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-//#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
-//
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
-//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight.
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== OLED Displays ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- #define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- //#define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART
-
-//
-// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
-//
-//#define OVERLORD_OLED
-
-//=============================================================================
-//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.)
-//
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
-// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
-//
-//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE
-
-//
-// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
-// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.)
-//
-//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8
-//
-//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS)
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
-
- #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316
- #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981
- #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43
- #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257
-#endif
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
- //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-
- // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/Marlin/cr-10/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/cr-10/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 00f8966..0000000
--- a/Marlin/cr-10/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3145 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020005
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
-//
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
- #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
- #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
- #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
- #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
- #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
- #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000
- #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000
- #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
- #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
- #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
-#endif
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Heated Chamber settings
- */
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
- #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
- #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
- #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
- //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
- */
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
- * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
- * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
- * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
- *
- * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%)
- * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
- * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
- * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
- *
- * Example:
- * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
- * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
- *
- * Fan-speed dependent compensation
- * --------------------------------
- * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
- * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
- * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
- * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
- * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
- * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
- * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
- * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
- * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
- */
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
- // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
- // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
- // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.
-
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
-
- #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0
-
- #else
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
- #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report
-//#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114` for details to check planner calculations
-//#define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on forward kinematics
-//#define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed.
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan turns on automatically whenever any driver is enabled and turns
- * off (or reduces to idle speed) shortly after drivers are turned off.
- *
- */
-//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY // With this option only the Z axis is considered
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN 0 // (0-255) Minimum speed. (If set below this value the fan is turned off.)
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE 255 // (0-255) Active speed, used when any motor is enabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE 0 // (0-255) Idle speed, used when motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME 60 // (seconds) Extra time to keep the fan running after disabling motors
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE // Enable M710 configurable settings
- #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE)
- #define CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU // Enable the Controller Fan submenu
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
-//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-/**
- * FAST PWM FAN Settings
- *
- * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
- * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
- * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
- *
- * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
- * Set this to your desired frequency.
- * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
- * i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
- * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
- * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
- *
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
- * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
- * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
- * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
- * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
- * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
- */
-#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
- //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
- //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z set the number of stepper drivers
-//
-#define NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 1 // (1-4) Z options change based on how many
-
-#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS > 1
- //#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
- #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4
- #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_
- #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- *
- * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S:
- *
- * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
- * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
- *
- * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
- * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- *
- * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
- * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
- * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
- *
- * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
- * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
- * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
- */
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
-//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- /**
- * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
- * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
- * advanced commands.
- *
- * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
- * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
- *
- * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
- * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
- * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
- *
- * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
- */
-
- // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
- // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
- */
-
- // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
- // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
- * Summary:
- * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
- * - High-Speed mode
- * - Disable LCD voltage options
- */
-
- /**
- * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
- * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
- * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
- * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
- * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
- * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
- /**
- * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
- * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
- * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
- * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
- /**
- * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
- * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
- * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
- * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
- // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
- //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]]
- // If not defined, probe limits will be used.
- // Override with 'M422 S X Y'
- //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } }
-
- /**
- * Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions.
- * Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S X Y'
- *
- * 2 Steppers: (0) (1)
- * | | 2 |
- * | 1 2 | |
- * | | 1 |
- *
- * 3 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3)
- * | 3 | 1 | 2 1 | 2 |
- * | | 3 | | 3 |
- * | 1 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 |
- *
- * 4 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3)
- * | 4 3 | 1 4 | 2 1 | 3 2 |
- * | | | | |
- * | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 |
- *
- */
- #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY
- //#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0
- #endif
-
- // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
- // Requires triple stepper drivers (i.e., set NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS to 3)
- //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS
- #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS)
- // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to
- // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage.
- // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order.
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }
- #else
- // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case
- // the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point.
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability!
- #endif
-
- // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
- #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 5 // Number of iterations to apply during alignment
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // Restore leveling after G34 is done?
- // After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe heights?
- // Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' homing height, especially on an uneven bed.
- #define HOME_AFTER_G34
-#endif
-
-// @section motion
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
-
-// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
-//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms)
-
-// Slow down the machine if the look ahead buffer is (by default) half full.
-// Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes.
-#define SLOWDOWN
-#if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN)
- #define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2
-#endif
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define the pin to read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Define here to override the default pin
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
-// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
-// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm)
- #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_LCD_MENU
-
- // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
- //#define LCD_INFO_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
- //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
- #endif
-
- // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
- //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
-
- /**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
- //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-// Show the E position (filament used) during printing
-//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL
-
-#if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN)
- #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 4000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s)
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && EITHER(SDSUPPORT, LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY)
- //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits
- //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion
- #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME)
- //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation
- //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && EITHER(SDSUPPORT, LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY)
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when empty.
- // Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly detected.
- //#define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
-
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
-
- #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
-
- #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS)
- #define PE_LEDS_COMPLETED_TIME (30*60) // (seconds) Time to keep the LED "done" color before restoring normal illumination
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- *
- * If the machine reboots when resuming a print you may need to replace or
- * reformat the SD card. (Bad sectors delay startup triggering the watchdog.)
- */
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- #define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT false // Power Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500)
- //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module.
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
-
- // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
- // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
- #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
- //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
- * SS --> SDSS
- *
- * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
-
- /**
- * USB Host Shield Library
- *
- * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
- * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
- *
- * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
- * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
- * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
- */
- //#define USE_UHS3_USB
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
-
- /**
- * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
- *
- * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
- * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
- * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
- *
- * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
- */
- //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
- * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
- */
-//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
- //#define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle / laser active
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM.
-
- // Frivolous Game Options
- //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
- //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
- //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
- //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays
-//
-#if HAS_DGUS_LCD
- #define DGUS_SERIAL_PORT 3
- #define DGUS_BAUDRATE 115200
-
- #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
- #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48
- //#define DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR)
-
- #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates
-
- #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY)
- #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing
- #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup
-
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC)
- //#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC
- #else
- #define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD)
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING)
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
-//
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
- // Display board used
- //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
- //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
- //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI
-
- // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
- //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
- //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
-
- // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
- //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
- //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
- //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
- //#define S6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC S6 pin mapping
-
- //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
- #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
- // Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen
- #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
- #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
-
- // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
- #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
- // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
- // portrait and mirrored orientations.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
- //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
-
- // UTF8 processing and rendering.
- // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
- // Western accents support. These accented characters use
- // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
- #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
- // Additional character groups. These characters require
- // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
- #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
-
- // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE)
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
-
- // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
- // (recommended for smaller displays)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
-
- // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
-
- // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
-#endif
-
-//
-// FSMC Graphical TFT
-//
-#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT)
- //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
- //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
- //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
- //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
- //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
- //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
-#endif
-
-//
-// ADC Button Debounce
-//
-#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS
- #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // (ms) Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast
-#endif
-
-// @section safety
-
-/**
- * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
- * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
- *
- * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
- * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
- * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
- * interrupts are enabled.
- */
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-//#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING // EXPERIMENTAL integration of babystepping into the Stepper ISR
- //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1
-
- //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
- #endif
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate
- * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
- * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
- * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are
- * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed.
- *
- * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
- * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
- * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
- * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
- *
- * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
- * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
- * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
- * the probe to be unable to reach any points.
- */
-#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Probe Compensation
- * Probe measurements are adjusted to compensate for temperature distortion.
- * Use G76 to calibrate this feature. Use M871 to set values manually.
- * For a more detailed explanation of the process see G76_M871.cpp.
- */
-#if HAS_BED_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- // Enable thermal first layer compensation using bed and probe temperatures
- #define PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION
-
- // Add additional compensation depending on hotend temperature
- // Note: this values cannot be calibrated and have to be set manually
- #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION)
- // Max temperature that can be reached by heated bed.
- // This is required only for the calibration process.
- #define PTC_MAX_BED_TEMP BED_MAXTEMP
-
- // Park position to wait for probe cooldown
- #define PTC_PARK_POS_X 0.0F
- #define PTC_PARK_POS_Y 0.0F
- #define PTC_PARK_POS_Z 100.0F
-
- // Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature
- #define PTC_PROBE_POS_X 90.0F
- #define PTC_PROBE_POS_Y 100.0F
-
- // Enable additional compensation using hotend temperature
- // Note: this values cannot be calibrated automatically but have to be set manually
- //#define USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G60/G61 Position Save and Return
-//
-//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment
- //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R 1 // Max segment length, MM_PER = Min
- #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
- //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum)
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-/**
- * G38 Probe Target
- *
- * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
- * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
- * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
- */
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate
-//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- *
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if EXTRUDERS > 1
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN)
- //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // G-code to run after tool-change is complete
- #endif
-
- // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause
- * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
-
- //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
-
- //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
- *
- * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
- #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X)
- #define Z4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
- #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
- #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X)
- #define E6_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E6_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X)
- #define E7_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E7_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
-#endif // TMC26X
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
- * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
- * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
- * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
- *
- * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
- * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
- * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
- * a resistor.
- * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
- *
- * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ...
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT 800
- #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT 800
- #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT 800
- #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT 800
- #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4)
- #define Z4_CURRENT 800
- #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z4_CURRENT
- #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z4_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT 800
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT 800
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT 800
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT 800
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT 800
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6)
- #define E6_CURRENT 800
- #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E6_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7)
- #define E7_CURRENT 800
- #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E7_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E6_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E7_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
-
- /**
- * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
- * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
- * Address | MS1 | MS2
- * 0 | LOW | LOW
- * 1 | HIGH | LOW
- * 2 | LOW | HIGH
- * 3 | HIGH | HIGH
- *
- * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
- * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
- */
- #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- #define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define you own with
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
- * like overtemperature and short to ground.
- * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z.
- *
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
- * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
- *
- * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
- * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
- * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
- *
- * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
- *
- * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only ***
- * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
- * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
- *
- * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
- * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only
- //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Beta feature!
- * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
- */
- //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
- * stepperY.intpol(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG
-
-// @section L64XX
-
-/**
- * L64XX Stepper Driver options
- *
- * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required.
- * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
- *
- * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
- * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
- * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset
- */
-
-#if HAS_L64XX
-
- //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
- // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down
- // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down
- // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current
- #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
- #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2)
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y)
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2)
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z)
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2)
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3)
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4)
- #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define Z4_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0)
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1)
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2)
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3)
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4)
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5)
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6)
- #define E6_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E6_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E6_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E6_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E6_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7)
- #define E7_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E7_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E7_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E7_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1
- #define E7_SLEW_RATE 1
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
- * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
- * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
- * I3 - Z3 or E3
- * I4 - Z4 or E4
- * I5 - E5
- * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
- * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
- * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
- * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
- */
- //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
- //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_L64XX
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//
-// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control
-// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library.
-//
-//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS)
- #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-//#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- //#define CHDK_PIN 4
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-
- /**
- * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model.
- * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz.
- * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough.
- * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.)
- *
- * Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq
- * IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7
- */
- //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation
- #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US
- #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
-//#define LASER_FEATURE
-#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
-
- #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
- //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
-
- /**
- * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
- *
- * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
- * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
- *
- * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
- */
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
- #else
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Coolant Control
- *
- * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
- *
- * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
- */
-//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
-#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
- #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Expected Printer Check
- * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
- * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
- */
-//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-#if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER)
- //#define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS // Support for quoted string parameters
-#endif
-
-//#define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in lowercase
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Startup commands
- *
- * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
- */
-//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
- */
-//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
-
- #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
-
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
-
- #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Cancel Objects
- *
- * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
- */
-//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behavior.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * Analog Joystick(s)
- */
-//#define JOYSTICK
-#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
- #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
- #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
-
- //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed
-
- // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting:
- #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
- #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
- #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
-#endif
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
-
- //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
- //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
- * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
- * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
- // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent
-//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib)
-
-#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT)
- //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery)
- //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
- //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host
-
- /**
- * To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called Configuration_Secure.h with
- * the following defines, customized for your network. This specific file is excluded via
- * .gitignore to prevent it from accidentally leaking to the public.
- *
- * #define WIFI_SSID "WiFi SSID"
- * #define WIFI_PWD "WiFi Password"
- */
- //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with WiFi SSID / Password
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
-
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
- // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
- #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 562 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER
-
-//
-// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe
-//
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/Marlin/cr-10/Version.h b/Marlin/cr-10/Version.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b4e5184..0000000
--- a/Marlin/cr-10/Version.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-////////////////////////////
-// VENDOR VERSION EXAMPLE //
-////////////////////////////
-
-/**
- * Marlin release version identifier
- */
-//#define SHORT_BUILD_VERSION "2.0.5.3"
-
-/**
- * Verbose version identifier which should contain a reference to the location
- * from where the binary was downloaded or the source code was compiled.
- */
-//#define DETAILED_BUILD_VERSION SHORT_BUILD_VERSION " (Github)"
-
-/**
- * The STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE represents when the binary file was built,
- * here we define this default string as the date where the latest release
- * version was tagged.
- */
-//#define STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE "2020-01-31"
-
-/**
- * Defines a generic printer name to be output to the LCD after booting Marlin.
- */
-//#define MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
-
-/**
- * The SOURCE_CODE_URL is the location where users will find the Marlin Source
- * Code which is installed on the device. In most cases —unless the manufacturer
- * has a distinct Github fork— the Source Code URL should just be the main
- * Marlin repository.
- */
-//#define SOURCE_CODE_URL "https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin"
-
-/**
- * Default generic printer UUID.
- */
-//#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_UUID "cede2a2f-41a2-4748-9b12-c55c62f367ff"
-
-/**
- * The WEBSITE_URL is the location where users can get more information such as
- * documentation about a specific Marlin release.
- */
-//#define WEBSITE_URL "http://marlinfw.org"
-
-/**
- * Set the vendor info the serial USB interface, if changable
- * Currently only supported by DUE platform
- */
-//#define USB_DEVICE_VENDOR_ID 0x0000
-//#define USB_DEVICE_PRODUCT_ID 0x0000
-//#define USB_DEVICE_MANUFACTURE_NAME WEBSITE_URL
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/HAL.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 317d13a..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/HAL.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-
-#ifdef __AVR__
-
-#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
-#include "HAL.h"
-
-// ------------------------
-// Public Variables
-// ------------------------
-
-//uint8_t MCUSR;
-
-// ------------------------
-// Public functions
-// ------------------------
-
-void HAL_init() {
- // Init Servo Pins
- #define INIT_SERVO(N) OUT_WRITE(SERVO##N##_PIN, LOW)
- #if HAS_SERVO_0
- INIT_SERVO(0);
- #endif
- #if HAS_SERVO_1
- INIT_SERVO(1);
- #endif
- #if HAS_SERVO_2
- INIT_SERVO(2);
- #endif
- #if HAS_SERVO_3
- INIT_SERVO(3);
- #endif
-}
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- #include "../../sd/SdFatUtil.h"
- int freeMemory() { return SdFatUtil::FreeRam(); }
-
-#else // !SDSUPPORT
-
-extern "C" {
- extern char __bss_end;
- extern char __heap_start;
- extern void* __brkval;
-
- int freeMemory() {
- int free_memory;
- if ((int)__brkval == 0)
- free_memory = ((int)&free_memory) - ((int)&__bss_end);
- else
- free_memory = ((int)&free_memory) - ((int)__brkval);
- return free_memory;
- }
-}
-
-#endif // !SDSUPPORT
-
-#endif // __AVR__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/HAL.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0255169..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/HAL.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,415 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- */
-#pragma once
-
-#include "../shared/Marduino.h"
-#include "../shared/HAL_SPI.h"
-#include "fastio.h"
-#include "watchdog.h"
-#include "math.h"
-
-#ifdef USBCON
- #include
-#else
- #define HardwareSerial_h // Hack to prevent HardwareSerial.h header inclusion
- #include "MarlinSerial.h"
-#endif
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-#ifndef pgm_read_ptr
- // Compatibility for avr-libc 1.8.0-4.1 included with Ubuntu for
- // Windows Subsystem for Linux on Windows 10 as of 10/18/2019
- #define pgm_read_ptr_far(address_long) (void*)__ELPM_word((uint32_t)(address_long))
- #define pgm_read_ptr_near(address_short) (void*)__LPM_word((uint16_t)(address_short))
- #define pgm_read_ptr(address_short) pgm_read_ptr_near(address_short)
-#endif
-
-// ------------------------
-// Defines
-// ------------------------
-
-//#define analogInputToDigitalPin(IO) IO
-
-#ifndef CRITICAL_SECTION_START
- #define CRITICAL_SECTION_START() unsigned char _sreg = SREG; cli()
- #define CRITICAL_SECTION_END() SREG = _sreg
-#endif
-#define ISRS_ENABLED() TEST(SREG, SREG_I)
-#define ENABLE_ISRS() sei()
-#define DISABLE_ISRS() cli()
-
-// On AVR this is in math.h?
-//#define square(x) ((x)*(x))
-
-// ------------------------
-// Types
-// ------------------------
-
-typedef uint16_t hal_timer_t;
-#define HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX 0xFFFF
-
-typedef int8_t pin_t;
-
-#define SHARED_SERVOS HAS_SERVOS
-#define HAL_SERVO_LIB Servo
-
-// ------------------------
-// Public Variables
-// ------------------------
-
-//extern uint8_t MCUSR;
-
-// Serial ports
-#ifdef USBCON
- #if ENABLED(BLUETOOTH)
- #define MYSERIAL0 bluetoothSerial
- #else
- #define MYSERIAL0 Serial
- #endif
- #define NUM_SERIAL 1
-#else
- #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT, -1, 3)
- #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration."
- #endif
-
- #define MYSERIAL0 customizedSerial1
-
- #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2
- #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT_2, -1, 3)
- #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration."
- #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT
- #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration."
- #endif
- #define MYSERIAL1 customizedSerial2
- #define NUM_SERIAL 2
- #else
- #define NUM_SERIAL 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT
- #if !WITHIN(DGUS_SERIAL_PORT, -1, 3)
- #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration."
- #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT
- #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration."
- #elif defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT_2
- #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT_2. Please update your configuration."
- #endif
- #define DGUS_SERIAL internalDgusSerial
-
- #define DGUS_SERIAL_GET_TX_BUFFER_FREE DGUS_SERIAL.get_tx_buffer_free
-#endif
-
-// ------------------------
-// Public functions
-// ------------------------
-
-void HAL_init();
-
-//void cli();
-
-//void _delay_ms(const int delay);
-
-inline void HAL_clear_reset_source() { MCUSR = 0; }
-inline uint8_t HAL_get_reset_source() { return MCUSR; }
-
-#pragma GCC diagnostic push
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"
-extern "C" {
- int freeMemory();
-}
-#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
-
-// timers
-#define HAL_TIMER_RATE ((F_CPU) / 8) // i.e., 2MHz or 2.5MHz
-
-#define STEP_TIMER_NUM 1
-#define TEMP_TIMER_NUM 0
-#define PULSE_TIMER_NUM STEP_TIMER_NUM
-
-#define TEMP_TIMER_FREQUENCY ((F_CPU) / 64.0 / 256.0)
-
-#define STEPPER_TIMER_RATE HAL_TIMER_RATE
-#define STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE 8
-#define STEPPER_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US ((STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / 1000000) // Cannot be of type double
-
-#define PULSE_TIMER_RATE STEPPER_TIMER_RATE // frequency of pulse timer
-#define PULSE_TIMER_PRESCALE STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE
-#define PULSE_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US STEPPER_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US
-
-#define ENABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT() SBI(TIMSK1, OCIE1A)
-#define DISABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT() CBI(TIMSK1, OCIE1A)
-#define STEPPER_ISR_ENABLED() TEST(TIMSK1, OCIE1A)
-
-#define ENABLE_TEMPERATURE_INTERRUPT() SBI(TIMSK0, OCIE0B)
-#define DISABLE_TEMPERATURE_INTERRUPT() CBI(TIMSK0, OCIE0B)
-#define TEMPERATURE_ISR_ENABLED() TEST(TIMSK0, OCIE0B)
-
-FORCE_INLINE void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t) {
- switch (timer_num) {
- case STEP_TIMER_NUM:
- // waveform generation = 0100 = CTC
- SET_WGM(1, CTC_OCRnA);
-
- // output mode = 00 (disconnected)
- SET_COMA(1, NORMAL);
-
- // Set the timer pre-scaler
- // Generally we use a divider of 8, resulting in a 2MHz timer
- // frequency on a 16MHz MCU. If you are going to change this, be
- // sure to regenerate speed_lookuptable.h with
- // create_speed_lookuptable.py
- SET_CS(1, PRESCALER_8); // CS 2 = 1/8 prescaler
-
- // Init Stepper ISR to 122 Hz for quick starting
- // (F_CPU) / (STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE) / frequency
- OCR1A = 0x4000;
- TCNT1 = 0;
- break;
-
- case TEMP_TIMER_NUM:
- // Use timer0 for temperature measurement
- // Interleave temperature interrupt with millies interrupt
- OCR0B = 128;
- break;
- }
-}
-
-#define TIMER_OCR_1 OCR1A
-#define TIMER_COUNTER_1 TCNT1
-
-#define TIMER_OCR_0 OCR0A
-#define TIMER_COUNTER_0 TCNT0
-
-#define _CAT(a,V...) a##V
-#define HAL_timer_set_compare(timer, compare) (_CAT(TIMER_OCR_, timer) = compare)
-#define HAL_timer_get_compare(timer) _CAT(TIMER_OCR_, timer)
-#define HAL_timer_get_count(timer) _CAT(TIMER_COUNTER_, timer)
-
-/**
- * On AVR there is no hardware prioritization and preemption of
- * interrupts, so this emulates it. The UART has first priority
- * (otherwise, characters will be lost due to UART overflow).
- * Then: Stepper, Endstops, Temperature, and -finally- all others.
- */
-#define HAL_timer_isr_prologue(TIMER_NUM)
-#define HAL_timer_isr_epilogue(TIMER_NUM)
-
-/* 18 cycles maximum latency */
-#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR() \
-extern "C" void TIMER1_COMPA_vect() __attribute__ ((signal, naked, used, externally_visible)); \
-extern "C" void TIMER1_COMPA_vect_bottom() asm ("TIMER1_COMPA_vect_bottom") __attribute__ ((used, externally_visible, noinline)); \
-void TIMER1_COMPA_vect() { \
- __asm__ __volatile__ ( \
- A("push r16") /* 2 Save R16 */ \
- A("in r16, __SREG__") /* 1 Get SREG */ \
- A("push r16") /* 2 Save SREG into stack */ \
- A("lds r16, %[timsk0]") /* 2 Load into R0 the Temperature timer Interrupt mask register */ \
- A("push r16") /* 2 Save TIMSK0 into the stack */ \
- A("andi r16,~%[msk0]") /* 1 Disable the temperature ISR */ \
- A("sts %[timsk0], r16") /* 2 And set the new value */ \
- A("lds r16, %[timsk1]") /* 2 Load into R0 the stepper timer Interrupt mask register [TIMSK1] */ \
- A("andi r16,~%[msk1]") /* 1 Disable the stepper ISR */ \
- A("sts %[timsk1], r16") /* 2 And set the new value */ \
- A("push r16") /* 2 Save TIMSK1 into stack */ \
- A("in r16, 0x3B") /* 1 Get RAMPZ register */ \
- A("push r16") /* 2 Save RAMPZ into stack */ \
- A("in r16, 0x3C") /* 1 Get EIND register */ \
- A("push r0") /* C runtime can modify all the following registers without restoring them */ \
- A("push r1") \
- A("push r18") \
- A("push r19") \
- A("push r20") \
- A("push r21") \
- A("push r22") \
- A("push r23") \
- A("push r24") \
- A("push r25") \
- A("push r26") \
- A("push r27") \
- A("push r30") \
- A("push r31") \
- A("clr r1") /* C runtime expects this register to be 0 */ \
- A("call TIMER1_COMPA_vect_bottom") /* Call the bottom handler - No inlining allowed, otherwise registers used are not saved */ \
- A("pop r31") \
- A("pop r30") \
- A("pop r27") \
- A("pop r26") \
- A("pop r25") \
- A("pop r24") \
- A("pop r23") \
- A("pop r22") \
- A("pop r21") \
- A("pop r20") \
- A("pop r19") \
- A("pop r18") \
- A("pop r1") \
- A("pop r0") \
- A("out 0x3C, r16") /* 1 Restore EIND register */ \
- A("pop r16") /* 2 Get the original RAMPZ register value */ \
- A("out 0x3B, r16") /* 1 Restore RAMPZ register to its original value */ \
- A("pop r16") /* 2 Get the original TIMSK1 value but with stepper ISR disabled */ \
- A("ori r16,%[msk1]") /* 1 Reenable the stepper ISR */ \
- A("cli") /* 1 Disable global interrupts - Reenabling Stepper ISR can reenter amd temperature can reenter, and we want that, if it happens, after this ISR has ended */ \
- A("sts %[timsk1], r16") /* 2 And restore the old value - This reenables the stepper ISR */ \
- A("pop r16") /* 2 Get the temperature timer Interrupt mask register [TIMSK0] */ \
- A("sts %[timsk0], r16") /* 2 And restore the old value - This reenables the temperature ISR */ \
- A("pop r16") /* 2 Get the old SREG value */ \
- A("out __SREG__, r16") /* 1 And restore the SREG value */ \
- A("pop r16") /* 2 Restore R16 value */ \
- A("reti") /* 4 Return from interrupt */ \
- : \
- : [timsk0] "i" ((uint16_t)&TIMSK0), \
- [timsk1] "i" ((uint16_t)&TIMSK1), \
- [msk0] "M" ((uint8_t)(1< 7) ADCSRB = _BV(MUX5); else ADCSRB = 0; SET_ADMUX_ADCSRA(ch)
-#else
- #define HAL_START_ADC(ch) ADCSRB = 0; SET_ADMUX_ADCSRA(ch)
-#endif
-
-#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10
-#define HAL_READ_ADC() ADC
-#define HAL_ADC_READY() !TEST(ADCSRA, ADSC)
-
-#define GET_PIN_MAP_PIN(index) index
-#define GET_PIN_MAP_INDEX(pin) pin
-#define PARSED_PIN_INDEX(code, dval) parser.intval(code, dval)
-
-#define HAL_SENSITIVE_PINS 0, 1
-
-#ifdef __AVR_AT90USB1286__
- #define JTAG_DISABLE() do{ MCUCR = 0x80; MCUCR = 0x80; }while(0)
-#endif
-
-// AVR compatibility
-#define strtof strtod
-
-/**
- * set_pwm_frequency
- * Sets the frequency of the timer corresponding to the provided pin
- * as close as possible to the provided desired frequency. Internally
- * calculates the required waveform generation mode, prescaler and
- * resolution values required and sets the timer registers accordingly.
- * NOTE that the frequency is applied to all pins on the timer (Ex OC3A, OC3B and OC3B)
- * NOTE that there are limitations, particularly if using TIMER2. (see Configuration_adv.h -> FAST FAN PWM Settings)
- */
-void set_pwm_frequency(const pin_t pin, int f_desired);
-
-/**
- * set_pwm_duty
- * Sets the PWM duty cycle of the provided pin to the provided value
- * Optionally allows inverting the duty cycle [default = false]
- * Optionally allows changing the maximum size of the provided value to enable finer PWM duty control [default = 255]
- */
-void set_pwm_duty(const pin_t pin, const uint16_t v, const uint16_t v_size=255, const bool invert=false);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/HAL_SPI.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/HAL_SPI.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index f1f9654..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/HAL_SPI.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,253 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-
-/**
- * Adapted from Arduino Sd2Card Library
- * Copyright (c) 2009 by William Greiman
- */
-
-/**
- * HAL for AVR - SPI functions
- */
-
-#ifdef __AVR__
-
-#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
-
-void spiBegin() {
- OUT_WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH);
- SET_OUTPUT(SCK_PIN);
- SET_INPUT(MISO_PIN);
- SET_OUTPUT(MOSI_PIN);
-
- #if DISABLED(SOFTWARE_SPI)
- // SS must be in output mode even it is not chip select
- //SET_OUTPUT(SS_PIN);
- // set SS high - may be chip select for another SPI device
- //#if SET_SPI_SS_HIGH
- //WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH);
- //#endif
- // set a default rate
- spiInit(1);
- #endif
-}
-
-#if NONE(SOFTWARE_SPI, FORCE_SOFT_SPI)
-
- // ------------------------
- // Hardware SPI
- // ------------------------
-
- // make sure SPCR rate is in expected bits
- #if (SPR0 != 0 || SPR1 != 1)
- #error "unexpected SPCR bits"
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Initialize hardware SPI
- * Set SCK rate to F_CPU/pow(2, 1 + spiRate) for spiRate [0,6]
- */
- void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate) {
- // See avr processor documentation
- CBI(
- #ifdef PRR
- PRR
- #elif defined(PRR0)
- PRR0
- #endif
- , PRSPI);
-
- SPCR = _BV(SPE) | _BV(MSTR) | (spiRate >> 1);
- SPSR = spiRate & 1 || spiRate == 6 ? 0 : _BV(SPI2X);
- }
-
- /** SPI receive a byte */
- uint8_t spiRec() {
- SPDR = 0xFF;
- while (!TEST(SPSR, SPIF)) { /* Intentionally left empty */ }
- return SPDR;
- }
-
- /** SPI read data */
- void spiRead(uint8_t* buf, uint16_t nbyte) {
- if (nbyte-- == 0) return;
- SPDR = 0xFF;
- for (uint16_t i = 0; i < nbyte; i++) {
- while (!TEST(SPSR, SPIF)) { /* Intentionally left empty */ }
- buf[i] = SPDR;
- SPDR = 0xFF;
- }
- while (!TEST(SPSR, SPIF)) { /* Intentionally left empty */ }
- buf[nbyte] = SPDR;
- }
-
- /** SPI send a byte */
- void spiSend(uint8_t b) {
- SPDR = b;
- while (!TEST(SPSR, SPIF)) { /* Intentionally left empty */ }
- }
-
- /** SPI send block */
- void spiSendBlock(uint8_t token, const uint8_t* buf) {
- SPDR = token;
- for (uint16_t i = 0; i < 512; i += 2) {
- while (!TEST(SPSR, SPIF)) { /* Intentionally left empty */ }
- SPDR = buf[i];
- while (!TEST(SPSR, SPIF)) { /* Intentionally left empty */ }
- SPDR = buf[i + 1];
- }
- while (!TEST(SPSR, SPIF)) { /* Intentionally left empty */ }
- }
-
-
- /** begin spi transaction */
- void spiBeginTransaction(uint32_t spiClock, uint8_t bitOrder, uint8_t dataMode) {
- // Based on Arduino SPI library
- // Clock settings are defined as follows. Note that this shows SPI2X
- // inverted, so the bits form increasing numbers. Also note that
- // fosc/64 appears twice
- // SPR1 SPR0 ~SPI2X Freq
- // 0 0 0 fosc/2
- // 0 0 1 fosc/4
- // 0 1 0 fosc/8
- // 0 1 1 fosc/16
- // 1 0 0 fosc/32
- // 1 0 1 fosc/64
- // 1 1 0 fosc/64
- // 1 1 1 fosc/128
-
- // We find the fastest clock that is less than or equal to the
- // given clock rate. The clock divider that results in clock_setting
- // is 2 ^^ (clock_div + 1). If nothing is slow enough, we'll use the
- // slowest (128 == 2 ^^ 7, so clock_div = 6).
- uint8_t clockDiv;
-
- // When the clock is known at compiletime, use this if-then-else
- // cascade, which the compiler knows how to completely optimize
- // away. When clock is not known, use a loop instead, which generates
- // shorter code.
- if (__builtin_constant_p(spiClock)) {
- if (spiClock >= F_CPU / 2) clockDiv = 0;
- else if (spiClock >= F_CPU / 4) clockDiv = 1;
- else if (spiClock >= F_CPU / 8) clockDiv = 2;
- else if (spiClock >= F_CPU / 16) clockDiv = 3;
- else if (spiClock >= F_CPU / 32) clockDiv = 4;
- else if (spiClock >= F_CPU / 64) clockDiv = 5;
- else clockDiv = 6;
- }
- else {
- uint32_t clockSetting = F_CPU / 2;
- clockDiv = 0;
- while (clockDiv < 6 && spiClock < clockSetting) {
- clockSetting /= 2;
- clockDiv++;
- }
- }
-
- // Compensate for the duplicate fosc/64
- if (clockDiv == 6) clockDiv = 7;
-
- // Invert the SPI2X bit
- clockDiv ^= 0x1;
-
- SPCR = _BV(SPE) | _BV(MSTR) | ((bitOrder == LSBFIRST) ? _BV(DORD) : 0) |
- (dataMode << CPHA) | ((clockDiv >> 1) << SPR0);
- SPSR = clockDiv | 0x01;
- }
-
-
-#else // SOFTWARE_SPI || FORCE_SOFT_SPI
-
- // ------------------------
- // Software SPI
- // ------------------------
-
- // nop to tune soft SPI timing
- #define nop asm volatile ("\tnop\n")
-
- void spiInit(uint8_t) { /* do nothing */ }
-
- // Begin SPI transaction, set clock, bit order, data mode
- void spiBeginTransaction(uint32_t spiClock, uint8_t bitOrder, uint8_t dataMode) { /* do nothing */ }
-
- // Soft SPI receive byte
- uint8_t spiRec() {
- uint8_t data = 0;
- // no interrupts during byte receive - about 8µs
- cli();
- // output pin high - like sending 0xFF
- WRITE(MOSI_PIN, HIGH);
-
- LOOP_L_N(i, 8) {
- WRITE(SCK_PIN, HIGH);
-
- nop; // adjust so SCK is nice
- nop;
-
- data <<= 1;
-
- if (READ(MISO_PIN)) data |= 1;
-
- WRITE(SCK_PIN, LOW);
- }
-
- sei();
- return data;
- }
-
- // Soft SPI read data
- void spiRead(uint8_t* buf, uint16_t nbyte) {
- for (uint16_t i = 0; i < nbyte; i++)
- buf[i] = spiRec();
- }
-
- // Soft SPI send byte
- void spiSend(uint8_t data) {
- // no interrupts during byte send - about 8µs
- cli();
- LOOP_L_N(i, 8) {
- WRITE(SCK_PIN, LOW);
- WRITE(MOSI_PIN, data & 0x80);
- data <<= 1;
- WRITE(SCK_PIN, HIGH);
- }
-
- nop; // hold SCK high for a few ns
- nop;
- nop;
- nop;
-
- WRITE(SCK_PIN, LOW);
-
- sei();
- }
-
- // Soft SPI send block
- void spiSendBlock(uint8_t token, const uint8_t* buf) {
- spiSend(token);
- for (uint16_t i = 0; i < 512; i++)
- spiSend(buf[i]);
- }
-
-#endif // SOFTWARE_SPI || FORCE_SOFT_SPI
-
-#endif // __AVR__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/MarlinSerial.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/MarlinSerial.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 350d0f3..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/MarlinSerial.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,792 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-
-/**
- * MarlinSerial.cpp - Hardware serial library for Wiring
- * Copyright (c) 2006 Nicholas Zambetti. All right reserved.
- *
- * Modified 23 November 2006 by David A. Mellis
- * Modified 28 September 2010 by Mark Sproul
- * Modified 14 February 2016 by Andreas Hardtung (added tx buffer)
- * Modified 01 October 2017 by Eduardo José Tagle (added XON/XOFF)
- * Modified 10 June 2018 by Eduardo José Tagle (See #10991)
- * Templatized 01 October 2018 by Eduardo José Tagle to allow multiple instances
- */
-
-#ifdef __AVR__
-
-// Disable HardwareSerial.cpp to support chips without a UART (Attiny, etc.)
-
-#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
-
-#if !defined(USBCON) && (defined(UBRRH) || defined(UBRR0H) || defined(UBRR1H) || defined(UBRR2H) || defined(UBRR3H))
-
- #include "MarlinSerial.h"
- #include "../../MarlinCore.h"
-
- template typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_r MarlinSerial::rx_buffer = { 0, 0, { 0 } };
- template typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_t MarlinSerial::tx_buffer = { 0 };
- template bool MarlinSerial::_written = false;
- template uint8_t MarlinSerial::xon_xoff_state = MarlinSerial::XON_XOFF_CHAR_SENT | MarlinSerial::XON_CHAR;
- template uint8_t MarlinSerial::rx_dropped_bytes = 0;
- template uint8_t MarlinSerial::rx_buffer_overruns = 0;
- template uint8_t MarlinSerial::rx_framing_errors = 0;
- template typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_pos_t MarlinSerial::rx_max_enqueued = 0;
-
- // A SW memory barrier, to ensure GCC does not overoptimize loops
- #define sw_barrier() asm volatile("": : :"memory");
-
- #include "../../feature/e_parser.h"
-
- // "Atomically" read the RX head index value without disabling interrupts:
- // This MUST be called with RX interrupts enabled, and CAN'T be called
- // from the RX ISR itself!
- template
- FORCE_INLINE typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_pos_t MarlinSerial::atomic_read_rx_head() {
- if (Cfg::RX_SIZE > 256) {
- // Keep reading until 2 consecutive reads return the same value,
- // meaning there was no update in-between caused by an interrupt.
- // This works because serial RX interrupts happen at a slower rate
- // than successive reads of a variable, so 2 consecutive reads with
- // the same value means no interrupt updated it.
- ring_buffer_pos_t vold, vnew = rx_buffer.head;
- sw_barrier();
- do {
- vold = vnew;
- vnew = rx_buffer.head;
- sw_barrier();
- } while (vold != vnew);
- return vnew;
- }
- else {
- // With an 8bit index, reads are always atomic. No need for special handling
- return rx_buffer.head;
- }
- }
-
- template
- volatile bool MarlinSerial::rx_tail_value_not_stable = false;
- template
- volatile uint16_t MarlinSerial::rx_tail_value_backup = 0;
-
- // Set RX tail index, taking into account the RX ISR could interrupt
- // the write to this variable in the middle - So a backup strategy
- // is used to ensure reads of the correct values.
- // -Must NOT be called from the RX ISR -
- template
- FORCE_INLINE void MarlinSerial::atomic_set_rx_tail(typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_pos_t value) {
- if (Cfg::RX_SIZE > 256) {
- // Store the new value in the backup
- rx_tail_value_backup = value;
- sw_barrier();
- // Flag we are about to change the true value
- rx_tail_value_not_stable = true;
- sw_barrier();
- // Store the new value
- rx_buffer.tail = value;
- sw_barrier();
- // Signal the new value is completely stored into the value
- rx_tail_value_not_stable = false;
- sw_barrier();
- }
- else
- rx_buffer.tail = value;
- }
-
- // Get the RX tail index, taking into account the read could be
- // interrupting in the middle of the update of that index value
- // -Called from the RX ISR -
- template
- FORCE_INLINE typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_pos_t MarlinSerial::atomic_read_rx_tail() {
- if (Cfg::RX_SIZE > 256) {
- // If the true index is being modified, return the backup value
- if (rx_tail_value_not_stable) return rx_tail_value_backup;
- }
- // The true index is stable, return it
- return rx_buffer.tail;
- }
-
- // (called with RX interrupts disabled)
- template
- FORCE_INLINE void MarlinSerial::store_rxd_char() {
-
- static EmergencyParser::State emergency_state; // = EP_RESET
-
- // Get the tail - Nothing can alter its value while this ISR is executing, but there's
- // a chance that this ISR interrupted the main process while it was updating the index.
- // The backup mechanism ensures the correct value is always returned.
- const ring_buffer_pos_t t = atomic_read_rx_tail();
-
- // Get the head pointer - This ISR is the only one that modifies its value, so it's safe to read here
- ring_buffer_pos_t h = rx_buffer.head;
-
- // Get the next element
- ring_buffer_pos_t i = (ring_buffer_pos_t)(h + 1) & (ring_buffer_pos_t)(Cfg::RX_SIZE - 1);
-
- // This must read the R_UCSRA register before reading the received byte to detect error causes
- if (Cfg::DROPPED_RX && B_DOR && !++rx_dropped_bytes) --rx_dropped_bytes;
- if (Cfg::RX_OVERRUNS && B_DOR && !++rx_buffer_overruns) --rx_buffer_overruns;
- if (Cfg::RX_FRAMING_ERRORS && B_FE && !++rx_framing_errors) --rx_framing_errors;
-
- // Read the character from the USART
- uint8_t c = R_UDR;
-
- if (Cfg::EMERGENCYPARSER) emergency_parser.update(emergency_state, c);
-
- // If the character is to be stored at the index just before the tail
- // (such that the head would advance to the current tail), the RX FIFO is
- // full, so don't write the character or advance the head.
- if (i != t) {
- rx_buffer.buffer[h] = c;
- h = i;
- }
- else if (Cfg::DROPPED_RX && !++rx_dropped_bytes)
- --rx_dropped_bytes;
-
- if (Cfg::MAX_RX_QUEUED) {
- // Calculate count of bytes stored into the RX buffer
- const ring_buffer_pos_t rx_count = (ring_buffer_pos_t)(h - t) & (ring_buffer_pos_t)(Cfg::RX_SIZE - 1);
-
- // Keep track of the maximum count of enqueued bytes
- NOLESS(rx_max_enqueued, rx_count);
- }
-
- if (Cfg::XONOFF) {
- // If the last char that was sent was an XON
- if ((xon_xoff_state & XON_XOFF_CHAR_MASK) == XON_CHAR) {
-
- // Bytes stored into the RX buffer
- const ring_buffer_pos_t rx_count = (ring_buffer_pos_t)(h - t) & (ring_buffer_pos_t)(Cfg::RX_SIZE - 1);
-
- // If over 12.5% of RX buffer capacity, send XOFF before running out of
- // RX buffer space .. 325 bytes @ 250kbits/s needed to let the host react
- // and stop sending bytes. This translates to 13mS propagation time.
- if (rx_count >= (Cfg::RX_SIZE) / 8) {
-
- // At this point, definitely no TX interrupt was executing, since the TX ISR can't be preempted.
- // Don't enable the TX interrupt here as a means to trigger the XOFF char, because if it happens
- // to be in the middle of trying to disable the RX interrupt in the main program, eventually the
- // enabling of the TX interrupt could be undone. The ONLY reliable thing this can do to ensure
- // the sending of the XOFF char is to send it HERE AND NOW.
-
- // About to send the XOFF char
- xon_xoff_state = XOFF_CHAR | XON_XOFF_CHAR_SENT;
-
- // Wait until the TX register becomes empty and send it - Here there could be a problem
- // - While waiting for the TX register to empty, the RX register could receive a new
- // character. This must also handle that situation!
- while (!B_UDRE) {
-
- if (B_RXC) {
- // A char arrived while waiting for the TX buffer to be empty - Receive and process it!
-
- i = (ring_buffer_pos_t)(h + 1) & (ring_buffer_pos_t)(Cfg::RX_SIZE - 1);
-
- // Read the character from the USART
- c = R_UDR;
-
- if (Cfg::EMERGENCYPARSER) emergency_parser.update(emergency_state, c);
-
- // If the character is to be stored at the index just before the tail
- // (such that the head would advance to the current tail), the FIFO is
- // full, so don't write the character or advance the head.
- if (i != t) {
- rx_buffer.buffer[h] = c;
- h = i;
- }
- else if (Cfg::DROPPED_RX && !++rx_dropped_bytes)
- --rx_dropped_bytes;
- }
- sw_barrier();
- }
-
- R_UDR = XOFF_CHAR;
-
- // Clear the TXC bit -- "can be cleared by writing a one to its bit
- // location". This makes sure flush() won't return until the bytes
- // actually got written
- B_TXC = 1;
-
- // At this point there could be a race condition between the write() function
- // and this sending of the XOFF char. This interrupt could happen between the
- // wait to be empty TX buffer loop and the actual write of the character. Since
- // the TX buffer is full because it's sending the XOFF char, the only way to be
- // sure the write() function will succeed is to wait for the XOFF char to be
- // completely sent. Since an extra character could be received during the wait
- // it must also be handled!
- while (!B_UDRE) {
-
- if (B_RXC) {
- // A char arrived while waiting for the TX buffer to be empty - Receive and process it!
-
- i = (ring_buffer_pos_t)(h + 1) & (ring_buffer_pos_t)(Cfg::RX_SIZE - 1);
-
- // Read the character from the USART
- c = R_UDR;
-
- if (Cfg::EMERGENCYPARSER)
- emergency_parser.update(emergency_state, c);
-
- // If the character is to be stored at the index just before the tail
- // (such that the head would advance to the current tail), the FIFO is
- // full, so don't write the character or advance the head.
- if (i != t) {
- rx_buffer.buffer[h] = c;
- h = i;
- }
- else if (Cfg::DROPPED_RX && !++rx_dropped_bytes)
- --rx_dropped_bytes;
- }
- sw_barrier();
- }
-
- // At this point everything is ready. The write() function won't
- // have any issues writing to the UART TX register if it needs to!
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Store the new head value - The main loop will retry until the value is stable
- rx_buffer.head = h;
- }
-
- // (called with TX irqs disabled)
- template
- FORCE_INLINE void MarlinSerial::_tx_udr_empty_irq() {
- if (Cfg::TX_SIZE > 0) {
- // Read positions
- uint8_t t = tx_buffer.tail;
- const uint8_t h = tx_buffer.head;
-
- if (Cfg::XONOFF) {
- // If an XON char is pending to be sent, do it now
- if (xon_xoff_state == XON_CHAR) {
-
- // Send the character
- R_UDR = XON_CHAR;
-
- // clear the TXC bit -- "can be cleared by writing a one to its bit
- // location". This makes sure flush() won't return until the bytes
- // actually got written
- B_TXC = 1;
-
- // Remember we sent it.
- xon_xoff_state = XON_CHAR | XON_XOFF_CHAR_SENT;
-
- // If nothing else to transmit, just disable TX interrupts.
- if (h == t) B_UDRIE = 0; // (Non-atomic, could be reenabled by the main program, but eventually this will succeed)
-
- return;
- }
- }
-
- // If nothing to transmit, just disable TX interrupts. This could
- // happen as the result of the non atomicity of the disabling of RX
- // interrupts that could end reenabling TX interrupts as a side effect.
- if (h == t) {
- B_UDRIE = 0; // (Non-atomic, could be reenabled by the main program, but eventually this will succeed)
- return;
- }
-
- // There is something to TX, Send the next byte
- const uint8_t c = tx_buffer.buffer[t];
- t = (t + 1) & (Cfg::TX_SIZE - 1);
- R_UDR = c;
- tx_buffer.tail = t;
-
- // Clear the TXC bit (by writing a one to its bit location).
- // Ensures flush() won't return until the bytes are actually written/
- B_TXC = 1;
-
- // Disable interrupts if there is nothing to transmit following this byte
- if (h == t) B_UDRIE = 0; // (Non-atomic, could be reenabled by the main program, but eventually this will succeed)
- }
- }
-
- // Public Methods
- template
- void MarlinSerial::begin(const long baud) {
- uint16_t baud_setting;
- bool useU2X = true;
-
- #if F_CPU == 16000000UL && SERIAL_PORT == 0
- // Hard-coded exception for compatibility with the bootloader shipped
- // with the Duemilanove and previous boards, and the firmware on the
- // 8U2 on the Uno and Mega 2560.
- if (baud == 57600) useU2X = false;
- #endif
-
- R_UCSRA = 0;
- if (useU2X) {
- B_U2X = 1;
- baud_setting = (F_CPU / 4 / baud - 1) / 2;
- }
- else
- baud_setting = (F_CPU / 8 / baud - 1) / 2;
-
- // assign the baud_setting, a.k.a. ubbr (USART Baud Rate Register)
- R_UBRRH = baud_setting >> 8;
- R_UBRRL = baud_setting;
-
- B_RXEN = 1;
- B_TXEN = 1;
- B_RXCIE = 1;
- if (Cfg::TX_SIZE > 0) B_UDRIE = 0;
- _written = false;
- }
-
- template
- void MarlinSerial::end() {
- B_RXEN = 0;
- B_TXEN = 0;
- B_RXCIE = 0;
- B_UDRIE = 0;
- }
-
- template
- int MarlinSerial::peek() {
- const ring_buffer_pos_t h = atomic_read_rx_head(), t = rx_buffer.tail;
- return h == t ? -1 : rx_buffer.buffer[t];
- }
-
- template
- int MarlinSerial::read() {
- const ring_buffer_pos_t h = atomic_read_rx_head();
-
- // Read the tail. Main thread owns it, so it is safe to directly read it
- ring_buffer_pos_t t = rx_buffer.tail;
-
- // If nothing to read, return now
- if (h == t) return -1;
-
- // Get the next char
- const int v = rx_buffer.buffer[t];
- t = (ring_buffer_pos_t)(t + 1) & (Cfg::RX_SIZE - 1);
-
- // Advance tail - Making sure the RX ISR will always get an stable value, even
- // if it interrupts the writing of the value of that variable in the middle.
- atomic_set_rx_tail(t);
-
- if (Cfg::XONOFF) {
- // If the XOFF char was sent, or about to be sent...
- if ((xon_xoff_state & XON_XOFF_CHAR_MASK) == XOFF_CHAR) {
- // Get count of bytes in the RX buffer
- const ring_buffer_pos_t rx_count = (ring_buffer_pos_t)(h - t) & (ring_buffer_pos_t)(Cfg::RX_SIZE - 1);
- if (rx_count < (Cfg::RX_SIZE) / 10) {
- if (Cfg::TX_SIZE > 0) {
- // Signal we want an XON character to be sent.
- xon_xoff_state = XON_CHAR;
- // Enable TX ISR. Non atomic, but it will eventually enable them
- B_UDRIE = 1;
- }
- else {
- // If not using TX interrupts, we must send the XON char now
- xon_xoff_state = XON_CHAR | XON_XOFF_CHAR_SENT;
- while (!B_UDRE) sw_barrier();
- R_UDR = XON_CHAR;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- return v;
- }
-
- template
- typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_pos_t MarlinSerial::available() {
- const ring_buffer_pos_t h = atomic_read_rx_head(), t = rx_buffer.tail;
- return (ring_buffer_pos_t)(Cfg::RX_SIZE + h - t) & (Cfg::RX_SIZE - 1);
- }
-
- template
- void MarlinSerial::flush() {
-
- // Set the tail to the head:
- // - Read the RX head index in a safe way. (See atomic_read_rx_head.)
- // - Set the tail, making sure the RX ISR will always get a stable value, even
- // if it interrupts the writing of the value of that variable in the middle.
- atomic_set_rx_tail(atomic_read_rx_head());
-
- if (Cfg::XONOFF) {
- // If the XOFF char was sent, or about to be sent...
- if ((xon_xoff_state & XON_XOFF_CHAR_MASK) == XOFF_CHAR) {
- if (Cfg::TX_SIZE > 0) {
- // Signal we want an XON character to be sent.
- xon_xoff_state = XON_CHAR;
- // Enable TX ISR. Non atomic, but it will eventually enable it.
- B_UDRIE = 1;
- }
- else {
- // If not using TX interrupts, we must send the XON char now
- xon_xoff_state = XON_CHAR | XON_XOFF_CHAR_SENT;
- while (!B_UDRE) sw_barrier();
- R_UDR = XON_CHAR;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- template
- void MarlinSerial::write(const uint8_t c) {
- if (Cfg::TX_SIZE == 0) {
-
- _written = true;
- while (!B_UDRE) sw_barrier();
- R_UDR = c;
-
- }
- else {
-
- _written = true;
-
- // If the TX interrupts are disabled and the data register
- // is empty, just write the byte to the data register and
- // be done. This shortcut helps significantly improve the
- // effective datarate at high (>500kbit/s) bitrates, where
- // interrupt overhead becomes a slowdown.
- // Yes, there is a race condition between the sending of the
- // XOFF char at the RX ISR, but it is properly handled there
- if (!B_UDRIE && B_UDRE) {
- R_UDR = c;
-
- // clear the TXC bit -- "can be cleared by writing a one to its bit
- // location". This makes sure flush() won't return until the bytes
- // actually got written
- B_TXC = 1;
- return;
- }
-
- const uint8_t i = (tx_buffer.head + 1) & (Cfg::TX_SIZE - 1);
-
- // If global interrupts are disabled (as the result of being called from an ISR)...
- if (!ISRS_ENABLED()) {
-
- // Make room by polling if it is possible to transmit, and do so!
- while (i == tx_buffer.tail) {
-
- // If we can transmit another byte, do it.
- if (B_UDRE) _tx_udr_empty_irq();
-
- // Make sure compiler rereads tx_buffer.tail
- sw_barrier();
- }
- }
- else {
- // Interrupts are enabled, just wait until there is space
- while (i == tx_buffer.tail) sw_barrier();
- }
-
- // Store new char. head is always safe to move
- tx_buffer.buffer[tx_buffer.head] = c;
- tx_buffer.head = i;
-
- // Enable TX ISR - Non atomic, but it will eventually enable TX ISR
- B_UDRIE = 1;
- }
- }
-
- template
- void MarlinSerial::flushTX() {
-
- if (Cfg::TX_SIZE == 0) {
- // No bytes written, no need to flush. This special case is needed since there's
- // no way to force the TXC (transmit complete) bit to 1 during initialization.
- if (!_written) return;
-
- // Wait until everything was transmitted
- while (!B_TXC) sw_barrier();
-
- // At this point nothing is queued anymore (DRIE is disabled) and
- // the hardware finished transmission (TXC is set).
-
- }
- else {
-
- // No bytes written, no need to flush. This special case is needed since there's
- // no way to force the TXC (transmit complete) bit to 1 during initialization.
- if (!_written) return;
-
- // If global interrupts are disabled (as the result of being called from an ISR)...
- if (!ISRS_ENABLED()) {
-
- // Wait until everything was transmitted - We must do polling, as interrupts are disabled
- while (tx_buffer.head != tx_buffer.tail || !B_TXC) {
-
- // If there is more space, send an extra character
- if (B_UDRE) _tx_udr_empty_irq();
-
- sw_barrier();
- }
-
- }
- else {
- // Wait until everything was transmitted
- while (tx_buffer.head != tx_buffer.tail || !B_TXC) sw_barrier();
- }
-
- // At this point nothing is queued anymore (DRIE is disabled) and
- // the hardware finished transmission (TXC is set).
- }
- }
-
- /**
- * Imports from print.h
- */
-
- template
- void MarlinSerial::print(char c, int base) {
- print((long)c, base);
- }
-
- template
- void MarlinSerial::print(unsigned char b, int base) {
- print((unsigned long)b, base);
- }
-
- template
- void MarlinSerial::print(int n, int base) {
- print((long)n, base);
- }
-
- template
- void MarlinSerial::print(unsigned int n, int base) {
- print((unsigned long)n, base);
- }
-
- template
- void MarlinSerial::print(long n, int base) {
- if (base == 0) write(n);
- else if (base == 10) {
- if (n < 0) { print('-'); n = -n; }
- printNumber(n, 10);
- }
- else
- printNumber(n, base);
- }
-
- template
- void MarlinSerial::print(unsigned long n, int base) {
- if (base == 0) write(n);
- else printNumber(n, base);
- }
-
- template
- void MarlinSerial::print(double n, int digits) {
- printFloat(n, digits);
- }
-
- template
- void MarlinSerial::println() {
- print('\r');
- print('\n');
- }
-
- template
- void MarlinSerial::println(const String& s) {
- print(s);
- println();
- }
-
- template
- void MarlinSerial::println(const char c[]) {
- print(c);
- println();
- }
-
- template
- void MarlinSerial::println(char c, int base) {
- print(c, base);
- println();
- }
-
- template
- void MarlinSerial::println(unsigned char b, int base) {
- print(b, base);
- println();
- }
-
- template
- void MarlinSerial::println(int n, int base) {
- print(n, base);
- println();
- }
-
- template
- void MarlinSerial::println(unsigned int n, int base) {
- print(n, base);
- println();
- }
-
- template
- void MarlinSerial::println(long n, int base) {
- print(n, base);
- println();
- }
-
- template
- void MarlinSerial::println(unsigned long n, int base) {
- print(n, base);
- println();
- }
-
- template
- void MarlinSerial::println(double n, int digits) {
- print(n, digits);
- println();
- }
-
- // Private Methods
-
- template
- void MarlinSerial::printNumber(unsigned long n, uint8_t base) {
- if (n) {
- unsigned char buf[8 * sizeof(long)]; // Enough space for base 2
- int8_t i = 0;
- while (n) {
- buf[i++] = n % base;
- n /= base;
- }
- while (i--)
- print((char)(buf[i] + (buf[i] < 10 ? '0' : 'A' - 10)));
- }
- else
- print('0');
- }
-
- template
- void MarlinSerial::printFloat(double number, uint8_t digits) {
- // Handle negative numbers
- if (number < 0.0) {
- print('-');
- number = -number;
- }
-
- // Round correctly so that print(1.999, 2) prints as "2.00"
- double rounding = 0.5;
- LOOP_L_N(i, digits) rounding *= 0.1;
- number += rounding;
-
- // Extract the integer part of the number and print it
- unsigned long int_part = (unsigned long)number;
- double remainder = number - (double)int_part;
- print(int_part);
-
- // Print the decimal point, but only if there are digits beyond
- if (digits) {
- print('.');
- // Extract digits from the remainder one at a time
- while (digits--) {
- remainder *= 10.0;
- int toPrint = int(remainder);
- print(toPrint);
- remainder -= toPrint;
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Hookup ISR handlers
- ISR(SERIAL_REGNAME(USART,SERIAL_PORT,_RX_vect)) {
- MarlinSerial>::store_rxd_char();
- }
-
- ISR(SERIAL_REGNAME(USART,SERIAL_PORT,_UDRE_vect)) {
- MarlinSerial>::_tx_udr_empty_irq();
- }
-
- // Preinstantiate
- template class MarlinSerial>;
-
- // Instantiate
- MarlinSerial> customizedSerial1;
-
- #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2
-
- // Hookup ISR handlers
- ISR(SERIAL_REGNAME(USART,SERIAL_PORT_2,_RX_vect)) {
- MarlinSerial>::store_rxd_char();
- }
-
- ISR(SERIAL_REGNAME(USART,SERIAL_PORT_2,_UDRE_vect)) {
- MarlinSerial>::_tx_udr_empty_irq();
- }
-
- // Preinstantiate
- template class MarlinSerial>;
-
- // Instantiate
- MarlinSerial> customizedSerial2;
-
- #endif
-
-#endif // !USBCON && (UBRRH || UBRR0H || UBRR1H || UBRR2H || UBRR3H)
-
-#ifdef INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT
-
- ISR(SERIAL_REGNAME(USART,INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT,_RX_vect)) {
- MarlinSerial>::store_rxd_char();
- }
-
- ISR(SERIAL_REGNAME(USART,INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT,_UDRE_vect)) {
- MarlinSerial>::_tx_udr_empty_irq();
- }
-
- // Preinstantiate
- template class MarlinSerial>;
-
- // Instantiate
- MarlinSerial> internalSerial;
-
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT
-
- template
- typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_pos_t MarlinSerial::get_tx_buffer_free() {
- const ring_buffer_pos_t t = tx_buffer.tail, // next byte to send.
- h = tx_buffer.head; // next pos for queue.
- int ret = t - h - 1;
- if (ret < 0) ret += Cfg::TX_SIZE + 1;
- return ret;
- }
-
- ISR(SERIAL_REGNAME(USART,DGUS_SERIAL_PORT,_RX_vect)) {
- MarlinSerial>::store_rxd_char();
- }
-
- ISR(SERIAL_REGNAME(USART,DGUS_SERIAL_PORT,_UDRE_vect)) {
- MarlinSerial>::_tx_udr_empty_irq();
- }
-
- // Preinstantiate
- template class MarlinSerial>;
-
- // Instantiate
- MarlinSerial> internalDgusSerial;
-
-#endif
-
-// For AT90USB targets use the UART for BT interfacing
-#if defined(USBCON) && ENABLED(BLUETOOTH)
- HardwareSerial bluetoothSerial;
-#endif
-
-#endif // __AVR__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/MarlinSerial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/MarlinSerial.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cd7aad9..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/MarlinSerial.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,318 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * MarlinSerial.h - Hardware serial library for Wiring
- * Copyright (c) 2006 Nicholas Zambetti. All right reserved.
- *
- * Modified 28 September 2010 by Mark Sproul
- * Modified 14 February 2016 by Andreas Hardtung (added tx buffer)
- * Modified 01 October 2017 by Eduardo José Tagle (added XON/XOFF)
- * Templatized 01 October 2018 by Eduardo José Tagle to allow multiple instances
- */
-
-#include
-
-#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
-
-#ifndef SERIAL_PORT
- #define SERIAL_PORT 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef USBCON
-
- // The presence of the UBRRH register is used to detect a UART.
- #define UART_PRESENT(port) ((port == 0 && (defined(UBRRH) || defined(UBRR0H))) || \
- (port == 1 && defined(UBRR1H)) || (port == 2 && defined(UBRR2H)) || \
- (port == 3 && defined(UBRR3H)))
-
- // These are macros to build serial port register names for the selected SERIAL_PORT (C preprocessor
- // requires two levels of indirection to expand macro values properly)
- #define SERIAL_REGNAME(registerbase,number,suffix) SERIAL_REGNAME_INTERNAL(registerbase,number,suffix)
- #if SERIAL_PORT == 0 && (!defined(UBRR0H) || !defined(UDR0)) // use un-numbered registers if necessary
- #define SERIAL_REGNAME_INTERNAL(registerbase,number,suffix) registerbase##suffix
- #else
- #define SERIAL_REGNAME_INTERNAL(registerbase,number,suffix) registerbase##number##suffix
- #endif
-
- // Registers used by MarlinSerial class (expanded depending on selected serial port)
-
- // Templated 8bit register (generic)
- #define UART_REGISTER_DECL_BASE(registerbase, suffix) \
- template struct R_##registerbase##x##suffix {}
-
- // Templated 8bit register (specialization for each port)
- #define UART_REGISTER_DECL(port, registerbase, suffix) \
- template<> struct R_##registerbase##x##suffix { \
- constexpr R_##registerbase##x##suffix(int) {} \
- FORCE_INLINE void operator=(uint8_t newVal) const { SERIAL_REGNAME(registerbase,port,suffix) = newVal; } \
- FORCE_INLINE operator uint8_t() const { return SERIAL_REGNAME(registerbase,port,suffix); } \
- }
-
- // Templated 1bit register (generic)
- #define UART_BIT_DECL_BASE(registerbase, suffix, bit) \
- templatestruct B_##bit##x {}
-
- // Templated 1bit register (specialization for each port)
- #define UART_BIT_DECL(port, registerbase, suffix, bit) \
- template<> struct B_##bit##x { \
- constexpr B_##bit##x(int) {} \
- FORCE_INLINE void operator=(int newVal) const { \
- if (newVal) \
- SBI(SERIAL_REGNAME(registerbase,port,suffix),SERIAL_REGNAME(bit,port,)); \
- else \
- CBI(SERIAL_REGNAME(registerbase,port,suffix),SERIAL_REGNAME(bit,port,)); \
- } \
- FORCE_INLINE operator bool() const { return TEST(SERIAL_REGNAME(registerbase,port,suffix),SERIAL_REGNAME(bit,port,)); } \
- }
-
- #define UART_DECL_BASE() \
- UART_REGISTER_DECL_BASE(UCSR,A);\
- UART_REGISTER_DECL_BASE(UDR,);\
- UART_REGISTER_DECL_BASE(UBRR,H);\
- UART_REGISTER_DECL_BASE(UBRR,L);\
- UART_BIT_DECL_BASE(UCSR,B,RXEN);\
- UART_BIT_DECL_BASE(UCSR,B,TXEN);\
- UART_BIT_DECL_BASE(UCSR,A,TXC);\
- UART_BIT_DECL_BASE(UCSR,B,RXCIE);\
- UART_BIT_DECL_BASE(UCSR,A,UDRE);\
- UART_BIT_DECL_BASE(UCSR,A,FE);\
- UART_BIT_DECL_BASE(UCSR,A,DOR);\
- UART_BIT_DECL_BASE(UCSR,B,UDRIE);\
- UART_BIT_DECL_BASE(UCSR,A,RXC);\
- UART_BIT_DECL_BASE(UCSR,A,U2X)
-
- #define UART_DECL(port) \
- UART_REGISTER_DECL(port,UCSR,A);\
- UART_REGISTER_DECL(port,UDR,);\
- UART_REGISTER_DECL(port,UBRR,H);\
- UART_REGISTER_DECL(port,UBRR,L);\
- UART_BIT_DECL(port,UCSR,B,RXEN);\
- UART_BIT_DECL(port,UCSR,B,TXEN);\
- UART_BIT_DECL(port,UCSR,A,TXC);\
- UART_BIT_DECL(port,UCSR,B,RXCIE);\
- UART_BIT_DECL(port,UCSR,A,UDRE);\
- UART_BIT_DECL(port,UCSR,A,FE);\
- UART_BIT_DECL(port,UCSR,A,DOR);\
- UART_BIT_DECL(port,UCSR,B,UDRIE);\
- UART_BIT_DECL(port,UCSR,A,RXC);\
- UART_BIT_DECL(port,UCSR,A,U2X)
-
- // Declare empty templates
- UART_DECL_BASE();
-
- // And all the specializations for each possible serial port
- #if UART_PRESENT(0)
- UART_DECL(0);
- #endif
- #if UART_PRESENT(1)
- UART_DECL(1);
- #endif
- #if UART_PRESENT(2)
- UART_DECL(2);
- #endif
- #if UART_PRESENT(3)
- UART_DECL(3);
- #endif
-
- #define DEC 10
- #define HEX 16
- #define OCT 8
- #define BIN 2
- #define BYTE 0
-
- // Templated type selector
- template struct TypeSelector { typedef T type;} ;
- template struct TypeSelector { typedef F type; };
-
- template
- class MarlinSerial {
- protected:
- // Registers
- static constexpr R_UCSRxA R_UCSRA = 0;
- static constexpr R_UDRx R_UDR = 0;
- static constexpr R_UBRRxH R_UBRRH = 0;
- static constexpr R_UBRRxL R_UBRRL = 0;
-
- // Bits
- static constexpr B_RXENx B_RXEN = 0;
- static constexpr B_TXENx B_TXEN = 0;
- static constexpr B_TXCx B_TXC = 0;
- static constexpr B_RXCIEx B_RXCIE = 0;
- static constexpr B_UDREx B_UDRE = 0;
- static constexpr B_FEx B_FE = 0;
- static constexpr B_DORx B_DOR = 0;
- static constexpr B_UDRIEx B_UDRIE = 0;
- static constexpr B_RXCx B_RXC = 0;
- static constexpr B_U2Xx B_U2X = 0;
-
- // Base size of type on buffer size
- typedef typename TypeSelector<(Cfg::RX_SIZE>256), uint16_t, uint8_t>::type ring_buffer_pos_t;
-
- struct ring_buffer_r {
- volatile ring_buffer_pos_t head, tail;
- unsigned char buffer[Cfg::RX_SIZE];
- };
-
- struct ring_buffer_t {
- volatile uint8_t head, tail;
- unsigned char buffer[Cfg::TX_SIZE];
- };
-
- static ring_buffer_r rx_buffer;
- static ring_buffer_t tx_buffer;
- static bool _written;
-
- static constexpr uint8_t XON_XOFF_CHAR_SENT = 0x80, // XON / XOFF Character was sent
- XON_XOFF_CHAR_MASK = 0x1F; // XON / XOFF character to send
-
- // XON / XOFF character definitions
- static constexpr uint8_t XON_CHAR = 17, XOFF_CHAR = 19;
- static uint8_t xon_xoff_state,
- rx_dropped_bytes,
- rx_buffer_overruns,
- rx_framing_errors;
- static ring_buffer_pos_t rx_max_enqueued;
-
- static FORCE_INLINE ring_buffer_pos_t atomic_read_rx_head();
-
- static volatile bool rx_tail_value_not_stable;
- static volatile uint16_t rx_tail_value_backup;
-
- static FORCE_INLINE void atomic_set_rx_tail(ring_buffer_pos_t value);
- static FORCE_INLINE ring_buffer_pos_t atomic_read_rx_tail();
-
- public:
-
- FORCE_INLINE static void store_rxd_char();
- FORCE_INLINE static void _tx_udr_empty_irq();
-
- public:
- MarlinSerial() {};
- static void begin(const long);
- static void end();
- static int peek();
- static int read();
- static void flush();
- static ring_buffer_pos_t available();
- static void write(const uint8_t c);
- static void flushTX();
- #ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT
- static ring_buffer_pos_t get_tx_buffer_free();
- #endif
-
- FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t dropped() { return Cfg::DROPPED_RX ? rx_dropped_bytes : 0; }
- FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t buffer_overruns() { return Cfg::RX_OVERRUNS ? rx_buffer_overruns : 0; }
- FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t framing_errors() { return Cfg::RX_FRAMING_ERRORS ? rx_framing_errors : 0; }
- FORCE_INLINE static ring_buffer_pos_t rxMaxEnqueued() { return Cfg::MAX_RX_QUEUED ? rx_max_enqueued : 0; }
-
- FORCE_INLINE static void write(const char* str) { while (*str) write(*str++); }
- FORCE_INLINE static void write(const uint8_t* buffer, size_t size) { while (size--) write(*buffer++); }
- FORCE_INLINE static void print(const String& s) { for (int i = 0; i < (int)s.length(); i++) write(s[i]); }
- FORCE_INLINE static void print(const char* str) { write(str); }
-
- static void print(char, int = BYTE);
- static void print(unsigned char, int = BYTE);
- static void print(int, int = DEC);
- static void print(unsigned int, int = DEC);
- static void print(long, int = DEC);
- static void print(unsigned long, int = DEC);
- static void print(double, int = 2);
-
- static void println(const String& s);
- static void println(const char[]);
- static void println(char, int = BYTE);
- static void println(unsigned char, int = BYTE);
- static void println(int, int = DEC);
- static void println(unsigned int, int = DEC);
- static void println(long, int = DEC);
- static void println(unsigned long, int = DEC);
- static void println(double, int = 2);
- static void println();
- operator bool() { return true; }
-
- private:
- static void printNumber(unsigned long, const uint8_t);
- static void printFloat(double, uint8_t);
- };
-
- template
- struct MarlinSerialCfg {
- static constexpr int PORT = serial;
- static constexpr unsigned int RX_SIZE = RX_BUFFER_SIZE;
- static constexpr unsigned int TX_SIZE = TX_BUFFER_SIZE;
- static constexpr bool XONOFF = ENABLED(SERIAL_XON_XOFF);
- static constexpr bool EMERGENCYPARSER = ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER);
- static constexpr bool DROPPED_RX = ENABLED(SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX);
- static constexpr bool RX_OVERRUNS = ENABLED(SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS);
- static constexpr bool RX_FRAMING_ERRORS = ENABLED(SERIAL_STATS_RX_FRAMING_ERRORS);
- static constexpr bool MAX_RX_QUEUED = ENABLED(SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED);
- };
- extern MarlinSerial> customizedSerial1;
-
- #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2
-
- extern MarlinSerial> customizedSerial2;
-
- #endif
-
-#endif // !USBCON
-
-#ifdef INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT
- template
- struct MarlinInternalSerialCfg {
- static constexpr int PORT = serial;
- static constexpr unsigned int RX_SIZE = 32;
- static constexpr unsigned int TX_SIZE = 32;
- static constexpr bool XONOFF = false;
- static constexpr bool EMERGENCYPARSER = false;
- static constexpr bool DROPPED_RX = false;
- static constexpr bool RX_OVERRUNS = false;
- static constexpr bool RX_FRAMING_ERRORS = false;
- static constexpr bool MAX_RX_QUEUED = false;
- };
-
- extern MarlinSerial> internalSerial;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT
- template
- struct MarlinInternalSerialCfg {
- static constexpr int PORT = serial;
- static constexpr unsigned int RX_SIZE = 128;
- static constexpr unsigned int TX_SIZE = 48;
- static constexpr bool XONOFF = false;
- static constexpr bool EMERGENCYPARSER = false;
- static constexpr bool DROPPED_RX = false;
- static constexpr bool RX_OVERRUNS = HAS_DGUS_LCD && ENABLED(DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS);
- static constexpr bool RX_FRAMING_ERRORS = false;
- static constexpr bool MAX_RX_QUEUED = false;
- };
-
- extern MarlinSerial> internalDgusSerial;
-#endif
-
-// Use the UART for Bluetooth in AT90USB configurations
-#if defined(USBCON) && ENABLED(BLUETOOTH)
- extern HardwareSerial bluetoothSerial;
-#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/Servo.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/Servo.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 02c131b..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/Servo.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,218 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-
-/**
- * servo.cpp - Interrupt driven Servo library for Arduino using 16 bit timers- Version 2
- * Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Margolis. All right reserved.
- */
-
-/**
- * A servo is activated by creating an instance of the Servo class passing the desired pin to the attach() method.
- * The servos are pulsed in the background using the value most recently written using the write() method
- *
- * Note that analogWrite of PWM on pins associated with the timer are disabled when the first servo is attached.
- * Timers are seized as needed in groups of 12 servos - 24 servos use two timers, 48 servos will use four.
- *
- * The methods are:
- *
- * Servo - Class for manipulating servo motors connected to Arduino pins.
- *
- * attach(pin) - Attach a servo motor to an i/o pin.
- * attach(pin, min, max) - Attach to a pin, setting min and max values in microseconds
- * Default min is 544, max is 2400
- *
- * write() - Set the servo angle in degrees. (Invalid angles —over MIN_PULSE_WIDTH— are treated as µs.)
- * writeMicroseconds() - Set the servo pulse width in microseconds.
- * move(pin, angle) - Sequence of attach(pin), write(angle), safe_delay(servo_delay[servoIndex]).
- * With DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE it detaches after servo_delay[servoIndex].
- * read() - Get the last-written servo pulse width as an angle between 0 and 180.
- * readMicroseconds() - Get the last-written servo pulse width in microseconds.
- * attached() - Return true if a servo is attached.
- * detach() - Stop an attached servo from pulsing its i/o pin.
- *
- */
-
-#ifdef __AVR__
-
-#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
-
-#if HAS_SERVOS
-
-#include
-
-#include "../shared/Marduino.h"
-#include "../shared/servo.h"
-#include "../shared/servo_private.h"
-
-static volatile int8_t Channel[_Nbr_16timers]; // counter for the servo being pulsed for each timer (or -1 if refresh interval)
-
-
-/************ static functions common to all instances ***********************/
-
-static inline void handle_interrupts(timer16_Sequence_t timer, volatile uint16_t* TCNTn, volatile uint16_t* OCRnA) {
- if (Channel[timer] < 0)
- *TCNTn = 0; // channel set to -1 indicated that refresh interval completed so reset the timer
- else {
- if (SERVO_INDEX(timer, Channel[timer]) < ServoCount && SERVO(timer, Channel[timer]).Pin.isActive)
- extDigitalWrite(SERVO(timer, Channel[timer]).Pin.nbr, LOW); // pulse this channel low if activated
- }
-
- Channel[timer]++; // increment to the next channel
- if (SERVO_INDEX(timer, Channel[timer]) < ServoCount && Channel[timer] < SERVOS_PER_TIMER) {
- *OCRnA = *TCNTn + SERVO(timer, Channel[timer]).ticks;
- if (SERVO(timer, Channel[timer]).Pin.isActive) // check if activated
- extDigitalWrite(SERVO(timer, Channel[timer]).Pin.nbr, HIGH); // it's an active channel so pulse it high
- }
- else {
- // finished all channels so wait for the refresh period to expire before starting over
- if (((unsigned)*TCNTn) + 4 < usToTicks(REFRESH_INTERVAL)) // allow a few ticks to ensure the next OCR1A not missed
- *OCRnA = (unsigned int)usToTicks(REFRESH_INTERVAL);
- else
- *OCRnA = *TCNTn + 4; // at least REFRESH_INTERVAL has elapsed
- Channel[timer] = -1; // this will get incremented at the end of the refresh period to start again at the first channel
- }
-}
-
-#ifndef WIRING // Wiring pre-defines signal handlers so don't define any if compiling for the Wiring platform
-
- // Interrupt handlers for Arduino
- #ifdef _useTimer1
- SIGNAL(TIMER1_COMPA_vect) { handle_interrupts(_timer1, &TCNT1, &OCR1A); }
- #endif
-
- #ifdef _useTimer3
- SIGNAL(TIMER3_COMPA_vect) { handle_interrupts(_timer3, &TCNT3, &OCR3A); }
- #endif
-
- #ifdef _useTimer4
- SIGNAL(TIMER4_COMPA_vect) { handle_interrupts(_timer4, &TCNT4, &OCR4A); }
- #endif
-
- #ifdef _useTimer5
- SIGNAL(TIMER5_COMPA_vect) { handle_interrupts(_timer5, &TCNT5, &OCR5A); }
- #endif
-
-#else // WIRING
-
- // Interrupt handlers for Wiring
- #ifdef _useTimer1
- void Timer1Service() { handle_interrupts(_timer1, &TCNT1, &OCR1A); }
- #endif
- #ifdef _useTimer3
- void Timer3Service() { handle_interrupts(_timer3, &TCNT3, &OCR3A); }
- #endif
-
-#endif // WIRING
-
-/****************** end of static functions ******************************/
-
-void initISR(timer16_Sequence_t timer) {
- #ifdef _useTimer1
- if (timer == _timer1) {
- TCCR1A = 0; // normal counting mode
- TCCR1B = _BV(CS11); // set prescaler of 8
- TCNT1 = 0; // clear the timer count
- #if defined(__AVR_ATmega8__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega128__)
- SBI(TIFR, OCF1A); // clear any pending interrupts;
- SBI(TIMSK, OCIE1A); // enable the output compare interrupt
- #else
- // here if not ATmega8 or ATmega128
- SBI(TIFR1, OCF1A); // clear any pending interrupts;
- SBI(TIMSK1, OCIE1A); // enable the output compare interrupt
- #endif
- #ifdef WIRING
- timerAttach(TIMER1OUTCOMPAREA_INT, Timer1Service);
- #endif
- }
- #endif
-
- #ifdef _useTimer3
- if (timer == _timer3) {
- TCCR3A = 0; // normal counting mode
- TCCR3B = _BV(CS31); // set prescaler of 8
- TCNT3 = 0; // clear the timer count
- #ifdef __AVR_ATmega128__
- SBI(TIFR, OCF3A); // clear any pending interrupts;
- SBI(ETIMSK, OCIE3A); // enable the output compare interrupt
- #else
- SBI(TIFR3, OCF3A); // clear any pending interrupts;
- SBI(TIMSK3, OCIE3A); // enable the output compare interrupt
- #endif
- #ifdef WIRING
- timerAttach(TIMER3OUTCOMPAREA_INT, Timer3Service); // for Wiring platform only
- #endif
- }
- #endif
-
- #ifdef _useTimer4
- if (timer == _timer4) {
- TCCR4A = 0; // normal counting mode
- TCCR4B = _BV(CS41); // set prescaler of 8
- TCNT4 = 0; // clear the timer count
- TIFR4 = _BV(OCF4A); // clear any pending interrupts;
- TIMSK4 = _BV(OCIE4A); // enable the output compare interrupt
- }
- #endif
-
- #ifdef _useTimer5
- if (timer == _timer5) {
- TCCR5A = 0; // normal counting mode
- TCCR5B = _BV(CS51); // set prescaler of 8
- TCNT5 = 0; // clear the timer count
- TIFR5 = _BV(OCF5A); // clear any pending interrupts;
- TIMSK5 = _BV(OCIE5A); // enable the output compare interrupt
- }
- #endif
-}
-
-void finISR(timer16_Sequence_t timer) {
- // Disable use of the given timer
- #ifdef WIRING
- if (timer == _timer1) {
- CBI(
- #if defined(__AVR_ATmega1281__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega2561__)
- TIMSK1
- #else
- TIMSK
- #endif
- , OCIE1A); // disable timer 1 output compare interrupt
- timerDetach(TIMER1OUTCOMPAREA_INT);
- }
- else if (timer == _timer3) {
- CBI(
- #if defined(__AVR_ATmega1281__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega2561__)
- TIMSK3
- #else
- ETIMSK
- #endif
- , OCIE3A); // disable the timer3 output compare A interrupt
- timerDetach(TIMER3OUTCOMPAREA_INT);
- }
- #else // !WIRING
- // For arduino - in future: call here to a currently undefined function to reset the timer
- UNUSED(timer);
- #endif
-}
-
-#endif // HAS_SERVOS
-
-#endif // __AVR__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/ServoTimers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/ServoTimers.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 86007fd..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/ServoTimers.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * ServoTimers.h - Interrupt driven Servo library for Arduino using 16 bit timers- Version 2
- * Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Margolis. All right reserved.
- *
- * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Lesser General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
- */
-
-/**
- * Defines for 16 bit timers used with Servo library
- *
- * If _useTimerX is defined then TimerX is a 16 bit timer on the current board
- * timer16_Sequence_t enumerates the sequence that the timers should be allocated
- * _Nbr_16timers indicates how many 16 bit timers are available.
- */
-
-/**
- * AVR Only definitions
- * --------------------
- */
-
-#define TRIM_DURATION 2 // compensation ticks to trim adjust for digitalWrite delays
-#define SERVO_TIMER_PRESCALER 8 // timer prescaler
-
-// Say which 16 bit timers can be used and in what order
-#if defined(__AVR_ATmega1280__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega2560__)
- //#define _useTimer1
- #define _useTimer3
- #define _useTimer4
- #if !HAS_MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM
- #define _useTimer5 // Timer 5 is used for motor current PWM and can't be used for servos.
- #endif
-#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__)
- #define _useTimer3
-#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__)
- #define _useTimer3
-#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega128__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega1281__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega1284P__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega2561__)
- #define _useTimer3
-#else
- // everything else
-#endif
-
-typedef enum {
- #ifdef _useTimer1
- _timer1,
- #endif
- #ifdef _useTimer3
- _timer3,
- #endif
- #ifdef _useTimer4
- _timer4,
- #endif
- #ifdef _useTimer5
- _timer5,
- #endif
- _Nbr_16timers
-} timer16_Sequence_t;
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/eeprom.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/eeprom.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index ee416b7..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/eeprom.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#ifdef __AVR__
-
-#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
-
-#if EITHER(EEPROM_SETTINGS, SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
-
-#include "../shared/eeprom_api.h"
-
-bool PersistentStore::access_start() { return true; }
-bool PersistentStore::access_finish() { return true; }
-
-bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, uint16_t *crc) {
- while (size--) {
- uint8_t * const p = (uint8_t * const)pos;
- uint8_t v = *value;
- // EEPROM has only ~100,000 write cycles,
- // so only write bytes that have changed!
- if (v != eeprom_read_byte(p)) {
- eeprom_write_byte(p, v);
- if (eeprom_read_byte(p) != v) {
- SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_ERR_EEPROM_WRITE);
- return true;
- }
- }
- crc16(crc, &v, 1);
- pos++;
- value++;
- };
- return false;
-}
-
-bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, size_t size, uint16_t *crc, const bool writing/*=true*/) {
- do {
- uint8_t c = eeprom_read_byte((uint8_t*)pos);
- if (writing) *value = c;
- crc16(crc, &c, 1);
- pos++;
- value++;
- } while (--size);
- return false; // always assume success for AVR's
-}
-
-size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { return E2END + 1; }
-
-#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS || SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
-#endif // __AVR__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/endstop_interrupts.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f89c69..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/endstop_interrupts.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,261 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Endstop Interrupts
- *
- * Without endstop interrupts the endstop pins must be polled continually in
- * the temperature-ISR via endstops.update(), most of the time finding no change.
- * With this feature endstops.update() is called only when we know that at
- * least one endstop has changed state, saving valuable CPU cycles.
- *
- * This feature only works when all used endstop pins can generate either an
- * 'external interrupt' or a 'pin change interrupt'.
- *
- * Test whether pins issue interrupts on your board by flashing 'pin_interrupt_test.ino'.
- * (Located in Marlin/buildroot/share/pin_interrupt_test/pin_interrupt_test.ino)
- */
-
-#include "../../module/endstops.h"
-
-#include
-
-// One ISR for all EXT-Interrupts
-void endstop_ISR() { endstops.update(); }
-
-/**
- * Patch for pins_arduino.h (...\Arduino\hardware\arduino\avr\variants\mega\pins_arduino.h)
- *
- * These macros for the Arduino MEGA do not include the two connected pins on Port J (D14, D15).
- * So we extend them here because these are the normal pins for Y_MIN and Y_MAX on RAMPS.
- * There are more PCI-enabled processor pins on Port J, but they are not connected to Arduino MEGA.
- */
-#if defined(ARDUINO_AVR_MEGA2560) || defined(ARDUINO_AVR_MEGA)
-
- #define digitalPinHasPCICR(p) (WITHIN(p, 10, 15) || WITHIN(p, 50, 53) || WITHIN(p, 62, 69))
-
- #undef digitalPinToPCICR
- #define digitalPinToPCICR(p) (digitalPinHasPCICR(p) ? (&PCICR) : nullptr)
-
- #undef digitalPinToPCICRbit
- #define digitalPinToPCICRbit(p) (WITHIN(p, 10, 13) || WITHIN(p, 50, 53) ? 0 : \
- WITHIN(p, 14, 15) ? 1 : \
- WITHIN(p, 62, 69) ? 2 : \
- 0)
-
- #undef digitalPinToPCMSK
- #define digitalPinToPCMSK(p) (WITHIN(p, 10, 13) || WITHIN(p, 50, 53) ? (&PCMSK0) : \
- WITHIN(p, 14, 15) ? (&PCMSK1) : \
- WITHIN(p, 62, 69) ? (&PCMSK2) : \
- nullptr)
-
- #undef digitalPinToPCMSKbit
- #define digitalPinToPCMSKbit(p) (WITHIN(p, 10, 13) ? ((p) - 6) : \
- (p) == 14 || (p) == 51 ? 2 : \
- (p) == 15 || (p) == 52 ? 1 : \
- (p) == 50 ? 3 : \
- (p) == 53 ? 0 : \
- WITHIN(p, 62, 69) ? ((p) - 62) : \
- 0)
-
-#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega164A__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega164P__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega324A__) || \
- defined(__AVR_ATmega324P__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega324PA__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega324PB__) || \
- defined(__AVR_ATmega644A__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega644P__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega1284__) || \
- defined(__AVR_ATmega1284P__)
-
- #define digitalPinHasPCICR(p) WITHIN(p, 0, NUM_DIGITAL_PINS)
-
-#else
-
- #error "Unsupported AVR variant!"
-
-#endif
-
-
-// Install Pin change interrupt for a pin. Can be called multiple times.
-void pciSetup(const int8_t pin) {
- if (digitalPinHasPCICR(pin)) {
- SBI(*digitalPinToPCMSK(pin), digitalPinToPCMSKbit(pin)); // enable pin
- SBI(PCIFR, digitalPinToPCICRbit(pin)); // clear any outstanding interrupt
- SBI(PCICR, digitalPinToPCICRbit(pin)); // enable interrupt for the group
- }
-}
-
-// Handlers for pin change interrupts
-#ifdef PCINT0_vect
- ISR(PCINT0_vect) { endstop_ISR(); }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef PCINT1_vect
- ISR(PCINT1_vect, ISR_ALIASOF(PCINT0_vect));
-#endif
-
-#ifdef PCINT2_vect
- ISR(PCINT2_vect, ISR_ALIASOF(PCINT0_vect));
-#endif
-
-#ifdef PCINT3_vect
- ISR(PCINT3_vect, ISR_ALIASOF(PCINT0_vect));
-#endif
-
-void setup_endstop_interrupts() {
- #define _ATTACH(P) attachInterrupt(digitalPinToInterrupt(P), endstop_ISR, CHANGE)
- #if HAS_X_MAX
- #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(X_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT)
- _ATTACH(X_MAX_PIN);
- #else
- static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(X_MAX_PIN), "X_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable");
- pciSetup(X_MAX_PIN);
- #endif
- #endif
- #if HAS_X_MIN
- #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(X_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT)
- _ATTACH(X_MIN_PIN);
- #else
- static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(X_MIN_PIN), "X_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable");
- pciSetup(X_MIN_PIN);
- #endif
- #endif
- #if HAS_Y_MAX
- #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Y_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT)
- _ATTACH(Y_MAX_PIN);
- #else
- static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Y_MAX_PIN), "Y_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable");
- pciSetup(Y_MAX_PIN);
- #endif
- #endif
- #if HAS_Y_MIN
- #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Y_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT)
- _ATTACH(Y_MIN_PIN);
- #else
- static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Y_MIN_PIN), "Y_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable");
- pciSetup(Y_MIN_PIN);
- #endif
- #endif
- #if HAS_Z_MAX
- #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT)
- _ATTACH(Z_MAX_PIN);
- #else
- static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z_MAX_PIN), "Z_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable");
- pciSetup(Z_MAX_PIN);
- #endif
- #endif
- #if HAS_Z_MIN
- #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT)
- _ATTACH(Z_MIN_PIN);
- #else
- static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z_MIN_PIN), "Z_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable");
- pciSetup(Z_MIN_PIN);
- #endif
- #endif
- #if HAS_X2_MAX
- #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(X2_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT)
- _ATTACH(X2_MAX_PIN);
- #else
- static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(X2_MAX_PIN), "X2_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable");
- pciSetup(X2_MAX_PIN);
- #endif
- #endif
- #if HAS_X2_MIN
- #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(X2_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT)
- _ATTACH(X2_MIN_PIN);
- #else
- static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(X2_MIN_PIN), "X2_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable");
- pciSetup(X2_MIN_PIN);
- #endif
- #endif
- #if HAS_Y2_MAX
- #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Y2_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT)
- _ATTACH(Y2_MAX_PIN);
- #else
- static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Y2_MAX_PIN), "Y2_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable");
- pciSetup(Y2_MAX_PIN);
- #endif
- #endif
- #if HAS_Y2_MIN
- #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Y2_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT)
- _ATTACH(Y2_MIN_PIN);
- #else
- static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Y2_MIN_PIN), "Y2_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable");
- pciSetup(Y2_MIN_PIN);
- #endif
- #endif
- #if HAS_Z2_MAX
- #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z2_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT)
- _ATTACH(Z2_MAX_PIN);
- #else
- static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z2_MAX_PIN), "Z2_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable");
- pciSetup(Z2_MAX_PIN);
- #endif
- #endif
- #if HAS_Z2_MIN
- #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z2_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT)
- _ATTACH(Z2_MIN_PIN);
- #else
- static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z2_MIN_PIN), "Z2_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable");
- pciSetup(Z2_MIN_PIN);
- #endif
- #endif
- #if HAS_Z3_MAX
- #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z3_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT)
- _ATTACH(Z3_MAX_PIN);
- #else
- static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z3_MAX_PIN), "Z3_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable");
- pciSetup(Z3_MAX_PIN);
- #endif
- #endif
- #if HAS_Z3_MIN
- #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z3_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT)
- _ATTACH(Z3_MIN_PIN);
- #else
- static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z3_MIN_PIN), "Z3_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable");
- pciSetup(Z3_MIN_PIN);
- #endif
- #endif
- #if HAS_Z4_MAX
- #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z4_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT)
- _ATTACH(Z4_MAX_PIN);
- #else
- static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z4_MAX_PIN), "Z4_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable");
- pciSetup(Z4_MAX_PIN);
- #endif
- #endif
- #if HAS_Z4_MIN
- #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z4_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT)
- _ATTACH(Z4_MIN_PIN);
- #else
- static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z4_MIN_PIN), "Z4_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable");
- pciSetup(Z4_MIN_PIN);
- #endif
- #endif
- #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
- #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT)
- _ATTACH(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN);
- #else
- static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN), "Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN is not interrupt-capable");
- pciSetup(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN);
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // If we arrive here without raising an assertion, each pin has either an EXT-interrupt or a PCI.
-}
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fast_pwm.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fast_pwm.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 42e7cc3..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fast_pwm.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,282 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#ifdef __AVR__
-
-#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
-
-#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM
-
-#include "HAL.h"
-
-struct Timer {
- volatile uint8_t* TCCRnQ[3]; // max 3 TCCR registers per timer
- volatile uint16_t* OCRnQ[3]; // max 3 OCR registers per timer
- volatile uint16_t* ICRn; // max 1 ICR register per timer
- uint8_t n; // the timer number [0->5]
- uint8_t q; // the timer output [0->2] (A->C)
-};
-
-/**
- * get_pwm_timer
- * Get the timer information and register of the provided pin.
- * Return a Timer struct containing this information.
- * Used by set_pwm_frequency, set_pwm_duty
- */
-Timer get_pwm_timer(const pin_t pin) {
- uint8_t q = 0;
- switch (digitalPinToTimer(pin)) {
- // Protect reserved timers (TIMER0 & TIMER1)
- #ifdef TCCR0A
- #if !AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY
- case TIMER0A:
- #endif
- case TIMER0B:
- #endif
- #ifdef TCCR1A
- case TIMER1A: case TIMER1B:
- #endif
- break;
- #if defined(TCCR2) || defined(TCCR2A)
- #ifdef TCCR2
- case TIMER2: {
- Timer timer = {
- /*TCCRnQ*/ { &TCCR2, nullptr, nullptr },
- /*OCRnQ*/ { (uint16_t*)&OCR2, nullptr, nullptr },
- /*ICRn*/ nullptr,
- /*n, q*/ 2, 0
- };
- }
- #elif defined(TCCR2A)
- #if ENABLED(USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP)
- case TIMER2A: break; // protect TIMER2A
- case TIMER2B: {
- Timer timer = {
- /*TCCRnQ*/ { &TCCR2A, &TCCR2B, nullptr },
- /*OCRnQ*/ { (uint16_t*)&OCR2A, (uint16_t*)&OCR2B, nullptr },
- /*ICRn*/ nullptr,
- /*n, q*/ 2, 1
- };
- return timer;
- }
- #else
- case TIMER2B: ++q;
- case TIMER2A: {
- Timer timer = {
- /*TCCRnQ*/ { &TCCR2A, &TCCR2B, nullptr },
- /*OCRnQ*/ { (uint16_t*)&OCR2A, (uint16_t*)&OCR2B, nullptr },
- /*ICRn*/ nullptr,
- 2, q
- };
- return timer;
- }
- #endif
- #endif
- #endif
- #ifdef OCR3C
- case TIMER3C: ++q;
- case TIMER3B: ++q;
- case TIMER3A: {
- Timer timer = {
- /*TCCRnQ*/ { &TCCR3A, &TCCR3B, &TCCR3C },
- /*OCRnQ*/ { &OCR3A, &OCR3B, &OCR3C },
- /*ICRn*/ &ICR3,
- /*n, q*/ 3, q
- };
- return timer;
- }
- #elif defined(OCR3B)
- case TIMER3B: ++q;
- case TIMER3A: {
- Timer timer = {
- /*TCCRnQ*/ { &TCCR3A, &TCCR3B, nullptr },
- /*OCRnQ*/ { &OCR3A, &OCR3B, nullptr },
- /*ICRn*/ &ICR3,
- /*n, q*/ 3, q
- };
- return timer;
- }
- #endif
- #ifdef TCCR4A
- case TIMER4C: ++q;
- case TIMER4B: ++q;
- case TIMER4A: {
- Timer timer = {
- /*TCCRnQ*/ { &TCCR4A, &TCCR4B, &TCCR4C },
- /*OCRnQ*/ { &OCR4A, &OCR4B, &OCR4C },
- /*ICRn*/ &ICR4,
- /*n, q*/ 4, q
- };
- return timer;
- }
- #endif
- #ifdef TCCR5A
- case TIMER5C: ++q;
- case TIMER5B: ++q;
- case TIMER5A: {
- Timer timer = {
- /*TCCRnQ*/ { &TCCR5A, &TCCR5B, &TCCR5C },
- /*OCRnQ*/ { &OCR5A, &OCR5B, &OCR5C },
- /*ICRn*/ &ICR5,
- /*n, q*/ 5, q
- };
- return timer;
- }
- #endif
- }
- Timer timer = {
- /*TCCRnQ*/ { nullptr, nullptr, nullptr },
- /*OCRnQ*/ { nullptr, nullptr, nullptr },
- /*ICRn*/ nullptr,
- 0, 0
- };
- return timer;
-}
-
-void set_pwm_frequency(const pin_t pin, int f_desired) {
- Timer timer = get_pwm_timer(pin);
- if (timer.n == 0) return; // Don't proceed if protected timer or not recognised
- uint16_t size;
- if (timer.n == 2) size = 255; else size = 65535;
-
- uint16_t res = 255; // resolution (TOP value)
- uint8_t j = 0; // prescaler index
- uint8_t wgm = 1; // waveform generation mode
-
- // Calculating the prescaler and resolution to use to achieve closest frequency
- if (f_desired != 0) {
- int f = (F_CPU) / (2 * 1024 * size) + 1; // Initialize frequency as lowest (non-zero) achievable
- uint16_t prescaler[] = { 0, 1, 8, /*TIMER2 ONLY*/32, 64, /*TIMER2 ONLY*/128, 256, 1024 };
-
- // loop over prescaler values
- LOOP_S_L_N(i, 1, 8) {
- uint16_t res_temp_fast = 255, res_temp_phase_correct = 255;
- if (timer.n == 2) {
- // No resolution calculation for TIMER2 unless enabled USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
- #if ENABLED(USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP)
- const uint16_t rtf = (F_CPU) / (prescaler[i] * f_desired);
- res_temp_fast = rtf - 1;
- res_temp_phase_correct = rtf / 2;
- #endif
- }
- else {
- // Skip TIMER2 specific prescalers when not TIMER2
- if (i == 3 || i == 5) continue;
- const uint16_t rtf = (F_CPU) / (prescaler[i] * f_desired);
- res_temp_fast = rtf - 1;
- res_temp_phase_correct = rtf / 2;
- }
-
- LIMIT(res_temp_fast, 1u, size);
- LIMIT(res_temp_phase_correct, 1u, size);
- // Calculate frequencies of test prescaler and resolution values
- const int f_temp_fast = (F_CPU) / (prescaler[i] * (1 + res_temp_fast)),
- f_temp_phase_correct = (F_CPU) / (2 * prescaler[i] * res_temp_phase_correct),
- f_diff = ABS(f - f_desired),
- f_fast_diff = ABS(f_temp_fast - f_desired),
- f_phase_diff = ABS(f_temp_phase_correct - f_desired);
-
- // If FAST values are closest to desired f
- if (f_fast_diff < f_diff && f_fast_diff <= f_phase_diff) {
- // Remember this combination
- f = f_temp_fast;
- res = res_temp_fast;
- j = i;
- // Set the Wave Generation Mode to FAST PWM
- if (timer.n == 2) {
- wgm = (
- #if ENABLED(USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP)
- WGM2_FAST_PWM_OCR2A
- #else
- WGM2_FAST_PWM
- #endif
- );
- }
- else wgm = WGM_FAST_PWM_ICRn;
- }
- // If PHASE CORRECT values are closes to desired f
- else if (f_phase_diff < f_diff) {
- f = f_temp_phase_correct;
- res = res_temp_phase_correct;
- j = i;
- // Set the Wave Generation Mode to PWM PHASE CORRECT
- if (timer.n == 2) {
- wgm = (
- #if ENABLED(USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP)
- WGM2_PWM_PC_OCR2A
- #else
- WGM2_PWM_PC
- #endif
- );
- }
- else wgm = WGM_PWM_PC_ICRn;
- }
- }
- }
- _SET_WGMnQ(timer.TCCRnQ, wgm);
- _SET_CSn(timer.TCCRnQ, j);
-
- if (timer.n == 2) {
- #if ENABLED(USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP)
- _SET_OCRnQ(timer.OCRnQ, 0, res); // Set OCR2A value (TOP) = res
- #endif
- }
- else
- _SET_ICRn(timer.ICRn, res); // Set ICRn value (TOP) = res
-}
-
-void set_pwm_duty(const pin_t pin, const uint16_t v, const uint16_t v_size/*=255*/, const bool invert/*=false*/) {
- // If v is 0 or v_size (max), digitalWrite to LOW or HIGH.
- // Note that digitalWrite also disables pwm output for us (sets COM bit to 0)
- if (v == 0)
- digitalWrite(pin, invert);
- else if (v == v_size)
- digitalWrite(pin, !invert);
- else {
- Timer timer = get_pwm_timer(pin);
- if (timer.n == 0) return; // Don't proceed if protected timer or not recognised
- // Set compare output mode to CLEAR -> SET or SET -> CLEAR (if inverted)
- _SET_COMnQ(timer.TCCRnQ, (timer.q
- #ifdef TCCR2
- + (timer.q == 2) // COM20 is on bit 4 of TCCR2, thus requires q + 1 in the macro
- #endif
- ), COM_CLEAR_SET + invert
- );
-
- uint16_t top;
- if (timer.n == 2) { // if TIMER2
- top = (
- #if ENABLED(USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP)
- *timer.OCRnQ[0] // top = OCR2A
- #else
- 255 // top = 0xFF (max)
- #endif
- );
- }
- else
- top = *timer.ICRn; // top = ICRn
-
- _SET_OCRnQ(timer.OCRnQ, timer.q, v * float(top / v_size)); // Scale 8/16-bit v to top value
- }
-}
-
-#endif // FAST_PWM_FAN || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM
-#endif // __AVR__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f70b50..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-
-/**
- * Fast I/O for extended pins
- */
-
-#ifdef __AVR__
-
-#include "fastio.h"
-
-#ifdef FASTIO_EXT_START
-
-#include "../shared/Marduino.h"
-
-#define _IS_EXT(P) WITHIN(P, FASTIO_EXT_START, FASTIO_EXT_END)
-
-void extDigitalWrite(const int8_t pin, const uint8_t state) {
- #define _WCASE(N) case N: WRITE(N, state); break
- switch (pin) {
- default: digitalWrite(pin, state);
- #if _IS_EXT(70)
- _WCASE(70);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(71)
- _WCASE(71);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(72)
- _WCASE(72);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(73)
- _WCASE(73);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(74)
- _WCASE(74);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(75)
- _WCASE(75);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(76)
- _WCASE(76);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(77)
- _WCASE(77);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(78)
- _WCASE(78);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(79)
- _WCASE(79);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(80)
- _WCASE(80);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(81)
- _WCASE(81);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(82)
- _WCASE(82);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(83)
- _WCASE(83);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(84)
- _WCASE(84);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(85)
- _WCASE(85);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(86)
- _WCASE(86);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(87)
- _WCASE(87);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(88)
- _WCASE(88);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(89)
- _WCASE(89);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(90)
- _WCASE(90);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(91)
- _WCASE(91);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(92)
- _WCASE(92);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(93)
- _WCASE(93);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(94)
- _WCASE(94);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(95)
- _WCASE(95);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(96)
- _WCASE(96);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(97)
- _WCASE(97);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(98)
- _WCASE(98);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(99)
- _WCASE(99);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(100)
- _WCASE(100);
- #endif
- }
-}
-
-uint8_t extDigitalRead(const int8_t pin) {
- #define _RCASE(N) case N: return READ(N)
- switch (pin) {
- default: return digitalRead(pin);
- #if _IS_EXT(70)
- _RCASE(70);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(71)
- _RCASE(71);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(72)
- _RCASE(72);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(73)
- _RCASE(73);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(74)
- _RCASE(74);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(75)
- _RCASE(75);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(76)
- _RCASE(76);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(77)
- _RCASE(77);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(78)
- _RCASE(78);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(79)
- _RCASE(79);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(80)
- _RCASE(80);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(81)
- _RCASE(81);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(82)
- _RCASE(82);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(83)
- _RCASE(83);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(84)
- _RCASE(84);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(85)
- _RCASE(85);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(86)
- _RCASE(86);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(87)
- _RCASE(87);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(88)
- _RCASE(88);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(89)
- _RCASE(89);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(90)
- _RCASE(90);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(91)
- _RCASE(91);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(92)
- _RCASE(92);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(93)
- _RCASE(93);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(94)
- _RCASE(94);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(95)
- _RCASE(95);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(96)
- _RCASE(96);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(97)
- _RCASE(97);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(98)
- _RCASE(98);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(99)
- _RCASE(99);
- #endif
- #if _IS_EXT(100)
- _RCASE(100);
- #endif
- }
-}
-
-#endif // FASTIO_EXT_START
-#endif // __AVR__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a45e0f2..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,367 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Fast I/O Routines for AVR
- * Use direct port manipulation to save scads of processor time.
- * Contributed by Triffid_Hunter and modified by Kliment, thinkyhead, Bob-the-Kuhn, et.al.
- */
-
-#include
-
-#define AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286P__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646P__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__))
-#define AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY (defined(__AVR_ATmega644__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega644P__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega644PA__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega1284P__))
-#define AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY (defined(__AVR_ATmega1280__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega2560__))
-#define AVR_ATmega2561_FAMILY (defined(__AVR_ATmega1281__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega2561__))
-#define AVR_ATmega328_FAMILY (defined(__AVR_ATmega168__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega328__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega328P__))
-
-/**
- * Include Ports and Functions
- */
-#if AVR_ATmega328_FAMILY
- #include "fastio/fastio_168.h"
-#elif AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY
- #include "fastio/fastio_644.h"
-#elif AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY
- #include "fastio/fastio_1280.h"
-#elif AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY
- #include "fastio/fastio_AT90USB.h"
-#elif AVR_ATmega2561_FAMILY
- #include "fastio/fastio_1281.h"
-#else
- #error "No FastIO definition for the selected AVR Board."
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Magic I/O routines
- *
- * Now you can simply SET_OUTPUT(PIN); WRITE(PIN, HIGH); WRITE(PIN, LOW);
- *
- * Why double up on these macros? see http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/cpp/Stringification.html
- */
-
-#define _READ(IO) TEST(DIO ## IO ## _RPORT, DIO ## IO ## _PIN)
-
-#define _WRITE_NC(IO,V) do{ \
- if (V) SBI(DIO ## IO ## _WPORT, DIO ## IO ## _PIN); \
- else CBI(DIO ## IO ## _WPORT, DIO ## IO ## _PIN); \
-}while(0)
-
-#define _WRITE_C(IO,V) do{ \
- uint8_t port_bits = DIO ## IO ## _WPORT; /* Get a mask from the current port bits */ \
- if (V) port_bits = ~port_bits; /* For setting bits, invert the mask */ \
- DIO ## IO ## _RPORT = port_bits & _BV(DIO ## IO ## _PIN); /* Atomically toggle the output port bits */ \
-}while(0)
-
-#define _WRITE(IO,V) do{ if (&(DIO ## IO ## _RPORT) < (uint8_t*)0x100) _WRITE_NC(IO,V); else _WRITE_C(IO,V); }while(0)
-
-#define _TOGGLE(IO) (DIO ## IO ## _RPORT = _BV(DIO ## IO ## _PIN))
-
-#define _SET_INPUT(IO) CBI(DIO ## IO ## _DDR, DIO ## IO ## _PIN)
-#define _SET_OUTPUT(IO) SBI(DIO ## IO ## _DDR, DIO ## IO ## _PIN)
-
-#define _IS_INPUT(IO) !TEST(DIO ## IO ## _DDR, DIO ## IO ## _PIN)
-#define _IS_OUTPUT(IO) TEST(DIO ## IO ## _DDR, DIO ## IO ## _PIN)
-
-// digitalRead/Write wrappers
-#ifdef FASTIO_EXT_START
- void extDigitalWrite(const int8_t pin, const uint8_t state);
- uint8_t extDigitalRead(const int8_t pin);
-#else
- #define extDigitalWrite(IO,V) digitalWrite(IO,V)
- #define extDigitalRead(IO) digitalRead(IO)
-#endif
-
-#define READ(IO) _READ(IO)
-#define WRITE(IO,V) _WRITE(IO,V)
-#define TOGGLE(IO) _TOGGLE(IO)
-
-#define SET_INPUT(IO) _SET_INPUT(IO)
-#define SET_INPUT_PULLUP(IO) do{ _SET_INPUT(IO); _WRITE(IO, HIGH); }while(0)
-#define SET_INPUT_PULLDOWN SET_INPUT
-#define SET_OUTPUT(IO) _SET_OUTPUT(IO)
-#define SET_PWM SET_OUTPUT
-
-#define IS_INPUT(IO) _IS_INPUT(IO)
-#define IS_OUTPUT(IO) _IS_OUTPUT(IO)
-
-#define OUT_WRITE(IO,V) do{ SET_OUTPUT(IO); WRITE(IO,V); }while(0)
-
-/**
- * Timer and Interrupt Control
- */
-
-// Waveform Generation Modes
-enum WaveGenMode : char {
- WGM_NORMAL, // 0
- WGM_PWM_PC_8, // 1
- WGM_PWM_PC_9, // 2
- WGM_PWM_PC_10, // 3
- WGM_CTC_OCRnA, // 4 COM OCnx
- WGM_FAST_PWM_8, // 5
- WGM_FAST_PWM_9, // 6
- WGM_FAST_PWM_10, // 7
- WGM_PWM_PC_FC_ICRn, // 8
- WGM_PWM_PC_FC_OCRnA, // 9 COM OCnA
- WGM_PWM_PC_ICRn, // 10
- WGM_PWM_PC_OCRnA, // 11 COM OCnA
- WGM_CTC_ICRn, // 12 COM OCnx
- WGM_reserved, // 13
- WGM_FAST_PWM_ICRn, // 14 COM OCnA
- WGM_FAST_PWM_OCRnA // 15 COM OCnA
-};
-
-// Wavefore Generation Modes (Timer 2 only)
-enum WaveGenMode2 : char {
- WGM2_NORMAL, // 0
- WGM2_PWM_PC, // 1
- WGM2_CTC_OCR2A, // 2
- WGM2_FAST_PWM, // 3
- WGM2_reserved_1, // 4
- WGM2_PWM_PC_OCR2A, // 5
- WGM2_reserved_2, // 6
- WGM2_FAST_PWM_OCR2A, // 7
-};
-
-// Compare Modes
-enum CompareMode : char {
- COM_NORMAL, // 0
- COM_TOGGLE, // 1 Non-PWM: OCnx ... Both PWM (WGM 9,11,14,15): OCnA only ... else NORMAL
- COM_CLEAR_SET, // 2 Non-PWM: OCnx ... Fast PWM: OCnx/Bottom ... PF-FC: OCnx Up/Down
- COM_SET_CLEAR // 3 Non-PWM: OCnx ... Fast PWM: OCnx/Bottom ... PF-FC: OCnx Up/Down
-};
-
-// Clock Sources
-enum ClockSource : char {
- CS_NONE, // 0
- CS_PRESCALER_1, // 1
- CS_PRESCALER_8, // 2
- CS_PRESCALER_64, // 3
- CS_PRESCALER_256, // 4
- CS_PRESCALER_1024, // 5
- CS_EXT_FALLING, // 6
- CS_EXT_RISING // 7
-};
-
-// Clock Sources (Timer 2 only)
-enum ClockSource2 : char {
- CS2_NONE, // 0
- CS2_PRESCALER_1, // 1
- CS2_PRESCALER_8, // 2
- CS2_PRESCALER_32, // 3
- CS2_PRESCALER_64, // 4
- CS2_PRESCALER_128, // 5
- CS2_PRESCALER_256, // 6
- CS2_PRESCALER_1024 // 7
-};
-
-// Get interrupt bits in an orderly way
-// Ex: cs = GET_CS(0); coma1 = GET_COM(A,1);
-#define GET_WGM(T) (((TCCR##T##A >> WGM##T##0) & 0x3) | ((TCCR##T##B >> WGM##T##2 << 2) & 0xC))
-#define GET_CS(T) ((TCCR##T##B >> CS##T##0) & 0x7)
-#define GET_COM(T,Q) ((TCCR##T##Q >> COM##T##Q##0) & 0x3)
-#define GET_COMA(T) GET_COM(T,A)
-#define GET_COMB(T) GET_COM(T,B)
-#define GET_COMC(T) GET_COM(T,C)
-#define GET_ICNC(T) (!!(TCCR##T##B & _BV(ICNC##T)))
-#define GET_ICES(T) (!!(TCCR##T##B & _BV(ICES##T)))
-#define GET_FOC(T,Q) (!!(TCCR##T##C & _BV(FOC##T##Q)))
-#define GET_FOCA(T) GET_FOC(T,A)
-#define GET_FOCB(T) GET_FOC(T,B)
-#define GET_FOCC(T) GET_FOC(T,C)
-
-// Set Wave Generation Mode bits
-// Ex: SET_WGM(5,CTC_ICRn);
-#define _SET_WGM(T,V) do{ \
- TCCR##T##A = (TCCR##T##A & ~(0x3 << WGM##T##0)) | (( int(V) & 0x3) << WGM##T##0); \
- TCCR##T##B = (TCCR##T##B & ~(0x3 << WGM##T##2)) | (((int(V) >> 2) & 0x3) << WGM##T##2); \
- }while(0)
-#define SET_WGM(T,V) _SET_WGM(T,WGM_##V)
-// Runtime (see set_pwm_frequency):
-#define _SET_WGMnQ(TCCRnQ, V) do{ \
- *(TCCRnQ)[0] = (*(TCCRnQ)[0] & ~(0x3 << 0)) | (( int(V) & 0x3) << 0); \
- *(TCCRnQ)[1] = (*(TCCRnQ)[1] & ~(0x3 << 3)) | (((int(V) >> 2) & 0x3) << 3); \
- }while(0)
-
-// Set Clock Select bits
-// Ex: SET_CS3(PRESCALER_64);
-#define _SET_CS(T,V) (TCCR##T##B = (TCCR##T##B & ~(0x7 << CS##T##0)) | ((int(V) & 0x7) << CS##T##0))
-#define _SET_CS0(V) _SET_CS(0,V)
-#define _SET_CS1(V) _SET_CS(1,V)
-#ifdef TCCR2
- #define _SET_CS2(V) (TCCR2 = (TCCR2 & ~(0x7 << CS20)) | (int(V) << CS20))
-#else
- #define _SET_CS2(V) _SET_CS(2,V)
-#endif
-#define _SET_CS3(V) _SET_CS(3,V)
-#define _SET_CS4(V) _SET_CS(4,V)
-#define _SET_CS5(V) _SET_CS(5,V)
-#define SET_CS0(V) _SET_CS0(CS_##V)
-#define SET_CS1(V) _SET_CS1(CS_##V)
-#ifdef TCCR2
- #define SET_CS2(V) _SET_CS2(CS2_##V)
-#else
- #define SET_CS2(V) _SET_CS2(CS_##V)
-#endif
-#define SET_CS3(V) _SET_CS3(CS_##V)
-#define SET_CS4(V) _SET_CS4(CS_##V)
-#define SET_CS5(V) _SET_CS5(CS_##V)
-#define SET_CS(T,V) SET_CS##T(V)
-// Runtime (see set_pwm_frequency)
-#define _SET_CSn(TCCRnQ, V) do{ \
- (*(TCCRnQ)[1] = (*(TCCRnQ[1]) & ~(0x7 << 0)) | ((int(V) & 0x7) << 0)); \
- }while(0)
-
-// Set Compare Mode bits
-// Ex: SET_COMS(4,CLEAR_SET,CLEAR_SET,CLEAR_SET);
-#define _SET_COM(T,Q,V) (TCCR##T##Q = (TCCR##T##Q & ~(0x3 << COM##T##Q##0)) | (int(V) << COM##T##Q##0))
-#define SET_COM(T,Q,V) _SET_COM(T,Q,COM_##V)
-#define SET_COMA(T,V) SET_COM(T,A,V)
-#define SET_COMB(T,V) SET_COM(T,B,V)
-#define SET_COMC(T,V) SET_COM(T,C,V)
-#define SET_COMS(T,V1,V2,V3) do{ SET_COMA(T,V1); SET_COMB(T,V2); SET_COMC(T,V3); }while(0)
-// Runtime (see set_pwm_duty)
-#define _SET_COMnQ(TCCRnQ, Q, V) do{ \
- (*(TCCRnQ)[0] = (*(TCCRnQ)[0] & ~(0x3 << (6-2*(Q)))) | (int(V) << (6-2*(Q)))); \
- }while(0)
-
-// Set OCRnQ register
-// Runtime (see set_pwm_duty):
-#define _SET_OCRnQ(OCRnQ, Q, V) do{ \
- (*(OCRnQ)[(Q)] = (0x0000) | (int(V) & 0xFFFF)); \
- }while(0)
-
-// Set ICRn register (one per timer)
-// Runtime (see set_pwm_frequency)
-#define _SET_ICRn(ICRn, V) do{ \
- (*(ICRn) = (0x0000) | (int(V) & 0xFFFF)); \
- }while(0)
-
-// Set Noise Canceler bit
-// Ex: SET_ICNC(2,1)
-#define SET_ICNC(T,V) (TCCR##T##B = (V) ? TCCR##T##B | _BV(ICNC##T) : TCCR##T##B & ~_BV(ICNC##T))
-
-// Set Input Capture Edge Select bit
-// Ex: SET_ICES(5,0)
-#define SET_ICES(T,V) (TCCR##T##B = (V) ? TCCR##T##B | _BV(ICES##T) : TCCR##T##B & ~_BV(ICES##T))
-
-// Set Force Output Compare bit
-// Ex: SET_FOC(3,A,1)
-#define SET_FOC(T,Q,V) (TCCR##T##C = (V) ? TCCR##T##C | _BV(FOC##T##Q) : TCCR##T##C & ~_BV(FOC##T##Q))
-#define SET_FOCA(T,V) SET_FOC(T,A,V)
-#define SET_FOCB(T,V) SET_FOC(T,B,V)
-#define SET_FOCC(T,V) SET_FOC(T,C,V)
-
-#if 0
-
-/**
- * PWM availability macros
- */
-
-// Determine which harware PWMs are already in use
-#define _PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) (P == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN)
-#if PIN_EXISTS(CONTROLLER_FAN)
- #define PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) (_PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) || P == CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN)
-#else
- #define PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) _PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P)
-#endif
-
-#if ANY_PIN(FAN, FAN1, FAN2, FAN3, FAN4, FAN5, FAN6, FAN7)
- #if PIN_EXISTS(FAN7)
- #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN || P == FAN3_PIN || P == FAN4_PIN || P == FAN5_PIN || P == FAN6_PIN || P == FAN7_PIN)
- #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN6)
- #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN || P == FAN3_PIN || P == FAN4_PIN || P == FAN5_PIN || P == FAN6_PIN)
- #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN5)
- #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN || P == FAN3_PIN || P == FAN4_PIN || P == FAN5_PIN)
- #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN4)
- #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN || P == FAN3_PIN || P == FAN4_PIN)
- #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN3)
- #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN || P == FAN3_PIN)
- #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN2)
- #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN)
- #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN1)
- #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN)
- #else
- #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN)
- #endif
-#else
- #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) false
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM
- #if PIN_EXISTS(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY)
- #define PWM_CHK_MOTOR_CURRENT(P) (P == MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E || P == MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z || P == MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY)
- #elif PIN_EXISTS(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z)
- #define PWM_CHK_MOTOR_CURRENT(P) (P == MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E || P == MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z)
- #else
- #define PWM_CHK_MOTOR_CURRENT(P) (P == MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E)
- #endif
-#else
- #define PWM_CHK_MOTOR_CURRENT(P) false
-#endif
-
-#ifdef NUM_SERVOS
- #if AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY
- #define PWM_CHK_SERVO(P) (P == 5 || (NUM_SERVOS > 12 && P == 6) || (NUM_SERVOS > 24 && P == 46)) // PWMS 3A, 4A & 5A
- #elif AVR_ATmega2561_FAMILY
- #define PWM_CHK_SERVO(P) (P == 5) // PWM3A
- #elif AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY
- #define PWM_CHK_SERVO(P) false
- #elif AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY
- #define PWM_CHK_SERVO(P) (P == 16) // PWM3A
- #elif AVR_ATmega328_FAMILY
- #define PWM_CHK_SERVO(P) false
- #endif
-#else
- #define PWM_CHK_SERVO(P) false
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(BARICUDA)
- #if HAS_HEATER_1 && HAS_HEATER_2
- #define PWM_CHK_HEATER(P) (P == HEATER_1_PIN || P == HEATER_2_PIN)
- #elif HAS_HEATER_1
- #define PWM_CHK_HEATER(P) (P == HEATER_1_PIN)
- #endif
-#else
- #define PWM_CHK_HEATER(P) false
-#endif
-
-#define PWM_CHK(P) (PWM_CHK_HEATER(P) || PWM_CHK_SERVO(P) || PWM_CHK_MOTOR_CURRENT(P) || PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) || PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P))
-
-#endif // PWM_CHK is not used in Marlin
-
-// define which hardware PWMs are available for the current CPU
-// all timer 1 PWMS deleted from this list because they are never available
-#if AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY
- #define PWM_PIN(P) ((P >= 2 && P <= 10) || P == 13 || P == 44 || P == 45 || P == 46)
-#elif AVR_ATmega2561_FAMILY
- #define PWM_PIN(P) ((P >= 2 && P <= 6) || P == 9)
-#elif AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY
- #define PWM_PIN(P) (P == 3 || P == 4 || P == 14 || P == 15)
-#elif AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY
- #define PWM_PIN(P) (P == 0 || P == 1 || P == 14 || P == 15 || P == 16 || P == 24)
-#elif AVR_ATmega328_FAMILY
- #define PWM_PIN(P) (P == 3 || P == 5 || P == 6 || P == 11)
-#else
- #error "unknown CPU"
-#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_1280.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_1280.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b62156c..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_1280.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1114 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Pin mapping for the 1280 and 2560
- *
- * Hardware Pin : 02 03 06 07 01 05 15 16 17 18 23 24 25 26 64 63 13 12 46 45 44 43 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 50 70 52 51 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 22 21 20 19 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 | 04 08 09 10 11 14 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 47 48 49 61 62 65 66 67 68 69 79 80 81 98 99 100
- * Port : E0 E1 E4 E5 G5 E3 H3 H4 H5 H6 B4 B5 B6 B7 J1 J0 H1 H0 D3 D2 D1 D0 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 C7 C6 C5 C4 C3 C2 C1 C0 D7 G2 G1 G0 L7 L6 L5 L4 L3 L2 L1 L0 B3 B2 B1 B0 F0 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 K0 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 | E2 E6 E7 xx xx H2 H7 G3 G4 xx xx xx xx xx D4 D5 D6 xx xx J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 xx xx xx xx xx
- * Logical Pin : 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 | 78 79 80 xx xx 84 85 71 70 xx xx xx xx xx 81 82 83 xx xx 72 73 75 76 77 74 xx xx xx xx xx
- */
-
-#include "../fastio.h"
-
-// change for your board
-#define DEBUG_LED DIO21
-
-// UART
-#define RXD DIO0
-#define TXD DIO1
-
-// SPI
-#define SCK DIO52
-#define MISO DIO50
-#define MOSI DIO51
-#define SS DIO53
-
-// TWI (I2C)
-#define SCL DIO21
-#define SDA DIO20
-
-// Timers and PWM
-#define OC0A DIO13
-#define OC0B DIO4
-#define OC1A DIO11
-#define OC1B DIO12
-#define OC2A DIO10
-#define OC2B DIO9
-#define OC3A DIO5
-#define OC3B DIO2
-#define OC3C DIO3
-#define OC4A DIO6
-#define OC4B DIO7
-#define OC4C DIO8
-#define OC5A DIO46
-#define OC5B DIO45
-#define OC5C DIO44
-
-// Digital I/O
-
-#define DIO0_PIN PINE0
-#define DIO0_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO0_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO0_DDR DDRE
-#define DIO0_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO1_PIN PINE1
-#define DIO1_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO1_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO1_DDR DDRE
-#define DIO1_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO2_PIN PINE4
-#define DIO2_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO2_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO2_DDR DDRE
-#define DIO2_PWM &OCR3BL
-
-#define DIO3_PIN PINE5
-#define DIO3_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO3_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO3_DDR DDRE
-#define DIO3_PWM &OCR3CL
-
-#define DIO4_PIN PING5
-#define DIO4_RPORT PING
-#define DIO4_WPORT PORTG
-#define DIO4_DDR DDRG
-#define DIO4_PWM &OCR0B
-
-#define DIO5_PIN PINE3
-#define DIO5_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO5_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO5_DDR DDRE
-#define DIO5_PWM &OCR3AL
-
-#define DIO6_PIN PINH3
-#define DIO6_RPORT PINH
-#define DIO6_WPORT PORTH
-#define DIO6_DDR DDRH
-#define DIO6_PWM &OCR4AL
-
-#define DIO7_PIN PINH4
-#define DIO7_RPORT PINH
-#define DIO7_WPORT PORTH
-#define DIO7_DDR DDRH
-#define DIO7_PWM &OCR4BL
-
-#define DIO8_PIN PINH5
-#define DIO8_RPORT PINH
-#define DIO8_WPORT PORTH
-#define DIO8_DDR DDRH
-#define DIO8_PWM &OCR4CL
-
-#define DIO9_PIN PINH6
-#define DIO9_RPORT PINH
-#define DIO9_WPORT PORTH
-#define DIO9_DDR DDRH
-#define DIO9_PWM &OCR2B
-
-#define DIO10_PIN PINB4
-#define DIO10_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO10_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO10_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO10_PWM &OCR2A
-
-#define DIO11_PIN PINB5
-#define DIO11_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO11_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO11_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO11_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO12_PIN PINB6
-#define DIO12_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO12_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO12_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO12_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO13_PIN PINB7
-#define DIO13_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO13_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO13_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO13_PWM &OCR0A
-
-#define DIO14_PIN PINJ1
-#define DIO14_RPORT PINJ
-#define DIO14_WPORT PORTJ
-#define DIO14_DDR DDRJ
-#define DIO14_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO15_PIN PINJ0
-#define DIO15_RPORT PINJ
-#define DIO15_WPORT PORTJ
-#define DIO15_DDR DDRJ
-#define DIO15_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO16_PIN PINH1
-#define DIO16_RPORT PINH
-#define DIO16_WPORT PORTH
-#define DIO16_DDR DDRH
-#define DIO16_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO17_PIN PINH0
-#define DIO17_RPORT PINH
-#define DIO17_WPORT PORTH
-#define DIO17_DDR DDRH
-#define DIO17_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO18_PIN PIND3
-#define DIO18_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO18_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO18_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO18_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO19_PIN PIND2
-#define DIO19_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO19_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO19_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO19_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO20_PIN PIND1
-#define DIO20_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO20_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO20_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO20_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO21_PIN PIND0
-#define DIO21_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO21_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO21_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO21_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO22_PIN PINA0
-#define DIO22_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO22_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO22_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO22_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO23_PIN PINA1
-#define DIO23_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO23_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO23_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO23_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO24_PIN PINA2
-#define DIO24_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO24_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO24_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO24_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO25_PIN PINA3
-#define DIO25_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO25_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO25_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO25_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO26_PIN PINA4
-#define DIO26_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO26_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO26_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO26_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO27_PIN PINA5
-#define DIO27_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO27_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO27_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO27_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO28_PIN PINA6
-#define DIO28_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO28_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO28_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO28_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO29_PIN PINA7
-#define DIO29_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO29_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO29_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO29_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO30_PIN PINC7
-#define DIO30_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO30_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO30_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO30_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO31_PIN PINC6
-#define DIO31_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO31_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO31_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO31_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO32_PIN PINC5
-#define DIO32_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO32_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO32_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO32_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO33_PIN PINC4
-#define DIO33_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO33_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO33_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO33_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO34_PIN PINC3
-#define DIO34_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO34_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO34_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO34_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO35_PIN PINC2
-#define DIO35_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO35_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO35_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO35_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO36_PIN PINC1
-#define DIO36_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO36_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO36_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO36_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO37_PIN PINC0
-#define DIO37_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO37_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO37_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO37_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO38_PIN PIND7
-#define DIO38_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO38_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO38_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO38_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO39_PIN PING2
-#define DIO39_RPORT PING
-#define DIO39_WPORT PORTG
-#define DIO39_DDR DDRG
-#define DIO39_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO40_PIN PING1
-#define DIO40_RPORT PING
-#define DIO40_WPORT PORTG
-#define DIO40_DDR DDRG
-#define DIO40_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO41_PIN PING0
-#define DIO41_RPORT PING
-#define DIO41_WPORT PORTG
-#define DIO41_DDR DDRG
-#define DIO41_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO42_PIN PINL7
-#define DIO42_RPORT PINL
-#define DIO42_WPORT PORTL
-#define DIO42_DDR DDRL
-#define DIO42_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO43_PIN PINL6
-#define DIO43_RPORT PINL
-#define DIO43_WPORT PORTL
-#define DIO43_DDR DDRL
-#define DIO43_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO44_PIN PINL5
-#define DIO44_RPORT PINL
-#define DIO44_WPORT PORTL
-#define DIO44_DDR DDRL
-#define DIO44_PWM &OCR5CL
-
-#define DIO45_PIN PINL4
-#define DIO45_RPORT PINL
-#define DIO45_WPORT PORTL
-#define DIO45_DDR DDRL
-#define DIO45_PWM &OCR5BL
-
-#define DIO46_PIN PINL3
-#define DIO46_RPORT PINL
-#define DIO46_WPORT PORTL
-#define DIO46_DDR DDRL
-#define DIO46_PWM &OCR5AL
-
-#define DIO47_PIN PINL2
-#define DIO47_RPORT PINL
-#define DIO47_WPORT PORTL
-#define DIO47_DDR DDRL
-#define DIO47_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO48_PIN PINL1
-#define DIO48_RPORT PINL
-#define DIO48_WPORT PORTL
-#define DIO48_DDR DDRL
-#define DIO48_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO49_PIN PINL0
-#define DIO49_RPORT PINL
-#define DIO49_WPORT PORTL
-#define DIO49_DDR DDRL
-#define DIO49_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO50_PIN PINB3
-#define DIO50_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO50_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO50_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO50_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO51_PIN PINB2
-#define DIO51_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO51_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO51_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO51_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO52_PIN PINB1
-#define DIO52_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO52_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO52_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO52_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO53_PIN PINB0
-#define DIO53_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO53_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO53_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO53_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO54_PIN PINF0
-#define DIO54_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO54_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO54_DDR DDRF
-#define DIO54_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO55_PIN PINF1
-#define DIO55_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO55_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO55_DDR DDRF
-#define DIO55_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO56_PIN PINF2
-#define DIO56_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO56_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO56_DDR DDRF
-#define DIO56_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO57_PIN PINF3
-#define DIO57_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO57_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO57_DDR DDRF
-#define DIO57_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO58_PIN PINF4
-#define DIO58_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO58_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO58_DDR DDRF
-#define DIO58_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO59_PIN PINF5
-#define DIO59_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO59_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO59_DDR DDRF
-#define DIO59_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO60_PIN PINF6
-#define DIO60_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO60_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO60_DDR DDRF
-#define DIO60_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO61_PIN PINF7
-#define DIO61_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO61_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO61_DDR DDRF
-#define DIO61_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO62_PIN PINK0
-#define DIO62_RPORT PINK
-#define DIO62_WPORT PORTK
-#define DIO62_DDR DDRK
-#define DIO62_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO63_PIN PINK1
-#define DIO63_RPORT PINK
-#define DIO63_WPORT PORTK
-#define DIO63_DDR DDRK
-#define DIO63_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO64_PIN PINK2
-#define DIO64_RPORT PINK
-#define DIO64_WPORT PORTK
-#define DIO64_DDR DDRK
-#define DIO64_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO65_PIN PINK3
-#define DIO65_RPORT PINK
-#define DIO65_WPORT PORTK
-#define DIO65_DDR DDRK
-#define DIO65_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO66_PIN PINK4
-#define DIO66_RPORT PINK
-#define DIO66_WPORT PORTK
-#define DIO66_DDR DDRK
-#define DIO66_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO67_PIN PINK5
-#define DIO67_RPORT PINK
-#define DIO67_WPORT PORTK
-#define DIO67_DDR DDRK
-#define DIO67_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO68_PIN PINK6
-#define DIO68_RPORT PINK
-#define DIO68_WPORT PORTK
-#define DIO68_DDR DDRK
-#define DIO68_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO69_PIN PINK7
-#define DIO69_RPORT PINK
-#define DIO69_WPORT PORTK
-#define DIO69_DDR DDRK
-#define DIO69_PWM nullptr
-
-//#define FASTIO_EXT_START 70
-//#define FASTIO_EXT_END 85
-
-#define DIO70_PIN PING4
-#define DIO70_RPORT PING
-#define DIO70_WPORT PORTG
-#define DIO70_DDR DDRG
-#define DIO70_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO71_PIN PING3
-#define DIO71_RPORT PING
-#define DIO71_WPORT PORTG
-#define DIO71_DDR DDRG
-#define DIO71_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO72_PIN PINJ2
-#define DIO72_RPORT PINJ
-#define DIO72_WPORT PORTJ
-#define DIO72_DDR DDRJ
-#define DIO72_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO73_PIN PINJ3
-#define DIO73_RPORT PINJ
-#define DIO73_WPORT PORTJ
-#define DIO73_DDR DDRJ
-#define DIO73_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO74_PIN PINJ7
-#define DIO74_RPORT PINJ
-#define DIO74_WPORT PORTJ
-#define DIO74_DDR DDRJ
-#define DIO74_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO75_PIN PINJ4
-#define DIO75_RPORT PINJ
-#define DIO75_WPORT PORTJ
-#define DIO75_DDR DDRJ
-#define DIO75_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO76_PIN PINJ5
-#define DIO76_RPORT PINJ
-#define DIO76_WPORT PORTJ
-#define DIO76_DDR DDRJ
-#define DIO76_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO77_PIN PINJ6
-#define DIO77_RPORT PINJ
-#define DIO77_WPORT PORTJ
-#define DIO77_DDR DDRJ
-#define DIO77_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO78_PIN PINE2
-#define DIO78_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO78_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO78_DDR DDRE
-#define DIO78_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO79_PIN PINE6
-#define DIO79_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO79_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO79_DDR DDRE
-#define DIO79_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO80_PIN PINE7
-#define DIO80_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO80_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO80_DDR DDRE
-#define DIO80_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO81_PIN PIND4
-#define DIO81_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO81_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO81_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO81_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO82_PIN PIND5
-#define DIO82_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO82_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO82_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO82_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO83_PIN PIND6
-#define DIO83_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO83_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO83_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO83_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO84_PIN PINH2
-#define DIO84_RPORT PINH
-#define DIO84_WPORT PORTH
-#define DIO84_DDR DDRH
-#define DIO84_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO85_PIN PINH7
-#define DIO85_RPORT PINH
-#define DIO85_WPORT PORTH
-#define DIO85_DDR DDRH
-#define DIO85_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PA0
-#define PA0_PIN PINA0
-#define PA0_RPORT PINA
-#define PA0_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA0_DDR DDRA
-#define PA0_PWM nullptr
-#undef PA1
-#define PA1_PIN PINA1
-#define PA1_RPORT PINA
-#define PA1_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA1_DDR DDRA
-#define PA1_PWM nullptr
-#undef PA2
-#define PA2_PIN PINA2
-#define PA2_RPORT PINA
-#define PA2_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA2_DDR DDRA
-#define PA2_PWM nullptr
-#undef PA3
-#define PA3_PIN PINA3
-#define PA3_RPORT PINA
-#define PA3_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA3_DDR DDRA
-#define PA3_PWM nullptr
-#undef PA4
-#define PA4_PIN PINA4
-#define PA4_RPORT PINA
-#define PA4_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA4_DDR DDRA
-#define PA4_PWM nullptr
-#undef PA5
-#define PA5_PIN PINA5
-#define PA5_RPORT PINA
-#define PA5_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA5_DDR DDRA
-#define PA5_PWM nullptr
-#undef PA6
-#define PA6_PIN PINA6
-#define PA6_RPORT PINA
-#define PA6_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA6_DDR DDRA
-#define PA6_PWM nullptr
-#undef PA7
-#define PA7_PIN PINA7
-#define PA7_RPORT PINA
-#define PA7_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA7_DDR DDRA
-#define PA7_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PB0
-#define PB0_PIN PINB0
-#define PB0_RPORT PINB
-#define PB0_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB0_DDR DDRB
-#define PB0_PWM nullptr
-#undef PB1
-#define PB1_PIN PINB1
-#define PB1_RPORT PINB
-#define PB1_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB1_DDR DDRB
-#define PB1_PWM nullptr
-#undef PB2
-#define PB2_PIN PINB2
-#define PB2_RPORT PINB
-#define PB2_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB2_DDR DDRB
-#define PB2_PWM nullptr
-#undef PB3
-#define PB3_PIN PINB3
-#define PB3_RPORT PINB
-#define PB3_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB3_DDR DDRB
-#define PB3_PWM nullptr
-#undef PB4
-#define PB4_PIN PINB4
-#define PB4_RPORT PINB
-#define PB4_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB4_DDR DDRB
-#define PB4_PWM &OCR2A
-#undef PB5
-#define PB5_PIN PINB5
-#define PB5_RPORT PINB
-#define PB5_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB5_DDR DDRB
-#define PB5_PWM nullptr
-#undef PB6
-#define PB6_PIN PINB6
-#define PB6_RPORT PINB
-#define PB6_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB6_DDR DDRB
-#define PB6_PWM nullptr
-#undef PB7
-#define PB7_PIN PINB7
-#define PB7_RPORT PINB
-#define PB7_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB7_DDR DDRB
-#define PB7_PWM &OCR0A
-
-#undef PC0
-#define PC0_PIN PINC0
-#define PC0_RPORT PINC
-#define PC0_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC0_DDR DDRC
-#define PC0_PWM nullptr
-#undef PC1
-#define PC1_PIN PINC1
-#define PC1_RPORT PINC
-#define PC1_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC1_DDR DDRC
-#define PC1_PWM nullptr
-#undef PC2
-#define PC2_PIN PINC2
-#define PC2_RPORT PINC
-#define PC2_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC2_DDR DDRC
-#define PC2_PWM nullptr
-#undef PC3
-#define PC3_PIN PINC3
-#define PC3_RPORT PINC
-#define PC3_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC3_DDR DDRC
-#define PC3_PWM nullptr
-#undef PC4
-#define PC4_PIN PINC4
-#define PC4_RPORT PINC
-#define PC4_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC4_DDR DDRC
-#define PC4_PWM nullptr
-#undef PC5
-#define PC5_PIN PINC5
-#define PC5_RPORT PINC
-#define PC5_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC5_DDR DDRC
-#define PC5_PWM nullptr
-#undef PC6
-#define PC6_PIN PINC6
-#define PC6_RPORT PINC
-#define PC6_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC6_DDR DDRC
-#define PC6_PWM nullptr
-#undef PC7
-#define PC7_PIN PINC7
-#define PC7_RPORT PINC
-#define PC7_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC7_DDR DDRC
-#define PC7_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PD0
-#define PD0_PIN PIND0
-#define PD0_RPORT PIND
-#define PD0_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD0_DDR DDRD
-#define PD0_PWM nullptr
-#undef PD1
-#define PD1_PIN PIND1
-#define PD1_RPORT PIND
-#define PD1_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD1_DDR DDRD
-#define PD1_PWM nullptr
-#undef PD2
-#define PD2_PIN PIND2
-#define PD2_RPORT PIND
-#define PD2_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD2_DDR DDRD
-#define PD2_PWM nullptr
-#undef PD3
-#define PD3_PIN PIND3
-#define PD3_RPORT PIND
-#define PD3_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD3_DDR DDRD
-#define PD3_PWM nullptr
-#undef PD4
-#define PD4_PIN PIND4
-#define PD4_RPORT PIND
-#define PD4_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD4_DDR DDRD
-#define PD4_PWM nullptr
-#undef PD5
-#define PD5_PIN PIND5
-#define PD5_RPORT PIND
-#define PD5_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD5_DDR DDRD
-#define PD5_PWM nullptr
-#undef PD6
-#define PD6_PIN PIND6
-#define PD6_RPORT PIND
-#define PD6_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD6_DDR DDRD
-#define PD6_PWM nullptr
-#undef PD7
-#define PD7_PIN PIND7
-#define PD7_RPORT PIND
-#define PD7_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD7_DDR DDRD
-#define PD7_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PE0
-#define PE0_PIN PINE0
-#define PE0_RPORT PINE
-#define PE0_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE0_DDR DDRE
-#define PE0_PWM nullptr
-#undef PE1
-#define PE1_PIN PINE1
-#define PE1_RPORT PINE
-#define PE1_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE1_DDR DDRE
-#define PE1_PWM nullptr
-#undef PE2
-#define PE2_PIN PINE2
-#define PE2_RPORT PINE
-#define PE2_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE2_DDR DDRE
-#define PE2_PWM nullptr
-#undef PE3
-#define PE3_PIN PINE3
-#define PE3_RPORT PINE
-#define PE3_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE3_DDR DDRE
-#define PE3_PWM &OCR3AL
-#undef PE4
-#define PE4_PIN PINE4
-#define PE4_RPORT PINE
-#define PE4_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE4_DDR DDRE
-#define PE4_PWM &OCR3BL
-#undef PE5
-#define PE5_PIN PINE5
-#define PE5_RPORT PINE
-#define PE5_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE5_DDR DDRE
-#define PE5_PWM &OCR3CL
-#undef PE6
-#define PE6_PIN PINE6
-#define PE6_RPORT PINE
-#define PE6_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE6_DDR DDRE
-#define PE6_PWM nullptr
-#undef PE7
-#define PE7_PIN PINE7
-#define PE7_RPORT PINE
-#define PE7_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE7_DDR DDRE
-#define PE7_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PF0
-#define PF0_PIN PINF0
-#define PF0_RPORT PINF
-#define PF0_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF0_DDR DDRF
-#define PF0_PWM nullptr
-#undef PF1
-#define PF1_PIN PINF1
-#define PF1_RPORT PINF
-#define PF1_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF1_DDR DDRF
-#define PF1_PWM nullptr
-#undef PF2
-#define PF2_PIN PINF2
-#define PF2_RPORT PINF
-#define PF2_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF2_DDR DDRF
-#define PF2_PWM nullptr
-#undef PF3
-#define PF3_PIN PINF3
-#define PF3_RPORT PINF
-#define PF3_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF3_DDR DDRF
-#define PF3_PWM nullptr
-#undef PF4
-#define PF4_PIN PINF4
-#define PF4_RPORT PINF
-#define PF4_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF4_DDR DDRF
-#define PF4_PWM nullptr
-#undef PF5
-#define PF5_PIN PINF5
-#define PF5_RPORT PINF
-#define PF5_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF5_DDR DDRF
-#define PF5_PWM nullptr
-#undef PF6
-#define PF6_PIN PINF6
-#define PF6_RPORT PINF
-#define PF6_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF6_DDR DDRF
-#define PF6_PWM nullptr
-#undef PF7
-#define PF7_PIN PINF7
-#define PF7_RPORT PINF
-#define PF7_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF7_DDR DDRF
-#define PF7_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PG0
-#define PG0_PIN PING0
-#define PG0_RPORT PING
-#define PG0_WPORT PORTG
-#define PG0_DDR DDRG
-#define PG0_PWM nullptr
-#undef PG1
-#define PG1_PIN PING1
-#define PG1_RPORT PING
-#define PG1_WPORT PORTG
-#define PG1_DDR DDRG
-#define PG1_PWM nullptr
-#undef PG2
-#define PG2_PIN PING2
-#define PG2_RPORT PING
-#define PG2_WPORT PORTG
-#define PG2_DDR DDRG
-#define PG2_PWM nullptr
-#undef PG3
-#define PG3_PIN PING3
-#define PG3_RPORT PING
-#define PG3_WPORT PORTG
-#define PG3_DDR DDRG
-#define PG3_PWM nullptr
-#undef PG4
-#define PG4_PIN PING4
-#define PG4_RPORT PING
-#define PG4_WPORT PORTG
-#define PG4_DDR DDRG
-#define PG4_PWM nullptr
-#undef PG5
-#define PG5_PIN PING5
-#define PG5_RPORT PING
-#define PG5_WPORT PORTG
-#define PG5_DDR DDRG
-#define PG5_PWM &OCR0B
-
-#undef PH0
-#define PH0_PIN PINH0
-#define PH0_RPORT PINH
-#define PH0_WPORT PORTH
-#define PH0_DDR DDRH
-#define PH0_PWM nullptr
-#undef PH1
-#define PH1_PIN PINH1
-#define PH1_RPORT PINH
-#define PH1_WPORT PORTH
-#define PH1_DDR DDRH
-#define PH1_PWM nullptr
-#undef PH2
-#define PH2_PIN PINH2
-#define PH2_RPORT PINH
-#define PH2_WPORT PORTH
-#define PH2_DDR DDRH
-#define PH2_PWM nullptr
-#undef PH3
-#define PH3_PIN PINH3
-#define PH3_RPORT PINH
-#define PH3_WPORT PORTH
-#define PH3_DDR DDRH
-#define PH3_PWM &OCR4AL
-#undef PH4
-#define PH4_PIN PINH4
-#define PH4_RPORT PINH
-#define PH4_WPORT PORTH
-#define PH4_DDR DDRH
-#define PH4_PWM &OCR4BL
-#undef PH5
-#define PH5_PIN PINH5
-#define PH5_RPORT PINH
-#define PH5_WPORT PORTH
-#define PH5_DDR DDRH
-#define PH5_PWM &OCR4CL
-#undef PH6
-#define PH6_PIN PINH6
-#define PH6_RPORT PINH
-#define PH6_WPORT PORTH
-#define PH6_DDR DDRH
-#define PH6_PWM &OCR2B
-#undef PH7
-#define PH7_PIN PINH7
-#define PH7_RPORT PINH
-#define PH7_WPORT PORTH
-#define PH7_DDR DDRH
-#define PH7_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PJ0
-#define PJ0_PIN PINJ0
-#define PJ0_RPORT PINJ
-#define PJ0_WPORT PORTJ
-#define PJ0_DDR DDRJ
-#define PJ0_PWM nullptr
-#undef PJ1
-#define PJ1_PIN PINJ1
-#define PJ1_RPORT PINJ
-#define PJ1_WPORT PORTJ
-#define PJ1_DDR DDRJ
-#define PJ1_PWM nullptr
-#undef PJ2
-#define PJ2_PIN PINJ2
-#define PJ2_RPORT PINJ
-#define PJ2_WPORT PORTJ
-#define PJ2_DDR DDRJ
-#define PJ2_PWM nullptr
-#undef PJ3
-#define PJ3_PIN PINJ3
-#define PJ3_RPORT PINJ
-#define PJ3_WPORT PORTJ
-#define PJ3_DDR DDRJ
-#define PJ3_PWM nullptr
-#undef PJ4
-#define PJ4_PIN PINJ4
-#define PJ4_RPORT PINJ
-#define PJ4_WPORT PORTJ
-#define PJ4_DDR DDRJ
-#define PJ4_PWM nullptr
-#undef PJ5
-#define PJ5_PIN PINJ5
-#define PJ5_RPORT PINJ
-#define PJ5_WPORT PORTJ
-#define PJ5_DDR DDRJ
-#define PJ5_PWM nullptr
-#undef PJ6
-#define PJ6_PIN PINJ6
-#define PJ6_RPORT PINJ
-#define PJ6_WPORT PORTJ
-#define PJ6_DDR DDRJ
-#define PJ6_PWM nullptr
-#undef PJ7
-#define PJ7_PIN PINJ7
-#define PJ7_RPORT PINJ
-#define PJ7_WPORT PORTJ
-#define PJ7_DDR DDRJ
-#define PJ7_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PK0
-#define PK0_PIN PINK0
-#define PK0_RPORT PINK
-#define PK0_WPORT PORTK
-#define PK0_DDR DDRK
-#define PK0_PWM nullptr
-#undef PK1
-#define PK1_PIN PINK1
-#define PK1_RPORT PINK
-#define PK1_WPORT PORTK
-#define PK1_DDR DDRK
-#define PK1_PWM nullptr
-#undef PK2
-#define PK2_PIN PINK2
-#define PK2_RPORT PINK
-#define PK2_WPORT PORTK
-#define PK2_DDR DDRK
-#define PK2_PWM nullptr
-#undef PK3
-#define PK3_PIN PINK3
-#define PK3_RPORT PINK
-#define PK3_WPORT PORTK
-#define PK3_DDR DDRK
-#define PK3_PWM nullptr
-#undef PK4
-#define PK4_PIN PINK4
-#define PK4_RPORT PINK
-#define PK4_WPORT PORTK
-#define PK4_DDR DDRK
-#define PK4_PWM nullptr
-#undef PK5
-#define PK5_PIN PINK5
-#define PK5_RPORT PINK
-#define PK5_WPORT PORTK
-#define PK5_DDR DDRK
-#define PK5_PWM nullptr
-#undef PK6
-#define PK6_PIN PINK6
-#define PK6_RPORT PINK
-#define PK6_WPORT PORTK
-#define PK6_DDR DDRK
-#define PK6_PWM nullptr
-#undef PK7
-#define PK7_PIN PINK7
-#define PK7_RPORT PINK
-#define PK7_WPORT PORTK
-#define PK7_DDR DDRK
-#define PK7_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PL0
-#define PL0_PIN PINL0
-#define PL0_RPORT PINL
-#define PL0_WPORT PORTL
-#define PL0_DDR DDRL
-#define PL0_PWM nullptr
-#undef PL1
-#define PL1_PIN PINL1
-#define PL1_RPORT PINL
-#define PL1_WPORT PORTL
-#define PL1_DDR DDRL
-#define PL1_PWM nullptr
-#undef PL2
-#define PL2_PIN PINL2
-#define PL2_RPORT PINL
-#define PL2_WPORT PORTL
-#define PL2_DDR DDRL
-#define PL2_PWM nullptr
-#undef PL3
-#define PL3_PIN PINL3
-#define PL3_RPORT PINL
-#define PL3_WPORT PORTL
-#define PL3_DDR DDRL
-#define PL3_PWM &OCR5AL
-#undef PL4
-#define PL4_PIN PINL4
-#define PL4_RPORT PINL
-#define PL4_WPORT PORTL
-#define PL4_DDR DDRL
-#define PL4_PWM &OCR5BL
-#undef PL5
-#define PL5_PIN PINL5
-#define PL5_RPORT PINL
-#define PL5_WPORT PORTL
-#define PL5_DDR DDRL
-#define PL5_PWM &OCR5CL
-#undef PL6
-#define PL6_PIN PINL6
-#define PL6_RPORT PINL
-#define PL6_WPORT PORTL
-#define PL6_DDR DDRL
-#define PL6_PWM nullptr
-#undef PL7
-#define PL7_PIN PINL7
-#define PL7_RPORT PINL
-#define PL7_WPORT PORTL
-#define PL7_DDR DDRL
-#define PL7_PWM nullptr
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_1281.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_1281.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7552540..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_1281.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,715 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Pin mapping for the 1281 and 2561
- *
- * Logical Pin: 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 16 10 11 12 06 07 08 09 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 00 01 13 05 02 03 14 15 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 25 26 27 28 29 04
- * Port: A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 C0 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 F0 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 G0 G1 G2 G3 G4 G5
- */
-
-#include "../fastio.h"
-
-// change for your board
-#define DEBUG_LED DIO46
-
-// UART
-#define RXD DIO0
-#define TXD DIO1
-
-// SPI
-#define SCK DIO10
-#define MISO DIO12
-#define MOSI DIO11
-#define SS DIO16
-
-// TWI (I2C)
-#define SCL DIO17
-#define SDA DIO18
-
-// Timers and PWM
-#define OC0A DIO9
-#define OC0B DIO4
-#define OC1A DIO7
-#define OC1B DIO8
-#define OC2A DIO6
-#define OC3A DIO5
-#define OC3B DIO2
-#define OC3C DIO3
-
-// Digital I/O
-
-#define DIO0_PIN PINE0
-#define DIO0_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO0_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO0_DDR DDRE
-#define DIO0_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO1_PIN PINE1
-#define DIO1_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO1_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO1_DDR DDRE
-#define DIO1_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO2_PIN PINE4
-#define DIO2_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO2_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO2_DDR DDRE
-#define DIO2_PWM &OCR3BL
-
-#define DIO3_PIN PINE5
-#define DIO3_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO3_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO3_DDR DDRE
-#define DIO3_PWM &OCR3CL
-
-#define DIO4_PIN PING5
-#define DIO4_RPORT PING
-#define DIO4_WPORT PORTG
-#define DIO4_DDR DDRG
-#define DIO4_PWM &OCR0B
-
-#define DIO5_PIN PINE3
-#define DIO5_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO5_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO5_DDR DDRE
-#define DIO5_PWM &OCR3AL
-
-#define DIO6_PIN PINB4
-#define DIO6_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO6_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO6_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO6_PWM &OCR2AL
-
-#define DIO7_PIN PINB5
-#define DIO7_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO7_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO7_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO7_PWM &OCR1AL
-
-#define DIO8_PIN PINB6
-#define DIO8_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO8_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO8_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO8_PWM &OCR1BL
-
-#define DIO9_PIN PINB7
-#define DIO9_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO9_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO9_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO9_PWM &OCR0AL
-
-#define DIO10_PIN PINB1
-#define DIO10_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO10_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO10_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO10_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO11_PIN PINB2
-#define DIO11_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO11_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO11_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO11_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO12_PIN PINB3
-#define DIO12_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO12_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO12_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO12_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO13_PIN PINE2
-#define DIO13_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO13_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO13_DDR DDRE
-#define DIO13_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO14_PIN PINE6
-#define DIO14_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO14_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO14_DDR DDRE
-#define DIO14_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO15_PIN PINE7
-#define DIO15_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO15_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO15_DDR DDRE
-#define DIO15_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO16_PIN PINB0
-#define DIO16_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO16_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO16_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO16_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO17_PIN PIND0
-#define DIO17_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO17_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO17_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO17_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO18_PIN PIND1
-#define DIO18_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO18_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO18_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO18_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO19_PIN PIND2
-#define DIO19_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO19_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO19_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO19_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO20_PIN PIND3
-#define DIO20_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO20_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO20_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO20_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO21_PIN PIND4
-#define DIO21_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO21_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO21_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO21_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO22_PIN PIND5
-#define DIO22_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO22_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO22_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO22_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO23_PIN PIND6
-#define DIO23_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO23_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO23_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO23_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO24_PIN PIND7
-#define DIO24_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO24_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO24_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO24_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO25_PIN PING0
-#define DIO25_RPORT PING
-#define DIO25_WPORT PORTG
-#define DIO25_DDR DDRG
-#define DIO25_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO26_PIN PING1
-#define DIO26_RPORT PING
-#define DIO26_WPORT PORTG
-#define DIO26_DDR DDRG
-#define DIO26_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO27_PIN PING2
-#define DIO27_RPORT PING
-#define DIO27_WPORT PORTG
-#define DIO27_DDR DDRG
-#define DIO27_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO28_PIN PING3
-#define DIO28_RPORT PING
-#define DIO28_WPORT PORTG
-#define DIO28_DDR DDRG
-#define DIO28_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO29_PIN PING4
-#define DIO29_RPORT PING
-#define DIO29_WPORT PORTG
-#define DIO29_DDR DDRG
-#define DIO29_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO30_PIN PINC0
-#define DIO30_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO30_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO30_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO30_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO31_PIN PINC1
-#define DIO31_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO31_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO31_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO31_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO32_PIN PINC2
-#define DIO32_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO32_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO32_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO32_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO33_PIN PINC3
-#define DIO33_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO33_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO33_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO33_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO34_PIN PINC4
-#define DIO34_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO34_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO34_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO34_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO35_PIN PINC5
-#define DIO35_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO35_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO35_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO35_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO36_PIN PINC6
-#define DIO36_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO36_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO36_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO36_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO37_PIN PINC7
-#define DIO37_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO37_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO37_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO37_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO38_PIN PINA0
-#define DIO38_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO38_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO38_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO38_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO39_PIN PINA1
-#define DIO39_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO39_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO39_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO39_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO40_PIN PINA2
-#define DIO40_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO40_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO40_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO40_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO41_PIN PINA3
-#define DIO41_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO41_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO41_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO41_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO42_PIN PINA4
-#define DIO42_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO42_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO42_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO42_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO43_PIN PINA5
-#define DIO43_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO43_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO43_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO43_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO44_PIN PINA6
-#define DIO44_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO44_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO44_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO44_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO45_PIN PINA7
-#define DIO45_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO45_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO45_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO45_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO46_PIN PINF0
-#define DIO46_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO46_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO46_DDR DDRF
-#define DIO46_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO47_PIN PINF1
-#define DIO47_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO47_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO47_DDR DDRF
-#define DIO47_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO48_PIN PINF2
-#define DIO48_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO48_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO48_DDR DDRF
-#define DIO48_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO49_PIN PINF3
-#define DIO49_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO49_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO49_DDR DDRF
-#define DIO49_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO50_PIN PINF4
-#define DIO50_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO50_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO50_DDR DDRF
-#define DIO50_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO51_PIN PINF5
-#define DIO51_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO51_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO51_DDR DDRF
-#define DIO51_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO52_PIN PINF6
-#define DIO52_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO52_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO52_DDR DDRF
-#define DIO52_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO53_PIN PINF7
-#define DIO53_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO53_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO53_DDR DDRF
-#define DIO53_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PA0
-#define PA0_PIN PINA0
-#define PA0_RPORT PINA
-#define PA0_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA0_DDR DDRA
-#define PA0_PWM nullptr
-#undef PA1
-#define PA1_PIN PINA1
-#define PA1_RPORT PINA
-#define PA1_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA1_DDR DDRA
-#define PA1_PWM nullptr
-#undef PA2
-#define PA2_PIN PINA2
-#define PA2_RPORT PINA
-#define PA2_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA2_DDR DDRA
-#define PA2_PWM nullptr
-#undef PA3
-#define PA3_PIN PINA3
-#define PA3_RPORT PINA
-#define PA3_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA3_DDR DDRA
-#define PA3_PWM nullptr
-#undef PA4
-#define PA4_PIN PINA4
-#define PA4_RPORT PINA
-#define PA4_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA4_DDR DDRA
-#define PA4_PWM nullptr
-#undef PA5
-#define PA5_PIN PINA5
-#define PA5_RPORT PINA
-#define PA5_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA5_DDR DDRA
-#define PA5_PWM nullptr
-#undef PA6
-#define PA6_PIN PINA6
-#define PA6_RPORT PINA
-#define PA6_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA6_DDR DDRA
-#define PA6_PWM nullptr
-#undef PA7
-#define PA7_PIN PINA7
-#define PA7_RPORT PINA
-#define PA7_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA7_DDR DDRA
-#define PA7_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PB0
-#define PB0_PIN PINB0
-#define PB0_RPORT PINB
-#define PB0_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB0_DDR DDRB
-#define PB0_PWM nullptr
-#undef PB1
-#define PB1_PIN PINB1
-#define PB1_RPORT PINB
-#define PB1_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB1_DDR DDRB
-#define PB1_PWM nullptr
-#undef PB2
-#define PB2_PIN PINB2
-#define PB2_RPORT PINB
-#define PB2_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB2_DDR DDRB
-#define PB2_PWM nullptr
-#undef PB3
-#define PB3_PIN PINB3
-#define PB3_RPORT PINB
-#define PB3_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB3_DDR DDRB
-#define PB3_PWM nullptr
-#undef PB4
-#define PB4_PIN PINB4
-#define PB4_RPORT PINB
-#define PB4_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB4_DDR DDRB
-#define PB4_PWM &OCR2A
-#undef PB5
-#define PB5_PIN PINB5
-#define PB5_RPORT PINB
-#define PB5_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB5_DDR DDRB
-#define PB5_PWM nullptr
-#undef PB6
-#define PB6_PIN PINB6
-#define PB6_RPORT PINB
-#define PB6_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB6_DDR DDRB
-#define PB6_PWM nullptr
-#undef PB7
-#define PB7_PIN PINB7
-#define PB7_RPORT PINB
-#define PB7_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB7_DDR DDRB
-#define PB7_PWM &OCR0A
-
-#undef PC0
-#define PC0_PIN PINC0
-#define PC0_RPORT PINC
-#define PC0_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC0_DDR DDRC
-#define PC0_PWM nullptr
-#undef PC1
-#define PC1_PIN PINC1
-#define PC1_RPORT PINC
-#define PC1_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC1_DDR DDRC
-#define PC1_PWM nullptr
-#undef PC2
-#define PC2_PIN PINC2
-#define PC2_RPORT PINC
-#define PC2_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC2_DDR DDRC
-#define PC2_PWM nullptr
-#undef PC3
-#define PC3_PIN PINC3
-#define PC3_RPORT PINC
-#define PC3_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC3_DDR DDRC
-#define PC3_PWM nullptr
-#undef PC4
-#define PC4_PIN PINC4
-#define PC4_RPORT PINC
-#define PC4_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC4_DDR DDRC
-#define PC4_PWM nullptr
-#undef PC5
-#define PC5_PIN PINC5
-#define PC5_RPORT PINC
-#define PC5_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC5_DDR DDRC
-#define PC5_PWM nullptr
-#undef PC6
-#define PC6_PIN PINC6
-#define PC6_RPORT PINC
-#define PC6_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC6_DDR DDRC
-#define PC6_PWM nullptr
-#undef PC7
-#define PC7_PIN PINC7
-#define PC7_RPORT PINC
-#define PC7_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC7_DDR DDRC
-#define PC7_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PD0
-#define PD0_PIN PIND0
-#define PD0_RPORT PIND
-#define PD0_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD0_DDR DDRD
-#define PD0_PWM nullptr
-#undef PD1
-#define PD1_PIN PIND1
-#define PD1_RPORT PIND
-#define PD1_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD1_DDR DDRD
-#define PD1_PWM nullptr
-#undef PD2
-#define PD2_PIN PIND2
-#define PD2_RPORT PIND
-#define PD2_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD2_DDR DDRD
-#define PD2_PWM nullptr
-#undef PD3
-#define PD3_PIN PIND3
-#define PD3_RPORT PIND
-#define PD3_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD3_DDR DDRD
-#define PD3_PWM nullptr
-#undef PD4
-#define PD4_PIN PIND4
-#define PD4_RPORT PIND
-#define PD4_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD4_DDR DDRD
-#define PD4_PWM nullptr
-#undef PD5
-#define PD5_PIN PIND5
-#define PD5_RPORT PIND
-#define PD5_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD5_DDR DDRD
-#define PD5_PWM nullptr
-#undef PD6
-#define PD6_PIN PIND6
-#define PD6_RPORT PIND
-#define PD6_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD6_DDR DDRD
-#define PD6_PWM nullptr
-#undef PD7
-#define PD7_PIN PIND7
-#define PD7_RPORT PIND
-#define PD7_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD7_DDR DDRD
-#define PD7_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PE0
-#define PE0_PIN PINE0
-#define PE0_RPORT PINE
-#define PE0_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE0_DDR DDRE
-#define PE0_PWM nullptr
-#undef PE1
-#define PE1_PIN PINE1
-#define PE1_RPORT PINE
-#define PE1_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE1_DDR DDRE
-#define PE1_PWM nullptr
-#undef PE2
-#define PE2_PIN PINE2
-#define PE2_RPORT PINE
-#define PE2_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE2_DDR DDRE
-#define PE2_PWM nullptr
-#undef PE3
-#define PE3_PIN PINE3
-#define PE3_RPORT PINE
-#define PE3_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE3_DDR DDRE
-#define PE3_PWM &OCR3AL
-#undef PE4
-#define PE4_PIN PINE4
-#define PE4_RPORT PINE
-#define PE4_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE4_DDR DDRE
-#define PE4_PWM &OCR3BL
-#undef PE5
-#define PE5_PIN PINE5
-#define PE5_RPORT PINE
-#define PE5_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE5_DDR DDRE
-#define PE5_PWM &OCR3CL
-#undef PE6
-#define PE6_PIN PINE6
-#define PE6_RPORT PINE
-#define PE6_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE6_DDR DDRE
-#define PE6_PWM nullptr
-#undef PE7
-#define PE7_PIN PINE7
-#define PE7_RPORT PINE
-#define PE7_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE7_DDR DDRE
-#define PE7_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PF0
-#define PF0_PIN PINF0
-#define PF0_RPORT PINF
-#define PF0_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF0_DDR DDRF
-#define PF0_PWM nullptr
-#undef PF1
-#define PF1_PIN PINF1
-#define PF1_RPORT PINF
-#define PF1_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF1_DDR DDRF
-#define PF1_PWM nullptr
-#undef PF2
-#define PF2_PIN PINF2
-#define PF2_RPORT PINF
-#define PF2_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF2_DDR DDRF
-#define PF2_PWM nullptr
-#undef PF3
-#define PF3_PIN PINF3
-#define PF3_RPORT PINF
-#define PF3_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF3_DDR DDRF
-#define PF3_PWM nullptr
-#undef PF4
-#define PF4_PIN PINF4
-#define PF4_RPORT PINF
-#define PF4_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF4_DDR DDRF
-#define PF4_PWM nullptr
-#undef PF5
-#define PF5_PIN PINF5
-#define PF5_RPORT PINF
-#define PF5_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF5_DDR DDRF
-#define PF5_PWM nullptr
-#undef PF6
-#define PF6_PIN PINF6
-#define PF6_RPORT PINF
-#define PF6_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF6_DDR DDRF
-#define PF6_PWM nullptr
-#undef PF7
-#define PF7_PIN PINF7
-#define PF7_RPORT PINF
-#define PF7_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF7_DDR DDRF
-#define PF7_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PG0
-#define PG0_PIN PING0
-#define PG0_RPORT PING
-#define PG0_WPORT PORTG
-#define PG0_DDR DDRG
-#define PG0_PWM nullptr
-#undef PG1
-#define PG1_PIN PING1
-#define PG1_RPORT PING
-#define PG1_WPORT PORTG
-#define PG1_DDR DDRG
-#define PG1_PWM nullptr
-#undef PG2
-#define PG2_PIN PING2
-#define PG2_RPORT PING
-#define PG2_WPORT PORTG
-#define PG2_DDR DDRG
-#define PG2_PWM nullptr
-#undef PG3
-#define PG3_PIN PING3
-#define PG3_RPORT PING
-#define PG3_WPORT PORTG
-#define PG3_DDR DDRG
-#define PG3_PWM nullptr
-#undef PG4
-#define PG4_PIN PING4
-#define PG4_RPORT PING
-#define PG4_WPORT PORTG
-#define PG4_DDR DDRG
-#define PG4_PWM nullptr
-#undef PG5
-#define PG5_PIN PING5
-#define PG5_RPORT PING
-#define PG5_WPORT PORTG
-#define PG5_DDR DDRG
-#define PG5_PWM &OCR0B
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_168.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_168.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 549e024..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_168.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,357 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Pin mapping for the 168, 328, and 328P
- *
- * Logical Pin: 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
- * Port: B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 C0 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
- */
-
-#include "../fastio.h"
-
-#define DEBUG_LED AIO5
-
-// UART
-#define RXD DIO0
-#define TXD DIO1
-
-// SPI
-#define SCK DIO13
-#define MISO DIO12
-#define MOSI DIO11
-#define SS DIO10
-
-// TWI (I2C)
-#define SCL AIO5
-#define SDA AIO4
-
-// Timers and PWM
-#define OC0A DIO6
-#define OC0B DIO5
-#define OC1A DIO9
-#define OC1B DIO10
-#define OC2A DIO11
-#define OC2B DIO3
-
-// Digital I/O
-
-#define DIO0_PIN PIND0
-#define DIO0_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO0_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO0_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO0_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO1_PIN PIND1
-#define DIO1_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO1_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO1_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO1_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO2_PIN PIND2
-#define DIO2_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO2_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO2_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO2_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO3_PIN PIND3
-#define DIO3_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO3_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO3_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO3_PWM &OCR2B
-
-#define DIO4_PIN PIND4
-#define DIO4_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO4_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO4_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO4_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO5_PIN PIND5
-#define DIO5_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO5_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO5_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO5_PWM &OCR0B
-
-#define DIO6_PIN PIND6
-#define DIO6_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO6_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO6_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO6_PWM &OCR0A
-
-#define DIO7_PIN PIND7
-#define DIO7_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO7_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO7_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO7_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO8_PIN PINB0
-#define DIO8_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO8_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO8_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO8_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO9_PIN PINB1
-#define DIO9_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO9_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO9_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO9_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO10_PIN PINB2
-#define DIO10_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO10_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO10_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO10_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO11_PIN PINB3
-#define DIO11_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO11_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO11_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO11_PWM &OCR2A
-
-#define DIO12_PIN PINB4
-#define DIO12_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO12_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO12_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO12_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO13_PIN PINB5
-#define DIO13_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO13_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO13_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO13_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO14_PIN PINC0
-#define DIO14_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO14_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO14_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO14_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO15_PIN PINC1
-#define DIO15_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO15_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO15_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO15_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO16_PIN PINC2
-#define DIO16_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO16_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO16_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO16_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO17_PIN PINC3
-#define DIO17_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO17_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO17_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO17_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO18_PIN PINC4
-#define DIO18_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO18_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO18_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO18_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO19_PIN PINC5
-#define DIO19_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO19_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO19_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO19_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO20_PIN PINC6
-#define DIO20_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO20_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO20_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO20_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO21_PIN PINC7
-#define DIO21_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO21_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO21_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO21_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PB0
-#define PB0_PIN PINB0
-#define PB0_RPORT PINB
-#define PB0_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB0_DDR DDRB
-#define PB0_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PB1
-#define PB1_PIN PINB1
-#define PB1_RPORT PINB
-#define PB1_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB1_DDR DDRB
-#define PB1_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PB2
-#define PB2_PIN PINB2
-#define PB2_RPORT PINB
-#define PB2_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB2_DDR DDRB
-#define PB2_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PB3
-#define PB3_PIN PINB3
-#define PB3_RPORT PINB
-#define PB3_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB3_DDR DDRB
-#define PB3_PWM &OCR2A
-
-#undef PB4
-#define PB4_PIN PINB4
-#define PB4_RPORT PINB
-#define PB4_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB4_DDR DDRB
-#define PB4_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PB5
-#define PB5_PIN PINB5
-#define PB5_RPORT PINB
-#define PB5_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB5_DDR DDRB
-#define PB5_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PB6
-#define PB6_PIN PINB6
-#define PB6_RPORT PINB
-#define PB6_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB6_DDR DDRB
-#define PB6_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PB7
-#define PB7_PIN PINB7
-#define PB7_RPORT PINB
-#define PB7_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB7_DDR DDRB
-#define PB7_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PC0
-#define PC0_PIN PINC0
-#define PC0_RPORT PINC
-#define PC0_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC0_DDR DDRC
-#define PC0_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PC1
-#define PC1_PIN PINC1
-#define PC1_RPORT PINC
-#define PC1_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC1_DDR DDRC
-#define PC1_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PC2
-#define PC2_PIN PINC2
-#define PC2_RPORT PINC
-#define PC2_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC2_DDR DDRC
-#define PC2_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PC3
-#define PC3_PIN PINC3
-#define PC3_RPORT PINC
-#define PC3_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC3_DDR DDRC
-#define PC3_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PC4
-#define PC4_PIN PINC4
-#define PC4_RPORT PINC
-#define PC4_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC4_DDR DDRC
-#define PC4_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PC5
-#define PC5_PIN PINC5
-#define PC5_RPORT PINC
-#define PC5_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC5_DDR DDRC
-#define PC5_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PC6
-#define PC6_PIN PINC6
-#define PC6_RPORT PINC
-#define PC6_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC6_DDR DDRC
-#define PC6_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PC7
-#define PC7_PIN PINC7
-#define PC7_RPORT PINC
-#define PC7_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC7_DDR DDRC
-#define PC7_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PD0
-#define PD0_PIN PIND0
-#define PD0_RPORT PIND
-#define PD0_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD0_DDR DDRD
-#define PD0_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PD1
-#define PD1_PIN PIND1
-#define PD1_RPORT PIND
-#define PD1_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD1_DDR DDRD
-#define PD1_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PD2
-#define PD2_PIN PIND2
-#define PD2_RPORT PIND
-#define PD2_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD2_DDR DDRD
-#define PD2_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PD3
-#define PD3_PIN PIND3
-#define PD3_RPORT PIND
-#define PD3_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD3_DDR DDRD
-#define PD3_PWM &OCR2B
-
-#undef PD4
-#define PD4_PIN PIND4
-#define PD4_RPORT PIND
-#define PD4_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD4_DDR DDRD
-#define PD4_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PD5
-#define PD5_PIN PIND5
-#define PD5_RPORT PIND
-#define PD5_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD5_DDR DDRD
-#define PD5_PWM &OCR0B
-
-#undef PD6
-#define PD6_PIN PIND6
-#define PD6_RPORT PIND
-#define PD6_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD6_DDR DDRD
-#define PD6_PWM &OCR0A
-
-#undef PD7
-#define PD7_PIN PIND7
-#define PD7_RPORT PIND
-#define PD7_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD7_DDR DDRD
-#define PD7_PWM nullptr
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_644.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_644.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a48c10..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_644.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,552 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Pin mapping for the 644, 644p, 644pa, and 1284p
- *
- * Logical Pin: 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
- * Port: B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 C0 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
- */
-
-/** ATMega644
- *
- * +---\/---+
- * (D 0) PB0 1| |40 PA0 (AI 0 / D31)
- * (D 1) PB1 2| |39 PA1 (AI 1 / D30)
- * INT2 (D 2) PB2 3| |38 PA2 (AI 2 / D29)
- * PWM (D 3) PB3 4| |37 PA3 (AI 3 / D28)
- * PWM (D 4) PB4 5| |36 PA4 (AI 4 / D27)
- * MOSI (D 5) PB5 6| |35 PA5 (AI 5 / D26)
- * MISO (D 6) PB6 7| |34 PA6 (AI 6 / D25)
- * SCK (D 7) PB7 8| |33 PA7 (AI 7 / D24)
- * RST 9| |32 AREF
- * VCC 10| |31 GND
- * GND 11| |30 AVCC
- * XTAL2 12| |29 PC7 (D 23)
- * XTAL1 13| |28 PC6 (D 22)
- * RX0 (D 8) PD0 14| |27 PC5 (D 21) TDI
- * TX0 (D 9) PD1 15| |26 PC4 (D 20) TDO
- * INT0 RX1 (D 10) PD2 16| |25 PC3 (D 19) TMS
- * INT1 TX1 (D 11) PD3 17| |24 PC2 (D 18) TCK
- * PWM (D 12) PD4 18| |23 PC1 (D 17) SDA
- * PWM (D 13) PD5 19| |22 PC0 (D 16) SCL
- * PWM (D 14) PD6 20| |21 PD7 (D 15) PWM
- * +--------+
- */
-
-#include "../fastio.h"
-
-#define DEBUG_LED DIO0
-
-// UART
-#define RXD DIO8
-#define TXD DIO9
-#define RXD0 DIO8
-#define TXD0 DIO9
-
-#define RXD1 DIO10
-#define TXD1 DIO11
-
-// SPI
-#define SCK DIO7
-#define MISO DIO6
-#define MOSI DIO5
-#define SS DIO4
-
-// TWI (I2C)
-#define SCL DIO16
-#define SDA DIO17
-
-// Timers and PWM
-#define OC0A DIO3
-#define OC0B DIO4
-#define OC1A DIO13
-#define OC1B DIO12
-#define OC2A DIO15
-#define OC2B DIO14
-
-// Digital I/O
-
-#define DIO0_PIN PINB0
-#define DIO0_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO0_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO0_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO0_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO1_PIN PINB1
-#define DIO1_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO1_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO1_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO1_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO2_PIN PINB2
-#define DIO2_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO2_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO2_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO2_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO3_PIN PINB3
-#define DIO3_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO3_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO3_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO3_PWM &OCR0A
-
-#define DIO4_PIN PINB4
-#define DIO4_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO4_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO4_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO4_PWM &OCR0B
-
-#define DIO5_PIN PINB5
-#define DIO5_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO5_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO5_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO5_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO6_PIN PINB6
-#define DIO6_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO6_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO6_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO6_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO7_PIN PINB7
-#define DIO7_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO7_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO7_DDR DDRB
-#define DIO7_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO8_PIN PIND0
-#define DIO8_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO8_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO8_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO8_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO9_PIN PIND1
-#define DIO9_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO9_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO9_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO9_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO10_PIN PIND2
-#define DIO10_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO10_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO10_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO10_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO11_PIN PIND3
-#define DIO11_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO11_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO11_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO11_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO12_PIN PIND4
-#define DIO12_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO12_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO12_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO12_PWM &OCR1B
-
-#define DIO13_PIN PIND5
-#define DIO13_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO13_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO13_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO13_PWM &OCR1A
-
-#define DIO14_PIN PIND6
-#define DIO14_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO14_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO14_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO14_PWM &OCR2B
-
-#define DIO15_PIN PIND7
-#define DIO15_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO15_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO15_DDR DDRD
-#define DIO15_PWM &OCR2A
-
-#define DIO16_PIN PINC0
-#define DIO16_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO16_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO16_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO16_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO17_PIN PINC1
-#define DIO17_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO17_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO17_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO17_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO18_PIN PINC2
-#define DIO18_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO18_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO18_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO18_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO19_PIN PINC3
-#define DIO19_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO19_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO19_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO19_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO20_PIN PINC4
-#define DIO20_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO20_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO20_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO20_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO21_PIN PINC5
-#define DIO21_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO21_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO21_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO21_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO22_PIN PINC6
-#define DIO22_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO22_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO22_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO22_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO23_PIN PINC7
-#define DIO23_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO23_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO23_DDR DDRC
-#define DIO23_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO24_PIN PINA7
-#define DIO24_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO24_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO24_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO24_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO25_PIN PINA6
-#define DIO25_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO25_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO25_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO25_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO26_PIN PINA5
-#define DIO26_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO26_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO26_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO26_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO27_PIN PINA4
-#define DIO27_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO27_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO27_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO27_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO28_PIN PINA3
-#define DIO28_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO28_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO28_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO28_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO29_PIN PINA2
-#define DIO29_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO29_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO29_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO29_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO30_PIN PINA1
-#define DIO30_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO30_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO30_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO30_PWM nullptr
-
-#define DIO31_PIN PINA0
-#define DIO31_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO31_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO31_DDR DDRA
-#define DIO31_PWM nullptr
-
-#define AIO0_PIN PINA0
-#define AIO0_RPORT PINA
-#define AIO0_WPORT PORTA
-#define AIO0_DDR DDRA
-#define AIO0_PWM nullptr
-
-#define AIO1_PIN PINA1
-#define AIO1_RPORT PINA
-#define AIO1_WPORT PORTA
-#define AIO1_DDR DDRA
-#define AIO1_PWM nullptr
-
-#define AIO2_PIN PINA2
-#define AIO2_RPORT PINA
-#define AIO2_WPORT PORTA
-#define AIO2_DDR DDRA
-#define AIO2_PWM nullptr
-
-#define AIO3_PIN PINA3
-#define AIO3_RPORT PINA
-#define AIO3_WPORT PORTA
-#define AIO3_DDR DDRA
-#define AIO3_PWM nullptr
-
-#define AIO4_PIN PINA4
-#define AIO4_RPORT PINA
-#define AIO4_WPORT PORTA
-#define AIO4_DDR DDRA
-#define AIO4_PWM nullptr
-
-#define AIO5_PIN PINA5
-#define AIO5_RPORT PINA
-#define AIO5_WPORT PORTA
-#define AIO5_DDR DDRA
-#define AIO5_PWM nullptr
-
-#define AIO6_PIN PINA6
-#define AIO6_RPORT PINA
-#define AIO6_WPORT PORTA
-#define AIO6_DDR DDRA
-#define AIO6_PWM nullptr
-
-#define AIO7_PIN PINA7
-#define AIO7_RPORT PINA
-#define AIO7_WPORT PORTA
-#define AIO7_DDR DDRA
-#define AIO7_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PA0
-#define PA0_PIN PINA0
-#define PA0_RPORT PINA
-#define PA0_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA0_DDR DDRA
-#define PA0_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PA1
-#define PA1_PIN PINA1
-#define PA1_RPORT PINA
-#define PA1_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA1_DDR DDRA
-#define PA1_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PA2
-#define PA2_PIN PINA2
-#define PA2_RPORT PINA
-#define PA2_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA2_DDR DDRA
-#define PA2_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PA3
-#define PA3_PIN PINA3
-#define PA3_RPORT PINA
-#define PA3_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA3_DDR DDRA
-#define PA3_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PA4
-#define PA4_PIN PINA4
-#define PA4_RPORT PINA
-#define PA4_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA4_DDR DDRA
-#define PA4_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PA5
-#define PA5_PIN PINA5
-#define PA5_RPORT PINA
-#define PA5_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA5_DDR DDRA
-#define PA5_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PA6
-#define PA6_PIN PINA6
-#define PA6_RPORT PINA
-#define PA6_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA6_DDR DDRA
-#define PA6_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PA7
-#define PA7_PIN PINA7
-#define PA7_RPORT PINA
-#define PA7_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA7_DDR DDRA
-#define PA7_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PB0
-#define PB0_PIN PINB0
-#define PB0_RPORT PINB
-#define PB0_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB0_DDR DDRB
-#define PB0_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PB1
-#define PB1_PIN PINB1
-#define PB1_RPORT PINB
-#define PB1_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB1_DDR DDRB
-#define PB1_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PB2
-#define PB2_PIN PINB2
-#define PB2_RPORT PINB
-#define PB2_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB2_DDR DDRB
-#define PB2_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PB3
-#define PB3_PIN PINB3
-#define PB3_RPORT PINB
-#define PB3_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB3_DDR DDRB
-#define PB3_PWM &OCR0A
-
-#undef PB4
-#define PB4_PIN PINB4
-#define PB4_RPORT PINB
-#define PB4_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB4_DDR DDRB
-#define PB4_PWM &OCR0B
-
-#undef PB5
-#define PB5_PIN PINB5
-#define PB5_RPORT PINB
-#define PB5_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB5_DDR DDRB
-#define PB5_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PB6
-#define PB6_PIN PINB6
-#define PB6_RPORT PINB
-#define PB6_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB6_DDR DDRB
-#define PB6_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PB7
-#define PB7_PIN PINB7
-#define PB7_RPORT PINB
-#define PB7_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB7_DDR DDRB
-#define PB7_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PC0
-#define PC0_PIN PINC0
-#define PC0_RPORT PINC
-#define PC0_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC0_DDR DDRC
-#define PC0_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PC1
-#define PC1_PIN PINC1
-#define PC1_RPORT PINC
-#define PC1_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC1_DDR DDRC
-#define PC1_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PC2
-#define PC2_PIN PINC2
-#define PC2_RPORT PINC
-#define PC2_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC2_DDR DDRC
-#define PC2_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PC3
-#define PC3_PIN PINC3
-#define PC3_RPORT PINC
-#define PC3_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC3_DDR DDRC
-#define PC3_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PC4
-#define PC4_PIN PINC4
-#define PC4_RPORT PINC
-#define PC4_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC4_DDR DDRC
-#define PC4_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PC5
-#define PC5_PIN PINC5
-#define PC5_RPORT PINC
-#define PC5_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC5_DDR DDRC
-#define PC5_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PC6
-#define PC6_PIN PINC6
-#define PC6_RPORT PINC
-#define PC6_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC6_DDR DDRC
-#define PC6_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PC7
-#define PC7_PIN PINC7
-#define PC7_RPORT PINC
-#define PC7_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC7_DDR DDRC
-#define PC7_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PD0
-#define PD0_PIN PIND0
-#define PD0_RPORT PIND
-#define PD0_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD0_DDR DDRD
-#define PD0_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PD1
-#define PD1_PIN PIND1
-#define PD1_RPORT PIND
-#define PD1_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD1_DDR DDRD
-#define PD1_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PD2
-#define PD2_PIN PIND2
-#define PD2_RPORT PIND
-#define PD2_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD2_DDR DDRD
-#define PD2_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PD3
-#define PD3_PIN PIND3
-#define PD3_RPORT PIND
-#define PD3_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD3_DDR DDRD
-#define PD3_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PD4
-#define PD4_PIN PIND4
-#define PD4_RPORT PIND
-#define PD4_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD4_DDR DDRD
-#define PD4_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PD5
-#define PD5_PIN PIND5
-#define PD5_RPORT PIND
-#define PD5_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD5_DDR DDRD
-#define PD5_PWM nullptr
-
-#undef PD6
-#define PD6_PIN PIND6
-#define PD6_RPORT PIND
-#define PD6_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD6_DDR DDRD
-#define PD6_PWM &OCR2B
-
-#undef PD7
-#define PD7_PIN PIND7
-#define PD7_RPORT PIND
-#define PD7_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD7_DDR DDRD
-#define PD7_PWM &OCR2A
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_AT90USB.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_AT90USB.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 23d16a2..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_AT90USB.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,697 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Pin mapping (Teensy) for AT90USB646, 647, 1286, and 1287
- *
- * Logical Pin: 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09(46*47)36 37 18 19 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
- * Port: A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 C0 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 F0 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7
- * The logical pins 46 and 47 are not supported by Teensyduino, but are supported below as E2 and E3
- */
-
-#include "../fastio.h"
-
-// change for your board
-#define DEBUG_LED DIO31 /* led D5 red */
-
-// SPI
-#define SCK DIO21 // 9
-#define MISO DIO23 // 11
-#define MOSI DIO22 // 10
-#define SS DIO20 // 8
-
-// Digital I/O
-
-#define DIO0_PIN PIND0
-#define DIO0_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO0_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO0_PWM 0
-#define DIO0_DDR DDRD
-
-#define DIO1_PIN PIND1
-#define DIO1_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO1_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO1_PWM 0
-#define DIO1_DDR DDRD
-
-#define DIO2_PIN PIND2
-#define DIO2_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO2_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO2_PWM 0
-#define DIO2_DDR DDRD
-
-#define DIO3_PIN PIND3
-#define DIO3_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO3_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO3_PWM 0
-#define DIO3_DDR DDRD
-
-#define DIO4_PIN PIND4
-#define DIO4_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO4_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO4_PWM 0
-#define DIO4_DDR DDRD
-
-#define DIO5_PIN PIND5
-#define DIO5_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO5_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO5_PWM 0
-#define DIO5_DDR DDRD
-
-#define DIO6_PIN PIND6
-#define DIO6_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO6_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO6_PWM 0
-#define DIO6_DDR DDRD
-
-#define DIO7_PIN PIND7
-#define DIO7_RPORT PIND
-#define DIO7_WPORT PORTD
-#define DIO7_PWM 0
-#define DIO7_DDR DDRD
-
-#define DIO8_PIN PINE0
-#define DIO8_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO8_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO8_PWM 0
-#define DIO8_DDR DDRE
-
-#define DIO9_PIN PINE1
-#define DIO9_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO9_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO9_PWM 0
-#define DIO9_DDR DDRE
-
-#define DIO10_PIN PINC0
-#define DIO10_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO10_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO10_PWM 0
-#define DIO10_DDR DDRC
-
-#define DIO11_PIN PINC1
-#define DIO11_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO11_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO11_PWM 0
-#define DIO11_DDR DDRC
-
-#define DIO12_PIN PINC2
-#define DIO12_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO12_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO12_PWM 0
-#define DIO12_DDR DDRC
-
-#define DIO13_PIN PINC3
-#define DIO13_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO13_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO13_PWM 0
-#define DIO13_DDR DDRC
-
-#define DIO14_PIN PINC4
-#define DIO14_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO14_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO14_PWM 0 // OC3C
-#define DIO14_DDR DDRC
-
-#define DIO15_PIN PINC5
-#define DIO15_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO15_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO15_PWM 0 // OC3B
-#define DIO15_DDR DDRC
-
-#define DIO16_PIN PINC6
-#define DIO16_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO16_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO16_PWM 0 // OC3A
-#define DIO16_DDR DDRC
-
-#define DIO17_PIN PINC7
-#define DIO17_RPORT PINC
-#define DIO17_WPORT PORTC
-#define DIO17_PWM 0
-#define DIO17_DDR DDRC
-
-#define DIO18_PIN PINE6
-#define DIO18_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO18_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO18_PWM 0
-#define DIO18_DDR DDRE
-
-#define DIO19_PIN PINE7
-#define DIO19_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO19_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO19_PWM 0
-#define DIO19_DDR DDRE
-
-#define DIO20_PIN PINB0
-#define DIO20_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO20_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO20_PWM 0
-#define DIO20_DDR DDRB
-
-#define DIO21_PIN PINB1
-#define DIO21_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO21_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO21_PWM 0
-#define DIO21_DDR DDRB
-
-#define DIO22_PIN PINB2
-#define DIO22_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO22_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO22_PWM 0
-#define DIO22_DDR DDRB
-
-#define DIO23_PIN PINB3
-#define DIO23_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO23_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO23_PWM 0
-#define DIO23_DDR DDRB
-
-#define DIO24_PIN PINB4
-#define DIO24_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO24_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO24_PWM 0 // OC2A
-#define DIO24_DDR DDRB
-
-#define DIO25_PIN PINB5
-#define DIO25_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO25_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO25_PWM 0 // OC1A
-#define DIO25_DDR DDRB
-
-#define DIO26_PIN PINB6
-#define DIO26_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO26_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO26_PWM 0 // OC1B
-#define DIO26_DDR DDRB
-
-#define DIO27_PIN PINB7
-#define DIO27_RPORT PINB
-#define DIO27_WPORT PORTB
-#define DIO27_PWM 0 // OC1C
-#define DIO27_DDR DDRB
-
-#define DIO28_PIN PINA0
-#define DIO28_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO28_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO28_PWM 0
-#define DIO28_DDR DDRA
-
-#define DIO29_PIN PINA1
-#define DIO29_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO29_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO29_PWM 0
-#define DIO29_DDR DDRA
-
-#define DIO30_PIN PINA2
-#define DIO30_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO30_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO30_PWM 0
-#define DIO30_DDR DDRA
-
-#define DIO31_PIN PINA3
-#define DIO31_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO31_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO31_PWM 0
-#define DIO31_DDR DDRA
-
-#define DIO32_PIN PINA4
-#define DIO32_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO32_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO32_PWM 0
-#define DIO32_DDR DDRA
-
-#define DIO33_PIN PINA5
-#define DIO33_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO33_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO33_PWM 0
-#define DIO33_DDR DDRA
-
-#define DIO34_PIN PINA6
-#define DIO34_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO34_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO34_PWM 0
-#define DIO34_DDR DDRA
-
-#define DIO35_PIN PINA7
-#define DIO35_RPORT PINA
-#define DIO35_WPORT PORTA
-#define DIO35_PWM 0
-#define DIO35_DDR DDRA
-
-#define DIO36_PIN PINE4
-#define DIO36_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO36_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO36_PWM 0
-#define DIO36_DDR DDRE
-
-#define DIO37_PIN PINE5
-#define DIO37_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO37_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO37_PWM 0
-#define DIO37_DDR DDRE
-
-#define DIO38_PIN PINF0
-#define DIO38_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO38_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO38_PWM 0
-#define DIO38_DDR DDRF
-
-#define DIO39_PIN PINF1
-#define DIO39_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO39_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO39_PWM 0
-#define DIO39_DDR DDRF
-
-#define DIO40_PIN PINF2
-#define DIO40_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO40_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO40_PWM 0
-#define DIO40_DDR DDRF
-
-#define DIO41_PIN PINF3
-#define DIO41_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO41_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO41_PWM 0
-#define DIO41_DDR DDRF
-
-#define DIO42_PIN PINF4
-#define DIO42_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO42_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO42_PWM 0
-#define DIO42_DDR DDRF
-
-#define DIO43_PIN PINF5
-#define DIO43_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO43_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO43_PWM 0
-#define DIO43_DDR DDRF
-
-#define DIO44_PIN PINF6
-#define DIO44_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO44_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO44_PWM 0
-#define DIO44_DDR DDRF
-
-#define DIO45_PIN PINF7
-#define DIO45_RPORT PINF
-#define DIO45_WPORT PORTF
-#define DIO45_PWM 0
-#define DIO45_DDR DDRF
-
-#define AIO0_PIN PINF0
-#define AIO0_RPORT PINF
-#define AIO0_WPORT PORTF
-#define AIO0_PWM 0
-#define AIO0_DDR DDRF
-
-#define AIO1_PIN PINF1
-#define AIO1_RPORT PINF
-#define AIO1_WPORT PORTF
-#define AIO1_PWM 0
-#define AIO1_DDR DDRF
-
-#define AIO2_PIN PINF2
-#define AIO2_RPORT PINF
-#define AIO2_WPORT PORTF
-#define AIO2_PWM 0
-#define AIO2_DDR DDRF
-
-#define AIO3_PIN PINF3
-#define AIO3_RPORT PINF
-#define AIO3_WPORT PORTF
-#define AIO3_PWM 0
-#define AIO3_DDR DDRF
-
-#define AIO4_PIN PINF4
-#define AIO4_RPORT PINF
-#define AIO4_WPORT PORTF
-#define AIO4_PWM 0
-#define AIO4_DDR DDRF
-
-#define AIO5_PIN PINF5
-#define AIO5_RPORT PINF
-#define AIO5_WPORT PORTF
-#define AIO5_PWM 0
-#define AIO5_DDR DDRF
-
-#define AIO6_PIN PINF6
-#define AIO6_RPORT PINF
-#define AIO6_WPORT PORTF
-#define AIO6_PWM 0
-#define AIO6_DDR DDRF
-
-#define AIO7_PIN PINF7
-#define AIO7_RPORT PINF
-#define AIO7_WPORT PORTF
-#define AIO7_PWM 0
-#define AIO7_DDR DDRF
-
-//-- Begin not supported by Teensyduino
-//-- don't use Arduino functions on these pins pinMode/digitalWrite/etc
-#define DIO46_PIN PINE2
-#define DIO46_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO46_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO46_PWM 0
-#define DIO46_DDR DDRE
-
-#define DIO47_PIN PINE3
-#define DIO47_RPORT PINE
-#define DIO47_WPORT PORTE
-#define DIO47_PWM 0
-#define DIO47_DDR DDRE
-
-#define TEENSY_E2 46
-#define TEENSY_E3 47
-
-//-- end not supported by Teensyduino
-
-#undef PA0
-#define PA0_PIN PINA0
-#define PA0_RPORT PINA
-#define PA0_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA0_PWM 0
-#define PA0_DDR DDRA
-#undef PA1
-#define PA1_PIN PINA1
-#define PA1_RPORT PINA
-#define PA1_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA1_PWM 0
-#define PA1_DDR DDRA
-#undef PA2
-#define PA2_PIN PINA2
-#define PA2_RPORT PINA
-#define PA2_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA2_PWM 0
-#define PA2_DDR DDRA
-#undef PA3
-#define PA3_PIN PINA3
-#define PA3_RPORT PINA
-#define PA3_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA3_PWM 0
-#define PA3_DDR DDRA
-#undef PA4
-#define PA4_PIN PINA4
-#define PA4_RPORT PINA
-#define PA4_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA4_PWM 0
-#define PA4_DDR DDRA
-#undef PA5
-#define PA5_PIN PINA5
-#define PA5_RPORT PINA
-#define PA5_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA5_PWM 0
-#define PA5_DDR DDRA
-#undef PA6
-#define PA6_PIN PINA6
-#define PA6_RPORT PINA
-#define PA6_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA6_PWM 0
-#define PA6_DDR DDRA
-#undef PA7
-#define PA7_PIN PINA7
-#define PA7_RPORT PINA
-#define PA7_WPORT PORTA
-#define PA7_PWM 0
-#define PA7_DDR DDRA
-
-#undef PB0
-#define PB0_PIN PINB0
-#define PB0_RPORT PINB
-#define PB0_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB0_PWM 0
-#define PB0_DDR DDRB
-#undef PB1
-#define PB1_PIN PINB1
-#define PB1_RPORT PINB
-#define PB1_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB1_PWM 0
-#define PB1_DDR DDRB
-#undef PB2
-#define PB2_PIN PINB2
-#define PB2_RPORT PINB
-#define PB2_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB2_PWM 0
-#define PB2_DDR DDRB
-#undef PB3
-#define PB3_PIN PINB3
-#define PB3_RPORT PINB
-#define PB3_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB3_PWM 0
-#define PB3_DDR DDRB
-#undef PB4
-#define PB4_PIN PINB4
-#define PB4_RPORT PINB
-#define PB4_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB4_PWM 0
-#define PB4_DDR DDRB
-#undef PB5
-#define PB5_PIN PINB5
-#define PB5_RPORT PINB
-#define PB5_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB5_PWM 0
-#define PB5_DDR DDRB
-#undef PB6
-#define PB6_PIN PINB6
-#define PB6_RPORT PINB
-#define PB6_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB6_PWM 0
-#define PB6_DDR DDRB
-#undef PB7
-#define PB7_PIN PINB7
-#define PB7_RPORT PINB
-#define PB7_WPORT PORTB
-#define PB7_PWM 0
-#define PB7_DDR DDRB
-
-#undef PC0
-#define PC0_PIN PINC0
-#define PC0_RPORT PINC
-#define PC0_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC0_PWM 0
-#define PC0_DDR DDRC
-#undef PC1
-#define PC1_PIN PINC1
-#define PC1_RPORT PINC
-#define PC1_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC1_PWM 0
-#define PC1_DDR DDRC
-#undef PC2
-#define PC2_PIN PINC2
-#define PC2_RPORT PINC
-#define PC2_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC2_PWM 0
-#define PC2_DDR DDRC
-#undef PC3
-#define PC3_PIN PINC3
-#define PC3_RPORT PINC
-#define PC3_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC3_PWM 0
-#define PC3_DDR DDRC
-#undef PC4
-#define PC4_PIN PINC4
-#define PC4_RPORT PINC
-#define PC4_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC4_PWM 0
-#define PC4_DDR DDRC
-#undef PC5
-#define PC5_PIN PINC5
-#define PC5_RPORT PINC
-#define PC5_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC5_PWM 0
-#define PC5_DDR DDRC
-#undef PC6
-#define PC6_PIN PINC6
-#define PC6_RPORT PINC
-#define PC6_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC6_PWM 0
-#define PC6_DDR DDRC
-#undef PC7
-#define PC7_PIN PINC7
-#define PC7_RPORT PINC
-#define PC7_WPORT PORTC
-#define PC7_PWM 0
-#define PC7_DDR DDRC
-
-#undef PD0
-#define PD0_PIN PIND0
-#define PD0_RPORT PIND
-#define PD0_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD0_PWM 0 // OC0B
-#define PD0_DDR DDRD
-#undef PD1
-#define PD1_PIN PIND1
-#define PD1_RPORT PIND
-#define PD1_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD1_PWM 0 // OC2B
-#define PD1_DDR DDRD
-#undef PD2
-#define PD2_PIN PIND2
-#define PD2_RPORT PIND
-#define PD2_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD2_PWM 0
-#define PD2_DDR DDRD
-#undef PD3
-#define PD3_PIN PIND3
-#define PD3_RPORT PIND
-#define PD3_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD3_PWM 0
-#define PD3_DDR DDRD
-#undef PD4
-#define PD4_PIN PIND4
-#define PD4_RPORT PIND
-#define PD4_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD4_PWM 0
-#define PD4_DDR DDRD
-#undef PD5
-#define PD5_PIN PIND5
-#define PD5_RPORT PIND
-#define PD5_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD5_PWM 0
-#define PD5_DDR DDRD
-#undef PD6
-#define PD6_PIN PIND6
-#define PD6_RPORT PIND
-#define PD6_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD6_PWM 0
-#define PD6_DDR DDRD
-#undef PD7
-#define PD7_PIN PIND7
-#define PD7_RPORT PIND
-#define PD7_WPORT PORTD
-#define PD7_PWM 0
-#define PD7_DDR DDRD
-
-#undef PE0
-#define PE0_PIN PINE0
-#define PE0_RPORT PINE
-#define PE0_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE0_PWM 0
-#define PE0_DDR DDRE
-#undef PE1
-#define PE1_PIN PINE1
-#define PE1_RPORT PINE
-#define PE1_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE1_PWM 0
-#define PE1_DDR DDRE
-#undef PE2
-#define PE2_PIN PINE2
-#define PE2_RPORT PINE
-#define PE2_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE2_PWM 0
-#define PE2_DDR DDRE
-#undef PE3
-#define PE3_PIN PINE3
-#define PE3_RPORT PINE
-#define PE3_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE3_PWM 0
-#define PE3_DDR DDRE
-#undef PE4
-#define PE4_PIN PINE4
-#define PE4_RPORT PINE
-#define PE4_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE4_PWM 0
-#define PE4_DDR DDRE
-#undef PE5
-#define PE5_PIN PINE5
-#define PE5_RPORT PINE
-#define PE5_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE5_PWM 0
-#define PE5_DDR DDRE
-#undef PE6
-#define PE6_PIN PINE6
-#define PE6_RPORT PINE
-#define PE6_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE6_PWM 0
-#define PE6_DDR DDRE
-#undef PE7
-#define PE7_PIN PINE7
-#define PE7_RPORT PINE
-#define PE7_WPORT PORTE
-#define PE7_PWM 0
-#define PE7_DDR DDRE
-
-#undef PF0
-#define PF0_PIN PINF0
-#define PF0_RPORT PINF
-#define PF0_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF0_PWM 0
-#define PF0_DDR DDRF
-#undef PF1
-#define PF1_PIN PINF1
-#define PF1_RPORT PINF
-#define PF1_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF1_PWM 0
-#define PF1_DDR DDRF
-#undef PF2
-#define PF2_PIN PINF2
-#define PF2_RPORT PINF
-#define PF2_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF2_PWM 0
-#define PF2_DDR DDRF
-#undef PF3
-#define PF3_PIN PINF3
-#define PF3_RPORT PINF
-#define PF3_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF3_PWM 0
-#define PF3_DDR DDRF
-#undef PF4
-#define PF4_PIN PINF4
-#define PF4_RPORT PINF
-#define PF4_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF4_PWM 0
-#define PF4_DDR DDRF
-#undef PF5
-#define PF5_PIN PINF5
-#define PF5_RPORT PINF
-#define PF5_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF5_PWM 0
-#define PF5_DDR DDRF
-#undef PF6
-#define PF6_PIN PINF6
-#define PF6_RPORT PINF
-#define PF6_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF6_PWM 0
-#define PF6_DDR DDRF
-#undef PF7
-#define PF7_PIN PINF7
-#define PF7_RPORT PINF
-#define PF7_WPORT PORTF
-#define PF7_PWM 0
-#define PF7_DDR DDRF
-
-
-/**
- * Some of the pin mapping functions of the Teensduino extension to the Arduino IDE
- * do not function the same as the other Arduino extensions.
- */
-
-//digitalPinToTimer(pin) function works like Arduino but Timers are not defined
-#define TIMER0B 1
-#define TIMER1A 7
-#define TIMER1B 8
-#define TIMER1C 9
-#define TIMER2A 6
-#define TIMER2B 2
-#define TIMER3A 5
-#define TIMER3B 4
-#define TIMER3C 3
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0285c52..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/Conditionals_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0285c52..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/Conditionals_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/Conditionals_post.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0285c52..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/Conditionals_post.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/SanityCheck.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c7c68f..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/SanityCheck.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Test AVR-specific configuration values for errors at compile-time.
- */
-
-/**
- * Digipot requirement
- */
- #if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_MCP4018)
- #if !defined(DIGIPOTS_I2C_SDA_X) || !defined(DIGIPOTS_I2C_SDA_Y) || !defined(DIGIPOTS_I2C_SDA_Z) \
- || !defined(DIGIPOTS_I2C_SDA_E0) || !defined(DIGIPOTS_I2C_SDA_E1)
- #error "DIGIPOT_MCP4018 requires DIGIPOTS_I2C_SDA_* pins to be defined."
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Checks for FAST PWM
- */
-#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) && (ENABLED(USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP) && defined(TCCR2))
- #error "USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP does not apply to devices with a single output TIMER2"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Sanity checks for Spindle / Laser PWM
- */
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM)
- #if SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 4 || WITHIN(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN, 11, 13)
- #error "Counter/Timer for SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by a system interrupt."
- #elif NUM_SERVOS > 0 && (WITHIN(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN, 2, 3) || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 5)
- #error "Counter/Timer for SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by the servo system."
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * The Trinamic library includes SoftwareSerial.h, leading to a compile error.
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG && ENABLED(ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE)
- #error "TMCStepper includes SoftwareSerial.h which is incompatible with ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE. Disable ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE to continue."
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_TMC_SW_SERIAL && ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #error "MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS causes performance issues when used with SoftwareSerial-connected drivers. Disable MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS or use hardware serial to continue."
-#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/math.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/math.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e8be0a0..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/math.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Optimized math functions for AVR
- */
-
-// intRes = longIn1 * longIn2 >> 24
-// uses:
-// A[tmp] to store 0
-// B[tmp] to store bits 16-23 of the 48bit result. The top bit is used to round the two byte result.
-// note that the lower two bytes and the upper byte of the 48bit result are not calculated.
-// this can cause the result to be out by one as the lower bytes may cause carries into the upper ones.
-// B A are bits 24-39 and are the returned value
-// C B A is longIn1
-// D C B A is longIn2
-//
-static FORCE_INLINE uint16_t MultiU24X32toH16(uint32_t longIn1, uint32_t longIn2) {
- uint8_t tmp1;
- uint8_t tmp2;
- uint16_t intRes;
- __asm__ __volatile__(
- A("clr %[tmp1]")
- A("mul %A[longIn1], %B[longIn2]")
- A("mov %[tmp2], r1")
- A("mul %B[longIn1], %C[longIn2]")
- A("movw %A[intRes], r0")
- A("mul %C[longIn1], %C[longIn2]")
- A("add %B[intRes], r0")
- A("mul %C[longIn1], %B[longIn2]")
- A("add %A[intRes], r0")
- A("adc %B[intRes], r1")
- A("mul %A[longIn1], %C[longIn2]")
- A("add %[tmp2], r0")
- A("adc %A[intRes], r1")
- A("adc %B[intRes], %[tmp1]")
- A("mul %B[longIn1], %B[longIn2]")
- A("add %[tmp2], r0")
- A("adc %A[intRes], r1")
- A("adc %B[intRes], %[tmp1]")
- A("mul %C[longIn1], %A[longIn2]")
- A("add %[tmp2], r0")
- A("adc %A[intRes], r1")
- A("adc %B[intRes], %[tmp1]")
- A("mul %B[longIn1], %A[longIn2]")
- A("add %[tmp2], r1")
- A("adc %A[intRes], %[tmp1]")
- A("adc %B[intRes], %[tmp1]")
- A("lsr %[tmp2]")
- A("adc %A[intRes], %[tmp1]")
- A("adc %B[intRes], %[tmp1]")
- A("mul %D[longIn2], %A[longIn1]")
- A("add %A[intRes], r0")
- A("adc %B[intRes], r1")
- A("mul %D[longIn2], %B[longIn1]")
- A("add %B[intRes], r0")
- A("clr r1")
- : [intRes] "=&r" (intRes),
- [tmp1] "=&r" (tmp1),
- [tmp2] "=&r" (tmp2)
- : [longIn1] "d" (longIn1),
- [longIn2] "d" (longIn2)
- : "cc"
- );
- return intRes;
-}
-
-// intRes = intIn1 * intIn2 >> 16
-// uses:
-// r26 to store 0
-// r27 to store the byte 1 of the 24 bit result
-static FORCE_INLINE uint16_t MultiU16X8toH16(uint8_t charIn1, uint16_t intIn2) {
- uint8_t tmp;
- uint16_t intRes;
- __asm__ __volatile__ (
- A("clr %[tmp]")
- A("mul %[charIn1], %B[intIn2]")
- A("movw %A[intRes], r0")
- A("mul %[charIn1], %A[intIn2]")
- A("add %A[intRes], r1")
- A("adc %B[intRes], %[tmp]")
- A("lsr r0")
- A("adc %A[intRes], %[tmp]")
- A("adc %B[intRes], %[tmp]")
- A("clr r1")
- : [intRes] "=&r" (intRes),
- [tmp] "=&r" (tmp)
- : [charIn1] "d" (charIn1),
- [intIn2] "d" (intIn2)
- : "cc"
- );
- return intRes;
-}
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/pinsDebug.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fbd2e08..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/pinsDebug.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,401 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * PWM print routines for Atmel 8 bit AVR CPUs
- */
-
-#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
-
-#define NUMBER_PINS_TOTAL NUM_DIGITAL_PINS
-
-#define AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY_PLUS_70 MB(BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE, MINIRAMBO, SCOOVO_X9H)
-
-#if AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY
-
- // Working with Teensyduino extension so need to re-define some things
- #include "pinsDebug_Teensyduino.h"
- // Can't use the "digitalPinToPort" function from the Teensyduino type IDEs
- // portModeRegister takes a different argument
- #define digitalPinToTimer_DEBUG(p) digitalPinToTimer(p)
- #define digitalPinToBitMask_DEBUG(p) digitalPinToBitMask(p)
- #define digitalPinToPort_DEBUG(p) digitalPinToPort_Teensy(p)
- #define GET_PINMODE(pin) (*portModeRegister(pin) & digitalPinToBitMask_DEBUG(pin))
-
-#elif AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY_PLUS_70 // So we can access/display all the pins on boards using more than 70
-
- #include "pinsDebug_plus_70.h"
- #define digitalPinToTimer_DEBUG(p) digitalPinToTimer_plus_70(p)
- #define digitalPinToBitMask_DEBUG(p) digitalPinToBitMask_plus_70(p)
- #define digitalPinToPort_DEBUG(p) digitalPinToPort_plus_70(p)
- bool GET_PINMODE(int8_t pin) {return *portModeRegister(digitalPinToPort_DEBUG(pin)) & digitalPinToBitMask_DEBUG(pin); }
-
-#else
-
- #define digitalPinToTimer_DEBUG(p) digitalPinToTimer(p)
- #define digitalPinToBitMask_DEBUG(p) digitalPinToBitMask(p)
- #define digitalPinToPort_DEBUG(p) digitalPinToPort(p)
- bool GET_PINMODE(int8_t pin) {return *portModeRegister(digitalPinToPort_DEBUG(pin)) & digitalPinToBitMask_DEBUG(pin); }
- #define GET_ARRAY_PIN(p) pgm_read_byte(&pin_array[p].pin)
-
-#endif
-
-#define VALID_PIN(pin) (pin >= 0 && pin < NUM_DIGITAL_PINS ? 1 : 0)
-#if AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY
- #define DIGITAL_PIN_TO_ANALOG_PIN(P) int(analogInputToDigitalPin(0) - (P))
- #define IS_ANALOG(P) ((P) >= analogInputToDigitalPin(7) && (P) <= analogInputToDigitalPin(0))
-#else
- #define DIGITAL_PIN_TO_ANALOG_PIN(P) int((P) - analogInputToDigitalPin(0))
- #define IS_ANALOG(P) ((P) >= analogInputToDigitalPin(0) && ((P) <= analogInputToDigitalPin(15) || (P) <= analogInputToDigitalPin(7)))
-#endif
-#define GET_ARRAY_PIN(p) pgm_read_byte(&pin_array[p].pin)
-#define MULTI_NAME_PAD 26 // space needed to be pretty if not first name assigned to a pin
-
-void PRINT_ARRAY_NAME(uint8_t x) {
- char *name_mem_pointer = (char*)pgm_read_ptr(&pin_array[x].name);
- LOOP_L_N(y, MAX_NAME_LENGTH) {
- char temp_char = pgm_read_byte(name_mem_pointer + y);
- if (temp_char != 0)
- SERIAL_CHAR(temp_char);
- else {
- LOOP_L_N(i, MAX_NAME_LENGTH - y) SERIAL_CHAR(' ');
- break;
- }
- }
-}
-
-#define GET_ARRAY_IS_DIGITAL(x) pgm_read_byte(&pin_array[x].is_digital)
-
-
-#if defined(__AVR_ATmega1284P__) // 1284 IDE extensions set this to the number of
- #undef NUM_DIGITAL_PINS // digital only pins while all other CPUs have it
- #define NUM_DIGITAL_PINS 32 // set to digital only + digital/analog
-#endif
-
-#define PWM_PRINT(V) do{ sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("PWM: %4d"), V); SERIAL_ECHO(buffer); }while(0)
-#define PWM_CASE(N,Z) \
- case TIMER##N##Z: \
- if (TCCR##N##A & (_BV(COM##N##Z##1) | _BV(COM##N##Z##0))) { \
- PWM_PRINT(OCR##N##Z); \
- return true; \
- } else return false
-
-
-
-/**
- * Print a pin's PWM status.
- * Return true if it's currently a PWM pin.
- */
-static bool pwm_status(uint8_t pin) {
- char buffer[20]; // for the sprintf statements
-
- switch (digitalPinToTimer_DEBUG(pin)) {
-
- #if defined(TCCR0A) && defined(COM0A1)
- #ifdef TIMER0A
- #if !AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY // not available in Teensyduino type IDEs
- PWM_CASE(0, A);
- #endif
- #endif
- PWM_CASE(0, B);
- #endif
-
- #if defined(TCCR1A) && defined(COM1A1)
- PWM_CASE(1, A);
- PWM_CASE(1, B);
- #if defined(COM1C1) && defined(TIMER1C)
- PWM_CASE(1, C);
- #endif
- #endif
-
- #if defined(TCCR2A) && defined(COM2A1)
- PWM_CASE(2, A);
- PWM_CASE(2, B);
- #endif
-
- #if defined(TCCR3A) && defined(COM3A1)
- PWM_CASE(3, A);
- PWM_CASE(3, B);
- #ifdef COM3C1
- PWM_CASE(3, C);
- #endif
- #endif
-
- #ifdef TCCR4A
- PWM_CASE(4, A);
- PWM_CASE(4, B);
- PWM_CASE(4, C);
- #endif
-
- #if defined(TCCR5A) && defined(COM5A1)
- PWM_CASE(5, A);
- PWM_CASE(5, B);
- PWM_CASE(5, C);
- #endif
-
- case NOT_ON_TIMER:
- default:
- return false;
- }
- SERIAL_ECHO_SP(2);
-} // pwm_status
-
-
-const volatile uint8_t* const PWM_other[][3] PROGMEM = {
- { &TCCR0A, &TCCR0B, &TIMSK0 },
- { &TCCR1A, &TCCR1B, &TIMSK1 },
- #if defined(TCCR2A) && defined(COM2A1)
- { &TCCR2A, &TCCR2B, &TIMSK2 },
- #endif
- #if defined(TCCR3A) && defined(COM3A1)
- { &TCCR3A, &TCCR3B, &TIMSK3 },
- #endif
- #ifdef TCCR4A
- { &TCCR4A, &TCCR4B, &TIMSK4 },
- #endif
- #if defined(TCCR5A) && defined(COM5A1)
- { &TCCR5A, &TCCR5B, &TIMSK5 },
- #endif
-};
-
-
-const volatile uint8_t* const PWM_OCR[][3] PROGMEM = {
-
- #ifdef TIMER0A
- { &OCR0A, &OCR0B, 0 },
- #else
- { 0, &OCR0B, 0 },
- #endif
-
- #if defined(COM1C1) && defined(TIMER1C)
- { (const uint8_t*)&OCR1A, (const uint8_t*)&OCR1B, (const uint8_t*)&OCR1C },
- #else
- { (const uint8_t*)&OCR1A, (const uint8_t*)&OCR1B, 0 },
- #endif
-
- #if defined(TCCR2A) && defined(COM2A1)
- { &OCR2A, &OCR2B, 0 },
- #endif
-
- #if defined(TCCR3A) && defined(COM3A1)
- #ifdef COM3C1
- { (const uint8_t*)&OCR3A, (const uint8_t*)&OCR3B, (const uint8_t*)&OCR3C },
- #else
- { (const uint8_t*)&OCR3A, (const uint8_t*)&OCR3B, 0 },
- #endif
- #endif
-
- #ifdef TCCR4A
- { (const uint8_t*)&OCR4A, (const uint8_t*)&OCR4B, (const uint8_t*)&OCR4C },
- #endif
-
- #if defined(TCCR5A) && defined(COM5A1)
- { (const uint8_t*)&OCR5A, (const uint8_t*)&OCR5B, (const uint8_t*)&OCR5C },
- #endif
-};
-
-
-#define TCCR_A(T) pgm_read_word(&PWM_other[T][0])
-#define TCCR_B(T) pgm_read_word(&PWM_other[T][1])
-#define TIMSK(T) pgm_read_word(&PWM_other[T][2])
-#define CS_0 0
-#define CS_1 1
-#define CS_2 2
-#define WGM_0 0
-#define WGM_1 1
-#define WGM_2 3
-#define WGM_3 4
-#define TOIE 0
-
-#define OCR_VAL(T, L) pgm_read_word(&PWM_OCR[T][L])
-
-static void err_is_counter() { SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" non-standard PWM mode"); }
-static void err_is_interrupt() { SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" compare interrupt enabled"); }
-static void err_prob_interrupt() { SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" overflow interrupt enabled"); }
-static void print_is_also_tied() { SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" is also tied to this pin"); SERIAL_ECHO_SP(14); }
-
-inline void com_print(const uint8_t N, const uint8_t Z) {
- const uint8_t *TCCRA = (uint8_t*)TCCR_A(N);
- SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" COM");
- SERIAL_CHAR('0' + N, Z);
- SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(": ", int((*TCCRA >> (6 - Z * 2)) & 0x03));
-}
-
-void timer_prefix(uint8_t T, char L, uint8_t N) { // T - timer L - pwm N - WGM bit layout
- char buffer[20]; // for the sprintf statements
- const uint8_t *TCCRB = (uint8_t*)TCCR_B(T),
- *TCCRA = (uint8_t*)TCCR_A(T);
- uint8_t WGM = (((*TCCRB & _BV(WGM_2)) >> 1) | (*TCCRA & (_BV(WGM_0) | _BV(WGM_1))));
- if (N == 4) WGM |= ((*TCCRB & _BV(WGM_3)) >> 1);
-
- SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" TIMER");
- SERIAL_CHAR(T + '0', L);
- SERIAL_ECHO_SP(3);
-
- if (N == 3) {
- const uint8_t *OCRVAL8 = (uint8_t*)OCR_VAL(T, L - 'A');
- PWM_PRINT(*OCRVAL8);
- }
- else {
- const uint16_t *OCRVAL16 = (uint16_t*)OCR_VAL(T, L - 'A');
- PWM_PRINT(*OCRVAL16);
- }
- SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" WGM: ", WGM);
- com_print(T,L);
- SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" CS: ", (*TCCRB & (_BV(CS_0) | _BV(CS_1) | _BV(CS_2)) ));
-
- SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" TCCR");
- SERIAL_CHAR(T + '0');
- SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("A: ", *TCCRA);
-
- SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" TCCR");
- SERIAL_CHAR(T + '0');
- SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("B: ", *TCCRB);
-
- const uint8_t *TMSK = (uint8_t*)TIMSK(T);
- SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" TIMSK");
- SERIAL_CHAR(T + '0');
- SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(": ", *TMSK);
-
- const uint8_t OCIE = L - 'A' + 1;
- if (N == 3) { if (WGM == 0 || WGM == 2 || WGM == 4 || WGM == 6) err_is_counter(); }
- else { if (WGM == 0 || WGM == 4 || WGM == 12 || WGM == 13) err_is_counter(); }
- if (TEST(*TMSK, OCIE)) err_is_interrupt();
- if (TEST(*TMSK, TOIE)) err_prob_interrupt();
-}
-
-static void pwm_details(uint8_t pin) {
- switch (digitalPinToTimer_DEBUG(pin)) {
-
- #if defined(TCCR0A) && defined(COM0A1)
- #ifdef TIMER0A
- #if !AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY // not available in Teensyduino type IDEs
- case TIMER0A: timer_prefix(0, 'A', 3); break;
- #endif
- #endif
- case TIMER0B: timer_prefix(0, 'B', 3); break;
- #endif
-
- #if defined(TCCR1A) && defined(COM1A1)
- case TIMER1A: timer_prefix(1, 'A', 4); break;
- case TIMER1B: timer_prefix(1, 'B', 4); break;
- #if defined(COM1C1) && defined(TIMER1C)
- case TIMER1C: timer_prefix(1, 'C', 4); break;
- #endif
- #endif
-
- #if defined(TCCR2A) && defined(COM2A1)
- case TIMER2A: timer_prefix(2, 'A', 3); break;
- case TIMER2B: timer_prefix(2, 'B', 3); break;
- #endif
-
- #if defined(TCCR3A) && defined(COM3A1)
- case TIMER3A: timer_prefix(3, 'A', 4); break;
- case TIMER3B: timer_prefix(3, 'B', 4); break;
- #ifdef COM3C1
- case TIMER3C: timer_prefix(3, 'C', 4); break;
- #endif
- #endif
-
- #ifdef TCCR4A
- case TIMER4A: timer_prefix(4, 'A', 4); break;
- case TIMER4B: timer_prefix(4, 'B', 4); break;
- case TIMER4C: timer_prefix(4, 'C', 4); break;
- #endif
-
- #if defined(TCCR5A) && defined(COM5A1)
- case TIMER5A: timer_prefix(5, 'A', 4); break;
- case TIMER5B: timer_prefix(5, 'B', 4); break;
- case TIMER5C: timer_prefix(5, 'C', 4); break;
- #endif
-
- case NOT_ON_TIMER: break;
-
- }
- SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ");
-
- // on pins that have two PWMs, print info on second PWM
- #if AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY
- // looking for port B7 - PWMs 0A and 1C
- if (digitalPinToPort_DEBUG(pin) == 'B' - 64 && 0x80 == digitalPinToBitMask_DEBUG(pin)) {
- #if !AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY
- SERIAL_ECHOPGM("\n .");
- SERIAL_ECHO_SP(18);
- SERIAL_ECHOPGM("TIMER1C");
- print_is_also_tied();
- timer_prefix(1, 'C', 4);
- #else
- SERIAL_ECHOPGM("\n .");
- SERIAL_ECHO_SP(18);
- SERIAL_ECHOPGM("TIMER0A");
- print_is_also_tied();
- timer_prefix(0, 'A', 3);
- #endif
- }
- #else
- UNUSED(print_is_also_tied);
- #endif
-} // pwm_details
-
-
-#ifndef digitalRead_mod // Use Teensyduino's version of digitalRead - it doesn't disable the PWMs
- int digitalRead_mod(const int8_t pin) { // same as digitalRead except the PWM stop section has been removed
- const uint8_t port = digitalPinToPort_DEBUG(pin);
- return (port != NOT_A_PIN) && (*portInputRegister(port) & digitalPinToBitMask_DEBUG(pin)) ? HIGH : LOW;
- }
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PRINT_PORT
-
- void print_port(int8_t pin) { // print port number
- #ifdef digitalPinToPort_DEBUG
- uint8_t x;
- SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Port: ");
- #if AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY
- x = (pin == 46 || pin == 47) ? 'E' : digitalPinToPort_DEBUG(pin) + 64;
- #else
- x = digitalPinToPort_DEBUG(pin) + 64;
- #endif
- SERIAL_CHAR(x);
-
- #if AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY
- if (pin == 46)
- x = '2';
- else if (pin == 47)
- x = '3';
- else {
- uint8_t temp = digitalPinToBitMask_DEBUG(pin);
- for (x = '0'; x < '9' && temp != 1; x++) temp >>= 1;
- }
- #else
- uint8_t temp = digitalPinToBitMask_DEBUG(pin);
- for (x = '0'; x < '9' && temp != 1; x++) temp >>= 1;
- #endif
- SERIAL_CHAR(x);
- #else
- SERIAL_ECHO_SP(10);
- #endif
- }
-
- #define PRINT_PORT(p) print_port(p)
-
-#endif
-
-#define PRINT_PIN(p) do{ sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("%3d "), p); SERIAL_ECHO(buffer); }while(0)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/pinsDebug_Teensyduino.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/pinsDebug_Teensyduino.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f6da077..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/pinsDebug_Teensyduino.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-//
-// some of the pin mapping functions of the Teensduino extension to the Arduino IDE
-// do not function the same as the other Arduino extensions
-//
-
-
-#define TEENSYDUINO_IDE
-
-//digitalPinToTimer(pin) function works like Arduino but Timers are not defined
-#define TIMER0B 1
-#define TIMER1A 7
-#define TIMER1B 8
-#define TIMER1C 9
-#define TIMER2A 6
-#define TIMER2B 2
-#define TIMER3A 5
-#define TIMER3B 4
-#define TIMER3C 3
-
-// digitalPinToPort function just returns the pin number so need to create our own
-#define PA 1
-#define PB 2
-#define PC 3
-#define PD 4
-#define PE 5
-#define PF 6
-
-#undef digitalPinToPort
-
-const uint8_t PROGMEM digital_pin_to_port_PGM[] = {
- PD, // 0 - PD0 - INT0 - PWM
- PD, // 1 - PD1 - INT1 - PWM
- PD, // 2 - PD2 - INT2 - RX
- PD, // 3 - PD3 - INT3 - TX
- PD, // 4 - PD4
- PD, // 5 - PD5
- PD, // 6 - PD6
- PD, // 7 - PD7
- PE, // 8 - PE0
- PE, // 9 - PE1
- PC, // 10 - PC0
- PC, // 11 - PC1
- PC, // 12 - PC2
- PC, // 13 - PC3
- PC, // 14 - PC4 - PWM
- PC, // 15 - PC5 - PWM
- PC, // 16 - PC6 - PWM
- PC, // 17 - PC7
- PE, // 18 - PE6 - INT6
- PE, // 19 - PE7 - INT7
- PB, // 20 - PB0
- PB, // 21 - PB1
- PB, // 22 - PB2
- PB, // 23 - PB3
- PB, // 24 - PB4 - PWM
- PB, // 25 - PB5 - PWM
- PB, // 26 - PB6 - PWM
- PB, // 27 - PB7 - PWM
- PA, // 28 - PA0
- PA, // 29 - PA1
- PA, // 30 - PA2
- PA, // 31 - PA3
- PA, // 32 - PA4
- PA, // 33 - PA5
- PA, // 34 - PA6
- PA, // 35 - PA7
- PE, // 36 - PE4 - INT4
- PE, // 37 - PE5 - INT5
- PF, // 38 - PF0 - A0
- PF, // 39 - PF1 - A1
- PF, // 40 - PF2 - A2
- PF, // 41 - PF3 - A3
- PF, // 42 - PF4 - A4
- PF, // 43 - PF5 - A5
- PF, // 44 - PF6 - A6
- PF, // 45 - PF7 - A7
- PE, // 46 - PE2 (not defined in teensyduino)
- PE, // 47 - PE3 (not defined in teensyduino)
-};
-
-#define digitalPinToPort(P) ( pgm_read_byte( digital_pin_to_port_PGM + (P) ) )
-
-// digitalPinToBitMask(pin) is OK
-
-#define digitalRead_mod(p) extDigitalRead(p) // Teensyduino's version of digitalRead doesn't
- // disable the PWMs so we can use it as is
-
-// portModeRegister(pin) is OK
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/pinsDebug_plus_70.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/pinsDebug_plus_70.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e7b8fb..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/pinsDebug_plus_70.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,332 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Structures for 2560 family boards that use more than 70 pins
- */
-
-#undef NUM_DIGITAL_PINS
-#if MB(BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D)
- #define NUM_DIGITAL_PINS 85
-#elif MB(MIGHTYBOARD_REVE)
- #define NUM_DIGITAL_PINS 80
-#elif MB(MINIRAMBO)
- #define NUM_DIGITAL_PINS 85
-#elif MB(SCOOVO_X9H)
- #define NUM_DIGITAL_PINS 85
-#endif
-
-#define PA 1
-#define PB 2
-#define PC 3
-#define PD 4
-#define PE 5
-#define PF 6
-#define PG 7
-#define PH 8
-#define PJ 10
-#define PK 11
-#define PL 12
-
-const uint8_t PROGMEM digital_pin_to_port_PGM_plus_70[] = {
- // PORTLIST
- // ------------------------
- PE , // PE 0 ** 0 ** USART0_RX
- PE , // PE 1 ** 1 ** USART0_TX
- PE , // PE 4 ** 2 ** PWM2
- PE , // PE 5 ** 3 ** PWM3
- PG , // PG 5 ** 4 ** PWM4
- PE , // PE 3 ** 5 ** PWM5
- PH , // PH 3 ** 6 ** PWM6
- PH , // PH 4 ** 7 ** PWM7
- PH , // PH 5 ** 8 ** PWM8
- PH , // PH 6 ** 9 ** PWM9
- PB , // PB 4 ** 10 ** PWM10
- PB , // PB 5 ** 11 ** PWM11
- PB , // PB 6 ** 12 ** PWM12
- PB , // PB 7 ** 13 ** PWM13
- PJ , // PJ 1 ** 14 ** USART3_TX
- PJ , // PJ 0 ** 15 ** USART3_RX
- PH , // PH 1 ** 16 ** USART2_TX
- PH , // PH 0 ** 17 ** USART2_RX
- PD , // PD 3 ** 18 ** USART1_TX
- PD , // PD 2 ** 19 ** USART1_RX
- PD , // PD 1 ** 20 ** I2C_SDA
- PD , // PD 0 ** 21 ** I2C_SCL
- PA , // PA 0 ** 22 ** D22
- PA , // PA 1 ** 23 ** D23
- PA , // PA 2 ** 24 ** D24
- PA , // PA 3 ** 25 ** D25
- PA , // PA 4 ** 26 ** D26
- PA , // PA 5 ** 27 ** D27
- PA , // PA 6 ** 28 ** D28
- PA , // PA 7 ** 29 ** D29
- PC , // PC 7 ** 30 ** D30
- PC , // PC 6 ** 31 ** D31
- PC , // PC 5 ** 32 ** D32
- PC , // PC 4 ** 33 ** D33
- PC , // PC 3 ** 34 ** D34
- PC , // PC 2 ** 35 ** D35
- PC , // PC 1 ** 36 ** D36
- PC , // PC 0 ** 37 ** D37
- PD , // PD 7 ** 38 ** D38
- PG , // PG 2 ** 39 ** D39
- PG , // PG 1 ** 40 ** D40
- PG , // PG 0 ** 41 ** D41
- PL , // PL 7 ** 42 ** D42
- PL , // PL 6 ** 43 ** D43
- PL , // PL 5 ** 44 ** D44
- PL , // PL 4 ** 45 ** D45
- PL , // PL 3 ** 46 ** D46
- PL , // PL 2 ** 47 ** D47
- PL , // PL 1 ** 48 ** D48
- PL , // PL 0 ** 49 ** D49
- PB , // PB 3 ** 50 ** SPI_MISO
- PB , // PB 2 ** 51 ** SPI_MOSI
- PB , // PB 1 ** 52 ** SPI_SCK
- PB , // PB 0 ** 53 ** SPI_SS
- PF , // PF 0 ** 54 ** A0
- PF , // PF 1 ** 55 ** A1
- PF , // PF 2 ** 56 ** A2
- PF , // PF 3 ** 57 ** A3
- PF , // PF 4 ** 58 ** A4
- PF , // PF 5 ** 59 ** A5
- PF , // PF 6 ** 60 ** A6
- PF , // PF 7 ** 61 ** A7
- PK , // PK 0 ** 62 ** A8
- PK , // PK 1 ** 63 ** A9
- PK , // PK 2 ** 64 ** A10
- PK , // PK 3 ** 65 ** A11
- PK , // PK 4 ** 66 ** A12
- PK , // PK 5 ** 67 ** A13
- PK , // PK 6 ** 68 ** A14
- PK , // PK 7 ** 69 ** A15
- PG , // PG 4 ** 70 **
- PG , // PG 3 ** 71 **
- PJ , // PJ 2 ** 72 **
- PJ , // PJ 3 ** 73 **
- PJ , // PJ 7 ** 74 **
- PJ , // PJ 4 ** 75 **
- PJ , // PJ 5 ** 76 **
- PJ , // PJ 6 ** 77 **
- PE , // PE 2 ** 78 **
- PE , // PE 6 ** 79 **
- PE , // PE 7 ** 80 **
- PD , // PD 4 ** 81 **
- PD , // PD 5 ** 82 **
- PD , // PD 6 ** 83 **
- PH , // PH 2 ** 84 **
- PH , // PH 7 ** 85 **
-};
-
-#define digitalPinToPort_plus_70(P) ( pgm_read_byte( digital_pin_to_port_PGM_plus_70 + (P) ) )
-
-const uint8_t PROGMEM digital_pin_to_bit_mask_PGM_plus_70[] = {
- // PIN IN PORT
- // ------------------------
- _BV( 0 ) , // PE 0 ** 0 ** USART0_RX
- _BV( 1 ) , // PE 1 ** 1 ** USART0_TX
- _BV( 4 ) , // PE 4 ** 2 ** PWM2
- _BV( 5 ) , // PE 5 ** 3 ** PWM3
- _BV( 5 ) , // PG 5 ** 4 ** PWM4
- _BV( 3 ) , // PE 3 ** 5 ** PWM5
- _BV( 3 ) , // PH 3 ** 6 ** PWM6
- _BV( 4 ) , // PH 4 ** 7 ** PWM7
- _BV( 5 ) , // PH 5 ** 8 ** PWM8
- _BV( 6 ) , // PH 6 ** 9 ** PWM9
- _BV( 4 ) , // PB 4 ** 10 ** PWM10
- _BV( 5 ) , // PB 5 ** 11 ** PWM11
- _BV( 6 ) , // PB 6 ** 12 ** PWM12
- _BV( 7 ) , // PB 7 ** 13 ** PWM13
- _BV( 1 ) , // PJ 1 ** 14 ** USART3_TX
- _BV( 0 ) , // PJ 0 ** 15 ** USART3_RX
- _BV( 1 ) , // PH 1 ** 16 ** USART2_TX
- _BV( 0 ) , // PH 0 ** 17 ** USART2_RX
- _BV( 3 ) , // PD 3 ** 18 ** USART1_TX
- _BV( 2 ) , // PD 2 ** 19 ** USART1_RX
- _BV( 1 ) , // PD 1 ** 20 ** I2C_SDA
- _BV( 0 ) , // PD 0 ** 21 ** I2C_SCL
- _BV( 0 ) , // PA 0 ** 22 ** D22
- _BV( 1 ) , // PA 1 ** 23 ** D23
- _BV( 2 ) , // PA 2 ** 24 ** D24
- _BV( 3 ) , // PA 3 ** 25 ** D25
- _BV( 4 ) , // PA 4 ** 26 ** D26
- _BV( 5 ) , // PA 5 ** 27 ** D27
- _BV( 6 ) , // PA 6 ** 28 ** D28
- _BV( 7 ) , // PA 7 ** 29 ** D29
- _BV( 7 ) , // PC 7 ** 30 ** D30
- _BV( 6 ) , // PC 6 ** 31 ** D31
- _BV( 5 ) , // PC 5 ** 32 ** D32
- _BV( 4 ) , // PC 4 ** 33 ** D33
- _BV( 3 ) , // PC 3 ** 34 ** D34
- _BV( 2 ) , // PC 2 ** 35 ** D35
- _BV( 1 ) , // PC 1 ** 36 ** D36
- _BV( 0 ) , // PC 0 ** 37 ** D37
- _BV( 7 ) , // PD 7 ** 38 ** D38
- _BV( 2 ) , // PG 2 ** 39 ** D39
- _BV( 1 ) , // PG 1 ** 40 ** D40
- _BV( 0 ) , // PG 0 ** 41 ** D41
- _BV( 7 ) , // PL 7 ** 42 ** D42
- _BV( 6 ) , // PL 6 ** 43 ** D43
- _BV( 5 ) , // PL 5 ** 44 ** D44
- _BV( 4 ) , // PL 4 ** 45 ** D45
- _BV( 3 ) , // PL 3 ** 46 ** D46
- _BV( 2 ) , // PL 2 ** 47 ** D47
- _BV( 1 ) , // PL 1 ** 48 ** D48
- _BV( 0 ) , // PL 0 ** 49 ** D49
- _BV( 3 ) , // PB 3 ** 50 ** SPI_MISO
- _BV( 2 ) , // PB 2 ** 51 ** SPI_MOSI
- _BV( 1 ) , // PB 1 ** 52 ** SPI_SCK
- _BV( 0 ) , // PB 0 ** 53 ** SPI_SS
- _BV( 0 ) , // PF 0 ** 54 ** A0
- _BV( 1 ) , // PF 1 ** 55 ** A1
- _BV( 2 ) , // PF 2 ** 56 ** A2
- _BV( 3 ) , // PF 3 ** 57 ** A3
- _BV( 4 ) , // PF 4 ** 58 ** A4
- _BV( 5 ) , // PF 5 ** 59 ** A5
- _BV( 6 ) , // PF 6 ** 60 ** A6
- _BV( 7 ) , // PF 7 ** 61 ** A7
- _BV( 0 ) , // PK 0 ** 62 ** A8
- _BV( 1 ) , // PK 1 ** 63 ** A9
- _BV( 2 ) , // PK 2 ** 64 ** A10
- _BV( 3 ) , // PK 3 ** 65 ** A11
- _BV( 4 ) , // PK 4 ** 66 ** A12
- _BV( 5 ) , // PK 5 ** 67 ** A13
- _BV( 6 ) , // PK 6 ** 68 ** A14
- _BV( 7 ) , // PK 7 ** 69 ** A15
- _BV( 4 ) , // PG 4 ** 70 **
- _BV( 3 ) , // PG 3 ** 71 **
- _BV( 2 ) , // PJ 2 ** 72 **
- _BV( 3 ) , // PJ 3 ** 73 **
- _BV( 7 ) , // PJ 7 ** 74 **
- _BV( 4 ) , // PJ 4 ** 75 **
- _BV( 5 ) , // PJ 5 ** 76 **
- _BV( 6 ) , // PJ 6 ** 77 **
- _BV( 2 ) , // PE 2 ** 78 **
- _BV( 6 ) , // PE 6 ** 79 **
- _BV( 7 ) , // PE 7 ** 80 **
- _BV( 4 ) , // PD 4 ** 81 **
- _BV( 5 ) , // PD 5 ** 82 **
- _BV( 6 ) , // PD 6 ** 83 **
- _BV( 2 ) , // PH 2 ** 84 **
- _BV( 7 ) , // PH 7 ** 85 **
-};
-
-#define digitalPinToBitMask_plus_70(P) ( pgm_read_byte( digital_pin_to_bit_mask_PGM_plus_70 + (P) ) )
-
-
-const uint8_t PROGMEM digital_pin_to_timer_PGM_plus_70[] = {
- // TIMERS
- // ------------------------
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PE 0 ** 0 ** USART0_RX
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PE 1 ** 1 ** USART0_TX
- TIMER3B , // PE 4 ** 2 ** PWM2
- TIMER3C , // PE 5 ** 3 ** PWM3
- TIMER0B , // PG 5 ** 4 ** PWM4
- TIMER3A , // PE 3 ** 5 ** PWM5
- TIMER4A , // PH 3 ** 6 ** PWM6
- TIMER4B , // PH 4 ** 7 ** PWM7
- TIMER4C , // PH 5 ** 8 ** PWM8
- TIMER2B , // PH 6 ** 9 ** PWM9
- TIMER2A , // PB 4 ** 10 ** PWM10
- TIMER1A , // PB 5 ** 11 ** PWM11
- TIMER1B , // PB 6 ** 12 ** PWM12
- TIMER0A , // PB 7 ** 13 ** PWM13
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PJ 1 ** 14 ** USART3_TX
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PJ 0 ** 15 ** USART3_RX
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PH 1 ** 16 ** USART2_TX
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PH 0 ** 17 ** USART2_RX
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PD 3 ** 18 ** USART1_TX
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PD 2 ** 19 ** USART1_RX
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PD 1 ** 20 ** I2C_SDA
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PD 0 ** 21 ** I2C_SCL
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PA 0 ** 22 ** D22
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PA 1 ** 23 ** D23
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PA 2 ** 24 ** D24
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PA 3 ** 25 ** D25
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PA 4 ** 26 ** D26
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PA 5 ** 27 ** D27
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PA 6 ** 28 ** D28
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PA 7 ** 29 ** D29
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PC 7 ** 30 ** D30
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PC 6 ** 31 ** D31
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PC 5 ** 32 ** D32
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PC 4 ** 33 ** D33
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PC 3 ** 34 ** D34
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PC 2 ** 35 ** D35
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PC 1 ** 36 ** D36
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PC 0 ** 37 ** D37
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PD 7 ** 38 ** D38
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PG 2 ** 39 ** D39
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PG 1 ** 40 ** D40
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PG 0 ** 41 ** D41
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PL 7 ** 42 ** D42
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PL 6 ** 43 ** D43
- TIMER5C , // PL 5 ** 44 ** D44
- TIMER5B , // PL 4 ** 45 ** D45
- TIMER5A , // PL 3 ** 46 ** D46
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PL 2 ** 47 ** D47
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PL 1 ** 48 ** D48
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PL 0 ** 49 ** D49
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PB 3 ** 50 ** SPI_MISO
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PB 2 ** 51 ** SPI_MOSI
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PB 1 ** 52 ** SPI_SCK
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PB 0 ** 53 ** SPI_SS
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PF 0 ** 54 ** A0
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PF 1 ** 55 ** A1
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PF 2 ** 56 ** A2
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PF 3 ** 57 ** A3
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PF 4 ** 58 ** A4
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PF 5 ** 59 ** A5
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PF 6 ** 60 ** A6
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PF 7 ** 61 ** A7
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PK 0 ** 62 ** A8
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PK 1 ** 63 ** A9
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PK 2 ** 64 ** A10
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PK 3 ** 65 ** A11
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PK 4 ** 66 ** A12
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PK 5 ** 67 ** A13
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PK 6 ** 68 ** A14
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PK 7 ** 69 ** A15
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PG 4 ** 70 **
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PG 3 ** 71 **
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PJ 2 ** 72 **
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PJ 3 ** 73 **
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PJ 7 ** 74 **
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PJ 4 ** 75 **
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PJ 5 ** 76 **
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PJ 6 ** 77 **
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PE 2 ** 78 **
- NOT_ON_TIMER , // PE 6 ** 79 **
-};
-
-#define digitalPinToTimer_plus_70(P) ( pgm_read_byte( digital_pin_to_timer_PGM_plus_70 + (P) ) )
-
-/**
- * Interrupts that are not implemented
- *
- * INT6 E6 79
- * INT7 E7 80
- * PCINT11 J2 72
- * PCINT12 J3 73
- * PCINT13 J4 75
- * PCINT14 J5 76
- * PCINT15 J6 77
- */
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/spi_pins.h
deleted file mode 100644
index daaebb7..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/spi_pins.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Define SPI Pins: SCK, MISO, MOSI, SS
- */
-#if defined(__AVR_ATmega168__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega328__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega328P__)
- #define AVR_SCK_PIN 13
- #define AVR_MISO_PIN 12
- #define AVR_MOSI_PIN 11
- #define AVR_SS_PIN 10
-#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega644__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega644P__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega644PA__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega1284P__)
- #define AVR_SCK_PIN 7
- #define AVR_MISO_PIN 6
- #define AVR_MOSI_PIN 5
- #define AVR_SS_PIN 4
-#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega1280__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega2560__)
- #define AVR_SCK_PIN 52
- #define AVR_MISO_PIN 50
- #define AVR_MOSI_PIN 51
- #define AVR_SS_PIN 53
-#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__)
- #define AVR_SCK_PIN 21
- #define AVR_MISO_PIN 23
- #define AVR_MOSI_PIN 22
- #define AVR_SS_PIN 20
-#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega1281__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega2561__)
- #define AVR_SCK_PIN 10
- #define AVR_MISO_PIN 12
- #define AVR_MOSI_PIN 11
- #define AVR_SS_PIN 16
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SCK_PIN
- #define SCK_PIN AVR_SCK_PIN
-#endif
-#ifndef MISO_PIN
- #define MISO_PIN AVR_MISO_PIN
-#endif
-#ifndef MOSI_PIN
- #define MOSI_PIN AVR_MOSI_PIN
-#endif
-#ifndef SS_PIN
- #define SS_PIN AVR_SS_PIN
-#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/u8g_com_HAL_AVR_sw_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/u8g_com_HAL_AVR_sw_spi.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index fab7964..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/u8g_com_HAL_AVR_sw_spi.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-
-/**
- * Based on u8g_com_st7920_hw_spi.c
- *
- * Universal 8bit Graphics Library
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2011, olikraus@gmail.com
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
- * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
- *
- * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list
- * of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- *
- * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this
- * list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other
- * materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
- * CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
- * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR
- * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
- * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
- * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
- * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
- * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
- * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
- * ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#if defined(ARDUINO) && !defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32) && !defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)
-
-#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
-
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-#include "../shared/Marduino.h"
-#include "../shared/Delay.h"
-
-#include
-
-uint8_t u8g_bitData, u8g_bitNotData, u8g_bitClock, u8g_bitNotClock;
-volatile uint8_t *u8g_outData, *u8g_outClock;
-
-static void u8g_com_arduino_init_shift_out(uint8_t dataPin, uint8_t clockPin) {
- u8g_outData = portOutputRegister(digitalPinToPort(dataPin));
- u8g_outClock = portOutputRegister(digitalPinToPort(clockPin));
- u8g_bitData = digitalPinToBitMask(dataPin);
- u8g_bitClock = digitalPinToBitMask(clockPin);
-
- u8g_bitNotClock = u8g_bitClock;
- u8g_bitNotClock ^= 0xFF;
-
- u8g_bitNotData = u8g_bitData;
- u8g_bitNotData ^= 0xFF;
-}
-
-void u8g_spiSend_sw_AVR_mode_0(uint8_t val) {
- uint8_t bitData = u8g_bitData,
- bitNotData = u8g_bitNotData,
- bitClock = u8g_bitClock,
- bitNotClock = u8g_bitNotClock;
- volatile uint8_t *outData = u8g_outData,
- *outClock = u8g_outClock;
- U8G_ATOMIC_START();
- LOOP_L_N(i, 8) {
- if (val & 0x80)
- *outData |= bitData;
- else
- *outData &= bitNotData;
- *outClock |= bitClock;
- val <<= 1;
- *outClock &= bitNotClock;
- }
- U8G_ATOMIC_END();
-}
-
-void u8g_spiSend_sw_AVR_mode_3(uint8_t val) {
- uint8_t bitData = u8g_bitData,
- bitNotData = u8g_bitNotData,
- bitClock = u8g_bitClock,
- bitNotClock = u8g_bitNotClock;
- volatile uint8_t *outData = u8g_outData,
- *outClock = u8g_outClock;
- U8G_ATOMIC_START();
- LOOP_L_N(i, 8) {
- *outClock &= bitNotClock;
- if (val & 0x80)
- *outData |= bitData;
- else
- *outData &= bitNotData;
- *outClock |= bitClock;
- val <<= 1;
- }
- U8G_ATOMIC_END();
-}
-
-
-#if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864)
- #define SPISEND_SW_AVR u8g_spiSend_sw_AVR_mode_3
-#else
- #define SPISEND_SW_AVR u8g_spiSend_sw_AVR_mode_0
-#endif
-
-uint8_t u8g_com_HAL_AVR_sw_sp_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, void *arg_ptr) {
- switch (msg) {
- case U8G_COM_MSG_INIT:
- u8g_com_arduino_init_shift_out(u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_MOSI], u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SCK]);
- u8g_com_arduino_assign_pin_output_high(u8g);
- u8g_com_arduino_digital_write(u8g, U8G_PI_SCK, 0);
- u8g_com_arduino_digital_write(u8g, U8G_PI_MOSI, 0);
- break;
-
- case U8G_COM_MSG_STOP:
- break;
-
- case U8G_COM_MSG_RESET:
- if (U8G_PIN_NONE != u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_RESET]) u8g_com_arduino_digital_write(u8g, U8G_PI_RESET, arg_val);
- break;
-
- case U8G_COM_MSG_CHIP_SELECT:
- #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) // LCD SPI is running mode 3 while SD card is running mode 0
- if (arg_val) { // SCK idle state needs to be set to the proper idle state before
- // the next chip select goes active
- u8g_com_arduino_digital_write(u8g, U8G_PI_SCK, 1); // Set SCK to mode 3 idle state before CS goes active
- u8g_com_arduino_digital_write(u8g, U8G_PI_CS, LOW);
- }
- else {
- u8g_com_arduino_digital_write(u8g, U8G_PI_CS, HIGH);
- u8g_com_arduino_digital_write(u8g, U8G_PI_SCK, 0); // Set SCK to mode 0 idle state after CS goes inactive
- }
- #else
- u8g_com_arduino_digital_write(u8g, U8G_PI_CS, !arg_val);
- #endif
- break;
-
- case U8G_COM_MSG_WRITE_BYTE:
- SPISEND_SW_AVR(arg_val);
- break;
-
- case U8G_COM_MSG_WRITE_SEQ: {
- uint8_t *ptr = (uint8_t *)arg_ptr;
- while (arg_val > 0) {
- SPISEND_SW_AVR(*ptr++);
- arg_val--;
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case U8G_COM_MSG_WRITE_SEQ_P: {
- uint8_t *ptr = (uint8_t *)arg_ptr;
- while (arg_val > 0) {
- SPISEND_SW_AVR(u8g_pgm_read(ptr));
- ptr++;
- arg_val--;
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case U8G_COM_MSG_ADDRESS: /* define cmd (arg_val = 0) or data mode (arg_val = 1) */
- u8g_com_arduino_digital_write(u8g, U8G_PI_A0, arg_val);
- break;
- }
- return 1;
-}
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/watchdog.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/watchdog.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index e35a70f..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/watchdog.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-
-#ifdef __AVR__
-
-#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
-
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
-
-#include "watchdog.h"
-
-#include "../../MarlinCore.h"
-
-// Initialize watchdog with 8s timeout, if possible. Otherwise, make it 4s.
-void watchdog_init() {
- #if ENABLED(WATCHDOG_DURATION_8S) && defined(WDTO_8S)
- #define WDTO_NS WDTO_8S
- #else
- #define WDTO_NS WDTO_4S
- #endif
- #if ENABLED(WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL)
- // Enable the watchdog timer, but only for the interrupt.
- // Take care, as this requires the correct order of operation, with interrupts disabled.
- // See the datasheet of any AVR chip for details.
- wdt_reset();
- cli();
- _WD_CONTROL_REG = _BV(_WD_CHANGE_BIT) | _BV(WDE);
- _WD_CONTROL_REG = _BV(WDIE) | (WDTO_NS & 0x07) | ((WDTO_NS & 0x08) << 2); // WDTO_NS directly does not work. bit 0-2 are consecutive in the register but the highest value bit is at bit 5
- // So worked for up to WDTO_2S
- sei();
- wdt_reset();
- #else
- wdt_enable(WDTO_NS); // The function handles the upper bit correct.
- #endif
- //delay(10000); // test it!
-}
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=================================== ISR ===================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// Watchdog timer interrupt, called if main program blocks >4sec and manual reset is enabled.
-#if ENABLED(WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL)
- ISR(WDT_vect) {
- sei(); // With the interrupt driven serial we need to allow interrupts.
- SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_WATCHDOG_FIRED);
- minkill(); // interrupt-safe final kill and infinite loop
- }
-#endif
-
-#endif // USE_WATCHDOG
-#endif // __AVR__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/watchdog.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/watchdog.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 57dfcfc..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/watchdog.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-#include
-
-// Initialize watchdog with a 4 second interrupt time
-void watchdog_init();
-
-// Reset watchdog. MUST be called at least every 4 seconds after the
-// first watchdog_init or AVR will go into emergency procedures.
-inline void HAL_watchdog_refresh() { wdt_reset(); }
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/DebugMonitor.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/DebugMonitor.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ed9873..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/DebugMonitor.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,343 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-
-#ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM
-
-#include "../../core/macros.h"
-#include "../../core/serial.h"
-
-#include "../shared/backtrace/unwinder.h"
-#include "../shared/backtrace/unwmemaccess.h"
-
-#include
-
-// Debug monitor that dumps to the Programming port all status when
-// an exception or WDT timeout happens - And then resets the board
-
-// All the Monitor routines must run with interrupts disabled and
-// under an ISR execution context. That is why we cannot reuse the
-// Serial interrupt routines or any C runtime, as we don't know the
-// state we are when running them
-
-// A SW memory barrier, to ensure GCC does not overoptimize loops
-#define sw_barrier() __asm__ volatile("": : :"memory");
-
-// (re)initialize UART0 as a monitor output to 250000,n,8,1
-static void TXBegin() {
-
- // Disable UART interrupt in NVIC
- NVIC_DisableIRQ( UART_IRQn );
-
- // We NEED memory barriers to ensure Interrupts are actually disabled!
- // ( https://dzone.com/articles/nvic-disabling-interrupts-on-arm-cortex-m-and-the )
- __DSB();
- __ISB();
-
- // Disable clock
- pmc_disable_periph_clk( ID_UART );
-
- // Configure PMC
- pmc_enable_periph_clk( ID_UART );
-
- // Disable PDC channel
- UART->UART_PTCR = UART_PTCR_RXTDIS | UART_PTCR_TXTDIS;
-
- // Reset and disable receiver and transmitter
- UART->UART_CR = UART_CR_RSTRX | UART_CR_RSTTX | UART_CR_RXDIS | UART_CR_TXDIS;
-
- // Configure mode: 8bit, No parity, 1 bit stop
- UART->UART_MR = UART_MR_CHMODE_NORMAL | US_MR_CHRL_8_BIT | US_MR_NBSTOP_1_BIT | UART_MR_PAR_NO;
-
- // Configure baudrate (asynchronous, no oversampling) to BAUDRATE bauds
- UART->UART_BRGR = (SystemCoreClock / (BAUDRATE << 4));
-
- // Enable receiver and transmitter
- UART->UART_CR = UART_CR_RXEN | UART_CR_TXEN;
-}
-
-// Send character through UART with no interrupts
-static void TX(char c) {
- while (!(UART->UART_SR & UART_SR_TXRDY)) { WDT_Restart(WDT); sw_barrier(); };
- UART->UART_THR = c;
-}
-
-// Send String through UART
-static void TX(const char* s) {
- while (*s) TX(*s++);
-}
-
-static void TXDigit(uint32_t d) {
- if (d < 10) TX((char)(d+'0'));
- else if (d < 16) TX((char)(d+'A'-10));
- else TX('?');
-}
-
-// Send Hex number thru UART
-static void TXHex(uint32_t v) {
- TX("0x");
- for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++, v <<= 4)
- TXDigit((v >> 28) & 0xF);
-}
-
-// Send Decimal number thru UART
-static void TXDec(uint32_t v) {
- if (!v) {
- TX('0');
- return;
- }
-
- char nbrs[14];
- char *p = &nbrs[0];
- while (v != 0) {
- *p++ = '0' + (v % 10);
- v /= 10;
- }
- do {
- p--;
- TX(*p);
- } while (p != &nbrs[0]);
-}
-
-// Dump a backtrace entry
-static bool UnwReportOut(void* ctx, const UnwReport* bte) {
- int* p = (int*)ctx;
-
- (*p)++;
- TX('#'); TXDec(*p); TX(" : ");
- TX(bte->name?bte->name:"unknown"); TX('@'); TXHex(bte->function);
- TX('+'); TXDec(bte->address - bte->function);
- TX(" PC:");TXHex(bte->address); TX('\n');
- return true;
-}
-
-#ifdef UNW_DEBUG
- void UnwPrintf(const char* format, ...) {
- char dest[256];
- va_list argptr;
- va_start(argptr, format);
- vsprintf(dest, format, argptr);
- va_end(argptr);
- TX(&dest[0]);
- }
-#endif
-
-/* Table of function pointers for passing to the unwinder */
-static const UnwindCallbacks UnwCallbacks = {
- UnwReportOut,
- UnwReadW,
- UnwReadH,
- UnwReadB
- #ifdef UNW_DEBUG
- , UnwPrintf
- #endif
-};
-
-/**
- * HardFaultHandler_C:
- * This is called from the HardFault_HandlerAsm with a pointer the Fault stack
- * as the parameter. We can then read the values from the stack and place them
- * into local variables for ease of reading.
- * We then read the various Fault Status and Address Registers to help decode
- * cause of the fault.
- * The function ends with a BKPT instruction to force control back into the debugger
- */
-extern "C"
-void HardFault_HandlerC(unsigned long *sp, unsigned long lr, unsigned long cause) {
-
- static const char* causestr[] = {
- "NMI","Hard","Mem","Bus","Usage","Debug","WDT","RSTC"
- };
-
- UnwindFrame btf;
-
- // Dump report to the Programming port (interrupts are DISABLED)
- TXBegin();
- TX("\n\n## Software Fault detected ##\n");
- TX("Cause: "); TX(causestr[cause]); TX('\n');
-
- TX("R0 : "); TXHex(((unsigned long)sp[0])); TX('\n');
- TX("R1 : "); TXHex(((unsigned long)sp[1])); TX('\n');
- TX("R2 : "); TXHex(((unsigned long)sp[2])); TX('\n');
- TX("R3 : "); TXHex(((unsigned long)sp[3])); TX('\n');
- TX("R12 : "); TXHex(((unsigned long)sp[4])); TX('\n');
- TX("LR : "); TXHex(((unsigned long)sp[5])); TX('\n');
- TX("PC : "); TXHex(((unsigned long)sp[6])); TX('\n');
- TX("PSR : "); TXHex(((unsigned long)sp[7])); TX('\n');
-
- // Configurable Fault Status Register
- // Consists of MMSR, BFSR and UFSR
- TX("CFSR : "); TXHex((*((volatile unsigned long *)(0xE000ED28)))); TX('\n');
-
- // Hard Fault Status Register
- TX("HFSR : "); TXHex((*((volatile unsigned long *)(0xE000ED2C)))); TX('\n');
-
- // Debug Fault Status Register
- TX("DFSR : "); TXHex((*((volatile unsigned long *)(0xE000ED30)))); TX('\n');
-
- // Auxiliary Fault Status Register
- TX("AFSR : "); TXHex((*((volatile unsigned long *)(0xE000ED3C)))); TX('\n');
-
- // Read the Fault Address Registers. These may not contain valid values.
- // Check BFARVALID/MMARVALID to see if they are valid values
- // MemManage Fault Address Register
- TX("MMAR : "); TXHex((*((volatile unsigned long *)(0xE000ED34)))); TX('\n');
-
- // Bus Fault Address Register
- TX("BFAR : "); TXHex((*((volatile unsigned long *)(0xE000ED38)))); TX('\n');
-
- TX("ExcLR: "); TXHex(lr); TX('\n');
- TX("ExcSP: "); TXHex((unsigned long)sp); TX('\n');
-
- btf.sp = ((unsigned long)sp) + 8*4; // The original stack pointer
- btf.fp = btf.sp;
- btf.lr = ((unsigned long)sp[5]);
- btf.pc = ((unsigned long)sp[6]) | 1; // Force Thumb, as CORTEX only support it
-
- // Perform a backtrace
- TX("\nBacktrace:\n\n");
- int ctr = 0;
- UnwindStart(&btf, &UnwCallbacks, &ctr);
-
- // Disable all NVIC interrupts
- NVIC->ICER[0] = 0xFFFFFFFF;
- NVIC->ICER[1] = 0xFFFFFFFF;
-
- // Relocate VTOR table to default position
- SCB->VTOR = 0;
-
- // Disable USB
- otg_disable();
-
- // Restart watchdog
- WDT_Restart(WDT);
-
- // Reset controller
- NVIC_SystemReset();
- for (;;) WDT_Restart(WDT);
-}
-
-__attribute__((naked)) void NMI_Handler() {
- __asm__ __volatile__ (
- ".syntax unified" "\n\t"
- A("tst lr, #4")
- A("ite eq")
- A("mrseq r0, msp")
- A("mrsne r0, psp")
- A("mov r1,lr")
- A("mov r2,#0")
- A("b HardFault_HandlerC")
- );
-}
-
-__attribute__((naked)) void HardFault_Handler() {
- __asm__ __volatile__ (
- ".syntax unified" "\n\t"
- A("tst lr, #4")
- A("ite eq")
- A("mrseq r0, msp")
- A("mrsne r0, psp")
- A("mov r1,lr")
- A("mov r2,#1")
- A("b HardFault_HandlerC")
- );
-}
-
-__attribute__((naked)) void MemManage_Handler() {
- __asm__ __volatile__ (
- ".syntax unified" "\n\t"
- A("tst lr, #4")
- A("ite eq")
- A("mrseq r0, msp")
- A("mrsne r0, psp")
- A("mov r1,lr")
- A("mov r2,#2")
- A("b HardFault_HandlerC")
- );
-}
-
-__attribute__((naked)) void BusFault_Handler() {
- __asm__ __volatile__ (
- ".syntax unified" "\n\t"
- A("tst lr, #4")
- A("ite eq")
- A("mrseq r0, msp")
- A("mrsne r0, psp")
- A("mov r1,lr")
- A("mov r2,#3")
- A("b HardFault_HandlerC")
- );
-}
-
-__attribute__((naked)) void UsageFault_Handler() {
- __asm__ __volatile__ (
- ".syntax unified" "\n\t"
- A("tst lr, #4")
- A("ite eq")
- A("mrseq r0, msp")
- A("mrsne r0, psp")
- A("mov r1,lr")
- A("mov r2,#4")
- A("b HardFault_HandlerC")
- );
-}
-
-__attribute__((naked)) void DebugMon_Handler() {
- __asm__ __volatile__ (
- ".syntax unified" "\n\t"
- A("tst lr, #4")
- A("ite eq")
- A("mrseq r0, msp")
- A("mrsne r0, psp")
- A("mov r1,lr")
- A("mov r2,#5")
- A("b HardFault_HandlerC")
- );
-}
-
-/* This is NOT an exception, it is an interrupt handler - Nevertheless, the framing is the same */
-__attribute__((naked)) void WDT_Handler() {
- __asm__ __volatile__ (
- ".syntax unified" "\n\t"
- A("tst lr, #4")
- A("ite eq")
- A("mrseq r0, msp")
- A("mrsne r0, psp")
- A("mov r1,lr")
- A("mov r2,#6")
- A("b HardFault_HandlerC")
- );
-}
-
-__attribute__((naked)) void RSTC_Handler() {
- __asm__ __volatile__ (
- ".syntax unified" "\n\t"
- A("tst lr, #4")
- A("ite eq")
- A("mrseq r0, msp")
- A("mrsne r0, psp")
- A("mov r1,lr")
- A("mov r2,#7")
- A("b HardFault_HandlerC")
- );
-}
-
-#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/EepromEmulation.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/EepromEmulation.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 66af50c..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/EepromEmulation.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1020 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-
-/* EEPROM emulation over flash with reduced wear
- *
- * We will use 2 contiguous groups of pages as main and alternate.
- * We want an structure that allows to read as fast as possible,
- * without the need of scanning the whole FLASH memory.
- *
- * FLASH bits default erased state is 1, and can be set to 0
- * on a per bit basis. To reset them to 1, a full page erase
- * is needed.
- *
- * Values are stored as differences that should be applied to a
- * completely erased EEPROM (filled with 0xFFs). We just encode
- * the starting address of the values to change, the length of
- * the block of new values, and the values themselves. All diffs
- * are accumulated into a RAM buffer, compacted into the least
- * amount of non overlapping diffs possible and sorted by starting
- * address before being saved into the next available page of FLASH
- * of the current group.
- * Once the current group is completely full, we compact it and save
- * it into the other group, then erase the current group and switch
- * to that new group and set it as current.
- *
- * The FLASH endurance is about 1/10 ... 1/100 of an EEPROM
- * endurance, but EEPROM endurance is specified per byte, not
- * per page. We can't emulate EE endurance with FLASH for all
- * bytes, but we can emulate endurance for a given percent of
- * bytes.
- *
- */
-
-#ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM
-
-#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
-
-#if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION)
-
-#include "../shared/Marduino.h"
-#include "../shared/eeprom_api.h"
-
-#define EEPROMSize 4096
-#define PagesPerGroup 128
-#define GroupCount 2
-#define PageSize 256u
-
- /* Flash storage */
-typedef struct FLASH_SECTOR {
- uint8_t page[PageSize];
-} FLASH_SECTOR_T;
-
-#define PAGE_FILL \
- 0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF, \
- 0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF, \
- 0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF, \
- 0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF, \
- 0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF, \
- 0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF, \
- 0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF, \
- 0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF, \
- 0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF, \
- 0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF, \
- 0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF, \
- 0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF, \
- 0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF, \
- 0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF, \
- 0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF, \
- 0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF,0xFF
-
-#define FLASH_INIT_FILL \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL, \
- PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL,PAGE_FILL
-
-/* This is the FLASH area used to emulate a 2Kbyte EEPROM -- We need this buffer aligned
- to a 256 byte boundary. */
-static const uint8_t flashStorage[PagesPerGroup * GroupCount * PageSize] __attribute__ ((aligned (PageSize))) = { FLASH_INIT_FILL };
-
-/* Get the address of an specific page */
-static const FLASH_SECTOR_T* getFlashStorage(int page) {
- return (const FLASH_SECTOR_T*)&flashStorage[page*PageSize];
-}
-
-static uint8_t buffer[256] = {0}, // The RAM buffer to accumulate writes
- curPage = 0, // Current FLASH page inside the group
- curGroup = 0xFF; // Current FLASH group
-
-//#define EE_EMU_DEBUG
-#ifdef EE_EMU_DEBUG
- static void ee_Dump(int page,const void* data) {
-
- const uint8_t* c = (const uint8_t*) data;
- char buffer[80];
-
- sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("Page: %d (0x%04x)\n"), page, page);
- SERIAL_ECHO(buffer);
-
- char* p = &buffer[0];
- for (int i = 0; i< PageSize; ++i) {
- if ((i & 0xF) == 0) p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%04x] "), i);
-
- p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR(" %02x"), c[i]);
- if ((i & 0xF) == 0xF) {
- *p++ = '\n';
- *p = 0;
- SERIAL_ECHO(buffer);
- p = &buffer[0];
- }
- }
- }
-#endif
-
-/* Flash Writing Protection Key */
-#define FWP_KEY 0x5Au
-
-#if SAM4S_SERIES
- #define EEFC_FCR_FCMD(value) \
- ((EEFC_FCR_FCMD_Msk & ((value) << EEFC_FCR_FCMD_Pos)))
- #define EEFC_ERROR_FLAGS (EEFC_FSR_FLOCKE | EEFC_FSR_FCMDE | EEFC_FSR_FLERR)
-#else
- #define EEFC_ERROR_FLAGS (EEFC_FSR_FLOCKE | EEFC_FSR_FCMDE)
-#endif
-
-
-/**
- * Writes the contents of the specified page (no previous erase)
- * @param page (page #)
- * @param data (pointer to the data buffer)
- */
-__attribute__ ((long_call, section (".ramfunc")))
-static bool ee_PageWrite(uint16_t page,const void* data) {
-
- uint16_t i;
- uint32_t addrflash = ((uint32_t)getFlashStorage(page));
-
- // Read the flash contents
- uint32_t pageContents[PageSize>>2];
- memcpy(pageContents, (void*)addrflash, PageSize);
-
- // We ONLY want to toggle bits that have changed, and that have changed to 0.
- // SAM3X8E tends to destroy contiguous bits if reprogrammed without erasing, so
- // we try by all means to avoid this. That is why it says: "The Partial
- // Programming mode works only with 128-bit (or higher) boundaries. It cannot
- // be used with boundaries lower than 128 bits (8, 16 or 32-bit for example)."
- // All bits that did not change, set them to 1.
- for (i = 0; i > 2; i++)
- pageContents[i] = (((uint32_t*)data)[i]) | (~(pageContents[i] ^ ((uint32_t*)data)[i]));
-
- #ifdef EE_EMU_DEBUG
- SERIAL_ECHO_START();
- SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("EEPROM PageWrite ", page);
- SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" in FLASH address ", (uint32_t)addrflash);
- SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" base address ", (uint32_t)getFlashStorage(0));
- SERIAL_FLUSH();
- #endif
-
- // Get the page relative to the start of the EFC controller, and the EFC controller to use
- Efc *efc;
- uint16_t fpage;
- if (addrflash >= IFLASH1_ADDR) {
- efc = EFC1;
- fpage = (addrflash - IFLASH1_ADDR) / IFLASH1_PAGE_SIZE;
- }
- else {
- efc = EFC0;
- fpage = (addrflash - IFLASH0_ADDR) / IFLASH0_PAGE_SIZE;
- }
-
- // Get the page that must be unlocked, then locked
- uint16_t lpage = fpage & (~((IFLASH0_LOCK_REGION_SIZE / IFLASH0_PAGE_SIZE) - 1));
-
- // Disable all interrupts
- __disable_irq();
-
- // Get the FLASH wait states
- uint32_t orgWS = (efc->EEFC_FMR & EEFC_FMR_FWS_Msk) >> EEFC_FMR_FWS_Pos;
-
- // Set wait states to 6 (SAM errata)
- efc->EEFC_FMR = (efc->EEFC_FMR & (~EEFC_FMR_FWS_Msk)) | EEFC_FMR_FWS(6);
-
- // Unlock the flash page
- uint32_t status;
- efc->EEFC_FCR = EEFC_FCR_FKEY(FWP_KEY) | EEFC_FCR_FARG(lpage) | EEFC_FCR_FCMD(EFC_FCMD_CLB);
- while (((status = efc->EEFC_FSR) & EEFC_FSR_FRDY) != EEFC_FSR_FRDY) {
- // force compiler to not optimize this -- NOPs don't work!
- __asm__ __volatile__("");
- };
-
- if ((status & EEFC_ERROR_FLAGS) != 0) {
-
- // Restore original wait states
- efc->EEFC_FMR = (efc->EEFC_FMR & (~EEFC_FMR_FWS_Msk)) | EEFC_FMR_FWS(orgWS);
-
- // Reenable interrupts
- __enable_irq();
-
- #ifdef EE_EMU_DEBUG
- SERIAL_ECHO_START();
- SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("EEPROM Unlock failure for page ", page);
- #endif
- return false;
- }
-
- // Write page and lock: Writing 8-bit and 16-bit data is not allowed and may lead to unpredictable data corruption.
- const uint32_t * aligned_src = (const uint32_t *) &pageContents[0]; /*data;*/
- uint32_t * p_aligned_dest = (uint32_t *) addrflash;
- for (i = 0; i < (IFLASH0_PAGE_SIZE / sizeof(uint32_t)); ++i) {
- *p_aligned_dest++ = *aligned_src++;
- }
- efc->EEFC_FCR = EEFC_FCR_FKEY(FWP_KEY) | EEFC_FCR_FARG(fpage) | EEFC_FCR_FCMD(EFC_FCMD_WPL);
- while (((status = efc->EEFC_FSR) & EEFC_FSR_FRDY) != EEFC_FSR_FRDY) {
- // force compiler to not optimize this -- NOPs don't work!
- __asm__ __volatile__("");
- };
-
- if ((status & EEFC_ERROR_FLAGS) != 0) {
-
- // Restore original wait states
- efc->EEFC_FMR = (efc->EEFC_FMR & (~EEFC_FMR_FWS_Msk)) | EEFC_FMR_FWS(orgWS);
-
- // Reenable interrupts
- __enable_irq();
-
- #ifdef EE_EMU_DEBUG
- SERIAL_ECHO_START();
- SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("EEPROM Write failure for page ", page);
- #endif
- return false;
- }
-
- // Restore original wait states
- efc->EEFC_FMR = (efc->EEFC_FMR & (~EEFC_FMR_FWS_Msk)) | EEFC_FMR_FWS(orgWS);
-
- // Reenable interrupts
- __enable_irq();
-
- // Compare contents
- if (memcmp(getFlashStorage(page),data,PageSize)) {
-
- #ifdef EE_EMU_DEBUG
- SERIAL_ECHO_START();
- SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("EEPROM Verify Write failure for page ", page);
-
- ee_Dump( page,(uint32_t *) addrflash);
- ee_Dump(-page,data);
-
- // Calculate count of changed bits
- uint32_t* p1 = (uint32_t*)addrflash;
- uint32_t* p2 = (uint32_t*)data;
- int count = 0;
- for (i =0; i> 2; i++) {
- if (p1[i] != p2[i]) {
- uint32_t delta = p1[i] ^ p2[i];
- while (delta) {
- if ((delta&1) != 0)
- count++;
- delta >>= 1;
- }
- }
- }
- SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("--> Differing bits: ", count);
- #endif
-
- return false;
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/**
- * Erases the contents of the specified page
- * @param page (page #)
- */
-__attribute__ ((long_call, section (".ramfunc")))
-static bool ee_PageErase(uint16_t page) {
-
- uint16_t i;
- uint32_t addrflash = ((uint32_t)getFlashStorage(page));
-
- #ifdef EE_EMU_DEBUG
- SERIAL_ECHO_START();
- SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("EEPROM PageErase ", page);
- SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" in FLASH address ", (uint32_t)addrflash);
- SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" base address ", (uint32_t)getFlashStorage(0));
- SERIAL_FLUSH();
- #endif
-
- // Get the page relative to the start of the EFC controller, and the EFC controller to use
- Efc *efc;
- uint16_t fpage;
- if (addrflash >= IFLASH1_ADDR) {
- efc = EFC1;
- fpage = (addrflash - IFLASH1_ADDR) / IFLASH1_PAGE_SIZE;
- }
- else {
- efc = EFC0;
- fpage = (addrflash - IFLASH0_ADDR) / IFLASH0_PAGE_SIZE;
- }
-
- // Get the page that must be unlocked, then locked
- uint16_t lpage = fpage & (~((IFLASH0_LOCK_REGION_SIZE / IFLASH0_PAGE_SIZE) - 1));
-
- // Disable all interrupts
- __disable_irq();
-
- // Get the FLASH wait states
- uint32_t orgWS = (efc->EEFC_FMR & EEFC_FMR_FWS_Msk) >> EEFC_FMR_FWS_Pos;
-
- // Set wait states to 6 (SAM errata)
- efc->EEFC_FMR = (efc->EEFC_FMR & (~EEFC_FMR_FWS_Msk)) | EEFC_FMR_FWS(6);
-
- // Unlock the flash page
- uint32_t status;
- efc->EEFC_FCR = EEFC_FCR_FKEY(FWP_KEY) | EEFC_FCR_FARG(lpage) | EEFC_FCR_FCMD(EFC_FCMD_CLB);
- while (((status = efc->EEFC_FSR) & EEFC_FSR_FRDY) != EEFC_FSR_FRDY) {
- // force compiler to not optimize this -- NOPs don't work!
- __asm__ __volatile__("");
- };
- if ((status & EEFC_ERROR_FLAGS) != 0) {
-
- // Restore original wait states
- efc->EEFC_FMR = (efc->EEFC_FMR & (~EEFC_FMR_FWS_Msk)) | EEFC_FMR_FWS(orgWS);
-
- // Reenable interrupts
- __enable_irq();
-
- #ifdef EE_EMU_DEBUG
- SERIAL_ECHO_START();
- SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("EEPROM Unlock failure for page ",page);
- #endif
- return false;
- }
-
- // Erase Write page and lock: Writing 8-bit and 16-bit data is not allowed and may lead to unpredictable data corruption.
- uint32_t * p_aligned_dest = (uint32_t *) addrflash;
- for (i = 0; i < (IFLASH0_PAGE_SIZE / sizeof(uint32_t)); ++i) {
- *p_aligned_dest++ = 0xFFFFFFFF;
- }
- efc->EEFC_FCR = EEFC_FCR_FKEY(FWP_KEY) | EEFC_FCR_FARG(fpage) | EEFC_FCR_FCMD(EFC_FCMD_EWPL);
- while (((status = efc->EEFC_FSR) & EEFC_FSR_FRDY) != EEFC_FSR_FRDY) {
- // force compiler to not optimize this -- NOPs don't work!
- __asm__ __volatile__("");
- };
- if ((status & EEFC_ERROR_FLAGS) != 0) {
-
- // Restore original wait states
- efc->EEFC_FMR = (efc->EEFC_FMR & (~EEFC_FMR_FWS_Msk)) | EEFC_FMR_FWS(orgWS);
-
- // Reenable interrupts
- __enable_irq();
-
- #ifdef EE_EMU_DEBUG
- SERIAL_ECHO_START();
- SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("EEPROM Erase failure for page ",page);
- #endif
- return false;
- }
-
- // Restore original wait states
- efc->EEFC_FMR = (efc->EEFC_FMR & (~EEFC_FMR_FWS_Msk)) | EEFC_FMR_FWS(orgWS);
-
- // Reenable interrupts
- __enable_irq();
-
- // Check erase
- uint32_t * aligned_src = (uint32_t *) addrflash;
- for (i = 0; i < PageSize >> 2; i++) {
- if (*aligned_src++ != 0xFFFFFFFF) {
-
- #ifdef EE_EMU_DEBUG
- SERIAL_ECHO_START();
- SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("EEPROM Verify Erase failure for page ",page);
-
- ee_Dump( page,(uint32_t *) addrflash);
- #endif
- return false;
- }
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-static uint8_t ee_Read(uint32_t address, bool excludeRAMBuffer = false) {
-
- uint32_t baddr;
- uint32_t blen;
-
- // If we were requested an address outside of the emulated range, fail now
- if (address >= EEPROMSize)
- return false;
-
- // Check that the value is not contained in the RAM buffer
- if (!excludeRAMBuffer) {
- uint16_t i = 0;
- while (i <= (PageSize - 4)) { /* (PageSize - 4) because otherwise, there is not enough room for data and headers */
-
- // Get the address of the block
- baddr = buffer[i] | (buffer[i + 1] << 8);
-
- // Get the length of the block
- blen = buffer[i + 2];
-
- // If we reach the end of the list, break loop
- if (blen == 0xFF)
- break;
-
- // Check if data is contained in this block
- if (address >= baddr &&
- address < (baddr + blen)) {
-
- // Yes, it is contained. Return it!
- return buffer[i + 3 + address - baddr];
- }
-
- // As blocks are always sorted, if the starting address of this block is higher
- // than the address we are looking for, break loop now - We wont find the value
- // associated to the address
- if (baddr > address)
- break;
-
- // Jump to the next block
- i += 3 + blen;
- }
- }
-
- // It is NOT on the RAM buffer. It could be stored in FLASH. We are
- // ensured on a given FLASH page, address contents are never repeated
- // but on different pages, there is no such warranty, so we must go
- // backwards from the last written FLASH page to the first one.
- for (int page = curPage - 1; page >= 0; --page) {
-
- // Get a pointer to the flash page
- uint8_t* pflash = (uint8_t*)getFlashStorage(page + curGroup * PagesPerGroup);
-
- uint16_t i = 0;
- while (i <= (PageSize - 4)) { /* (PageSize - 4) because otherwise, there is not enough room for data and headers */
-
- // Get the address of the block
- baddr = pflash[i] | (pflash[i + 1] << 8);
-
- // Get the length of the block
- blen = pflash[i + 2];
-
- // If we reach the end of the list, break loop
- if (blen == 0xFF)
- break;
-
- // Check if data is contained in this block
- if (address >= baddr && address < (baddr + blen))
- return pflash[i + 3 + address - baddr]; // Yes, it is contained. Return it!
-
- // As blocks are always sorted, if the starting address of this block is higher
- // than the address we are looking for, break loop now - We wont find the value
- // associated to the address
- if (baddr > address) break;
-
- // Jump to the next block
- i += 3 + blen;
- }
- }
-
- // If reached here, value is not stored, so return its default value
- return 0xFF;
-}
-
-static uint32_t ee_GetAddrRange(uint32_t address, bool excludeRAMBuffer = false) {
- uint32_t baddr,
- blen,
- nextAddr = 0xFFFF,
- nextRange = 0;
-
- // Check that the value is not contained in the RAM buffer
- if (!excludeRAMBuffer) {
- uint16_t i = 0;
- while (i <= (PageSize - 4)) { /* (PageSize - 4) because otherwise, there is not enough room for data and headers */
-
- // Get the address of the block
- baddr = buffer[i] | (buffer[i + 1] << 8);
-
- // Get the length of the block
- blen = buffer[i + 2];
-
- // If we reach the end of the list, break loop
- if (blen == 0xFF) break;
-
- // Check if address and address + 1 is contained in this block
- if (address >= baddr && address < (baddr + blen))
- return address | ((blen - address + baddr) << 16); // Yes, it is contained. Return it!
-
- // Otherwise, check if we can use it as a limit
- if (baddr > address && baddr < nextAddr) {
- nextAddr = baddr;
- nextRange = blen;
- }
-
- // As blocks are always sorted, if the starting address of this block is higher
- // than the address we are looking for, break loop now - We wont find the value
- // associated to the address
- if (baddr > address) break;
-
- // Jump to the next block
- i += 3 + blen;
- }
- }
-
- // It is NOT on the RAM buffer. It could be stored in FLASH. We are
- // ensured on a given FLASH page, address contents are never repeated
- // but on different pages, there is no such warranty, so we must go
- // backwards from the last written FLASH page to the first one.
- for (int page = curPage - 1; page >= 0; --page) {
-
- // Get a pointer to the flash page
- uint8_t* pflash = (uint8_t*)getFlashStorage(page + curGroup * PagesPerGroup);
-
- uint16_t i = 0;
- while (i <= (PageSize - 4)) { /* (PageSize - 4) because otherwise, there is not enough room for data and headers */
-
- // Get the address of the block
- baddr = pflash[i] | (pflash[i + 1] << 8);
-
- // Get the length of the block
- blen = pflash[i + 2];
-
- // If we reach the end of the list, break loop
- if (blen == 0xFF) break;
-
- // Check if data is contained in this block
- if (address >= baddr && address < (baddr + blen))
- return address | ((blen - address + baddr) << 16); // Yes, it is contained. Return it!
-
- // Otherwise, check if we can use it as a limit
- if (baddr > address && baddr < nextAddr) {
- nextAddr = baddr;
- nextRange = blen;
- }
-
- // As blocks are always sorted, if the starting address of this block is higher
- // than the address we are looking for, break loop now - We wont find the value
- // associated to the address
- if (baddr > address) break;
-
- // Jump to the next block
- i += 3 + blen;
- }
- }
-
- // If reached here, we will return the next valid address
- return nextAddr | (nextRange << 16);
-}
-
-static bool ee_IsPageClean(int page) {
- uint32_t* pflash = (uint32_t*) getFlashStorage(page);
- for (uint16_t i = 0; i < (PageSize >> 2); ++i)
- if (*pflash++ != 0xFFFFFFFF) return false;
- return true;
-}
-
-static bool ee_Flush(uint32_t overrideAddress = 0xFFFFFFFF, uint8_t overrideData = 0xFF) {
-
- // Check if RAM buffer has something to be written
- bool isEmpty = true;
- uint32_t* p = (uint32_t*) &buffer[0];
- for (uint16_t j = 0; j < (PageSize >> 2); j++) {
- if (*p++ != 0xFFFFFFFF) {
- isEmpty = false;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- // If something has to be written, do so!
- if (!isEmpty) {
-
- // Write the current ram buffer into FLASH
- ee_PageWrite(curPage + curGroup * PagesPerGroup, buffer);
-
- // Clear the RAM buffer
- memset(buffer, 0xFF, sizeof(buffer));
-
- // Increment the page to use the next time
- ++curPage;
- }
-
- // Did we reach the maximum count of available pages per group for storage ?
- if (curPage < PagesPerGroup) {
-
- // Do we have an override address ?
- if (overrideAddress < EEPROMSize) {
-
- // Yes, just store the value into the RAM buffer
- buffer[0] = overrideAddress & 0xFF;
- buffer[0 + 1] = (overrideAddress >> 8) & 0xFF;
- buffer[0 + 2] = 1;
- buffer[0 + 3] = overrideData;
- }
-
- // Done!
- return true;
- }
-
- // We have no space left on the current group - We must compact the values
- uint16_t i = 0;
-
- // Compute the next group to use
- int curwPage = 0, curwGroup = curGroup + 1;
- if (curwGroup >= GroupCount) curwGroup = 0;
-
- uint32_t rdAddr = 0;
- do {
-
- // Get the next valid range
- uint32_t addrRange = ee_GetAddrRange(rdAddr, true);
-
- // Make sure not to skip the override address, if specified
- int rdRange;
- if (overrideAddress < EEPROMSize &&
- rdAddr <= overrideAddress &&
- (addrRange & 0xFFFF) > overrideAddress) {
-
- rdAddr = overrideAddress;
- rdRange = 1;
- }
- else {
- rdAddr = addrRange & 0xFFFF;
- rdRange = addrRange >> 16;
- }
-
- // If no range, break loop
- if (rdRange == 0)
- break;
-
- do {
-
- // Get the value
- uint8_t rdValue = overrideAddress == rdAddr ? overrideData : ee_Read(rdAddr, true);
-
- // Do not bother storing default values
- if (rdValue != 0xFF) {
-
- // If we have room, add it to the buffer
- if (buffer[i + 2] == 0xFF) {
-
- // Uninitialized buffer, just add it!
- buffer[i] = rdAddr & 0xFF;
- buffer[i + 1] = (rdAddr >> 8) & 0xFF;
- buffer[i + 2] = 1;
- buffer[i + 3] = rdValue;
-
- }
- else {
- // Buffer already has contents. Check if we can extend it
-
- // Get the address of the block
- uint32_t baddr = buffer[i] | (buffer[i + 1] << 8);
-
- // Get the length of the block
- uint32_t blen = buffer[i + 2];
-
- // Can we expand it ?
- if (rdAddr == (baddr + blen) &&
- i < (PageSize - 4) && /* This block has a chance to contain data AND */
- buffer[i + 2] < (PageSize - i - 3)) {/* There is room for this block to be expanded */
-
- // Yes, do it
- ++buffer[i + 2];
-
- // And store the value
- buffer[i + 3 + rdAddr - baddr] = rdValue;
-
- }
- else {
-
- // No, we can't expand it - Skip the existing block
- i += 3 + blen;
-
- // Can we create a new slot ?
- if (i > (PageSize - 4)) {
-
- // Not enough space - Write the current buffer to FLASH
- ee_PageWrite(curwPage + curwGroup * PagesPerGroup, buffer);
-
- // Advance write page (as we are compacting, should never overflow!)
- ++curwPage;
-
- // Clear RAM buffer
- memset(buffer, 0xFF, sizeof(buffer));
-
- // Start fresh */
- i = 0;
- }
-
- // Enough space, add the new block
- buffer[i] = rdAddr & 0xFF;
- buffer[i + 1] = (rdAddr >> 8) & 0xFF;
- buffer[i + 2] = 1;
- buffer[i + 3] = rdValue;
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Go to the next address
- ++rdAddr;
-
- // Repeat for bytes of this range
- } while (--rdRange);
-
- // Repeat until we run out of ranges
- } while (rdAddr < EEPROMSize);
-
- // We must erase the previous group, in preparation for the next swap
- for (int page = 0; page < curPage; page++) {
- ee_PageErase(page + curGroup * PagesPerGroup);
- }
-
- // Finally, Now the active group is the created new group
- curGroup = curwGroup;
- curPage = curwPage;
-
- // Done!
- return true;
-}
-
-static bool ee_Write(uint32_t address, uint8_t data) {
-
- // If we were requested an address outside of the emulated range, fail now
- if (address >= EEPROMSize) return false;
-
- // Lets check if we have a block with that data previously defined. Block
- // start addresses are always sorted in ascending order
- uint16_t i = 0;
- while (i <= (PageSize - 4)) { /* (PageSize - 4) because otherwise, there is not enough room for data and headers */
-
- // Get the address of the block
- uint32_t baddr = buffer[i] | (buffer[i + 1] << 8);
-
- // Get the length of the block
- uint32_t blen = buffer[i + 2];
-
- // If we reach the end of the list, break loop
- if (blen == 0xFF)
- break;
-
- // Check if data is contained in this block
- if (address >= baddr &&
- address < (baddr + blen)) {
-
- // Yes, it is contained. Just modify it
- buffer[i + 3 + address - baddr] = data;
-
- // Done!
- return true;
- }
-
- // Maybe we could add it to the front or to the back
- // of this block ?
- if ((address + 1) == baddr || address == (baddr + blen)) {
-
- // Potentially, it could be done. But we must ensure there is room
- // so we can expand the block. Lets find how much free space remains
- uint32_t iend = i;
- do {
- uint32_t ln = buffer[iend + 2];
- if (ln == 0xFF) break;
- iend += 3 + ln;
- } while (iend <= (PageSize - 4)); /* (PageSize - 4) because otherwise, there is not enough room for data and headers */
-
- // Here, inxt points to the first free address in the buffer. Do we have room ?
- if (iend < PageSize) {
- // Yes, at least a byte is free - We can expand the block
-
- // Do we have to insert at the beginning ?
- if ((address + 1) == baddr) {
-
- // Insert at the beginning
-
- // Make room at the beginning for our byte
- memmove(&buffer[i + 3 + 1], &buffer[i + 3], iend - i - 3);
-
- // Adjust the header and store the data
- buffer[i] = address & 0xFF;
- buffer[i + 1] = (address >> 8) & 0xFF;
- buffer[i + 2]++;
- buffer[i + 3] = data;
-
- }
- else {
-
- // Insert at the end - There is a very interesting thing that could happen here:
- // Maybe we could coalesce the next block with this block. Let's try to do it!
- uint16_t inext = i + 3 + blen;
- if (inext <= (PageSize - 4) &&
- (buffer[inext] | uint16_t(buffer[inext + 1] << 8)) == (baddr + blen + 1)) {
- // YES! ... we can coalesce blocks! . Do it!
-
- // Adjust this block header to include the next one
- buffer[i + 2] += buffer[inext + 2] + 1;
-
- // Store data at the right place
- buffer[i + 3 + blen] = data;
-
- // Remove the next block header and append its data
- memmove(&buffer[inext + 1], &buffer[inext + 3], iend - inext - 3);
-
- // Finally, as we have saved 2 bytes at the end, make sure to clean them
- buffer[iend - 2] = 0xFF;
- buffer[iend - 1] = 0xFF;
-
- }
- else {
- // NO ... No coalescing possible yet
-
- // Make room at the end for our byte
- memmove(&buffer[i + 3 + blen + 1], &buffer[i + 3 + blen], iend - i - 3 - blen);
-
- // And add the data to the block
- buffer[i + 2]++;
- buffer[i + 3 + blen] = data;
- }
- }
-
- // Done!
- return true;
- }
- }
-
- // As blocks are always sorted, if the starting address of this block is higher
- // than the address we are looking for, break loop now - We wont find the value
- // associated to the address
- if (baddr > address) break;
-
- // Jump to the next block
- i += 3 + blen;
- }
-
- // Value is not stored AND we can't expand previous block to contain it. We must create a new block
-
- // First, lets find how much free space remains
- uint32_t iend = i;
- while (iend <= (PageSize - 4)) { /* (PageSize - 4) because otherwise, there is not enough room for data and headers */
- uint32_t ln = buffer[iend + 2];
- if (ln == 0xFF) break;
- iend += 3 + ln;
- }
-
- // If there is room for a new block, insert it at the proper place
- if (iend <= (PageSize - 4)) {
-
- // We have room to create a new block. Do so --- But add
- // the block at the proper position, sorted by starting
- // address, so it will be possible to compact it with other blocks.
-
- // Make space
- memmove(&buffer[i + 4], &buffer[i], iend - i);
-
- // And add the block
- buffer[i] = address & 0xFF;
- buffer[i + 1] = (address >> 8) & 0xFF;
- buffer[i + 2] = 1;
- buffer[i + 3] = data;
-
- // Done!
- return true;
- }
-
- // Not enough room to store this information on this FLASH page - Perform a
- // flush and override the address with the specified contents
- return ee_Flush(address, data);
-}
-
-static void ee_Init() {
-
- // Just init once!
- if (curGroup != 0xFF) return;
-
- // Clean up the SRAM buffer
- memset(buffer, 0xFF, sizeof(buffer));
-
- // Now, we must find out the group where settings are stored
- for (curGroup = 0; curGroup < GroupCount; curGroup++)
- if (!ee_IsPageClean(curGroup * PagesPerGroup)) break;
-
- // If all groups seem to be used, default to first group
- if (curGroup >= GroupCount) curGroup = 0;
-
- #ifdef EE_EMU_DEBUG
- SERIAL_ECHO_START();
- SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("EEPROM Current Group: ",curGroup);
- SERIAL_FLUSH();
- #endif
-
- // Now, validate that all the other group pages are empty
- for (int grp = 0; grp < GroupCount; grp++) {
- if (grp == curGroup) continue;
-
- for (int page = 0; page < PagesPerGroup; page++) {
- if (!ee_IsPageClean(grp * PagesPerGroup + page)) {
- #ifdef EE_EMU_DEBUG
- SERIAL_ECHO_START();
- SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("EEPROM Page ", page, " not clean on group ", grp);
- SERIAL_FLUSH();
- #endif
- ee_PageErase(grp * PagesPerGroup + page);
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Finally, for the active group, determine the first unused page
- // and also validate that all the other ones are clean
- for (curPage = 0; curPage < PagesPerGroup; curPage++) {
- if (ee_IsPageClean(curGroup * PagesPerGroup + curPage)) {
- #ifdef EE_EMU_DEBUG
- ee_Dump(curGroup * PagesPerGroup + curPage, getFlashStorage(curGroup * PagesPerGroup + curPage));
- #endif
- break;
- }
- }
-
- #ifdef EE_EMU_DEBUG
- SERIAL_ECHO_START();
- SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("EEPROM Active page: ", curPage);
- SERIAL_FLUSH();
- #endif
-
- // Make sure the pages following the first clean one are also clean
- for (int page = curPage + 1; page < PagesPerGroup; page++) {
- if (!ee_IsPageClean(curGroup * PagesPerGroup + page)) {
- #ifdef EE_EMU_DEBUG
- SERIAL_ECHO_START();
- SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("EEPROM Page ", page, " not clean on active group ", curGroup);
- SERIAL_FLUSH();
- ee_Dump(curGroup * PagesPerGroup + page, getFlashStorage(curGroup * PagesPerGroup + page));
- #endif
- ee_PageErase(curGroup * PagesPerGroup + page);
- }
- }
-}
-
-uint8_t eeprom_read_byte(uint8_t* addr) {
- ee_Init();
- return ee_Read((uint32_t)addr);
-}
-
-void eeprom_write_byte(uint8_t* addr, uint8_t value) {
- ee_Init();
- ee_Write((uint32_t)addr, value);
-}
-
-void eeprom_update_block(const void* __src, void* __dst, size_t __n) {
- uint8_t* dst = (uint8_t*)__dst;
- const uint8_t* src = (const uint8_t*)__src;
- while (__n--) {
- eeprom_write_byte(dst, *src);
- ++dst;
- ++src;
- }
-}
-
-void eeprom_read_block(void* __dst, const void* __src, size_t __n) {
- uint8_t* dst = (uint8_t*)__dst;
- uint8_t* src = (uint8_t*)__src;
- while (__n--) {
- *dst = eeprom_read_byte(src);
- ++dst;
- ++src;
- }
-}
-
-void eeprom_flush() {
- ee_Flush();
-}
-
-#endif // FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION
-#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_AVR
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/HAL.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index cb381ff..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/HAL.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- */
-
-/**
- * Description: HAL for Arduino Due and compatible (SAM3X8E)
- *
- * For ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM
- */
-
-#ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM
-
-#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
-#include "HAL.h"
-
-#include
-#include "usb/usb_task.h"
-
-// ------------------------
-// Public Variables
-// ------------------------
-
-uint16_t HAL_adc_result;
-
-// ------------------------
-// Public functions
-// ------------------------
-
-// HAL initialization task
-void HAL_init() {
- // Initialize the USB stack
- #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- OUT_WRITE(SDSS, HIGH); // Try to set SDSS inactive before any other SPI users start up
- #endif
- usb_task_init();
-}
-
-// HAL idle task
-void HAL_idletask() {
- // Perform USB stack housekeeping
- usb_task_idle();
-}
-
-// Disable interrupts
-void cli() { noInterrupts(); }
-
-// Enable interrupts
-void sei() { interrupts(); }
-
-void HAL_clear_reset_source() { }
-
-uint8_t HAL_get_reset_source() {
- switch ((RSTC->RSTC_SR >> 8) & 0x07) {
- case 0: return RST_POWER_ON;
- case 1: return RST_BACKUP;
- case 2: return RST_WATCHDOG;
- case 3: return RST_SOFTWARE;
- case 4: return RST_EXTERNAL;
- default: return 0;
- }
-}
-
-void _delay_ms(const int delay_ms) {
- // Todo: port for Due?
- delay(delay_ms);
-}
-
-extern "C" {
- extern unsigned int _ebss; // end of bss section
-}
-
-// Return free memory between end of heap (or end bss) and whatever is current
-int freeMemory() {
- int free_memory, heap_end = (int)_sbrk(0);
- return (int)&free_memory - (heap_end ?: (int)&_ebss);
-}
-
-// ------------------------
-// ADC
-// ------------------------
-
-void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t ch) {
- HAL_adc_result = analogRead(ch);
-}
-
-uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result() {
- // nop
- return HAL_adc_result;
-}
-
-#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/HAL.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 42f6f17..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/HAL.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
- * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Description: HAL for Arduino Due and compatible (SAM3X8E)
- *
- * For ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM
- */
-
-#define CPU_32_BIT
-
-#include "../shared/Marduino.h"
-#include "../shared/math_32bit.h"
-#include "../shared/HAL_SPI.h"
-#include "fastio.h"
-#include "watchdog.h"
-#include "timers.h"
-
-#include
-
-// Define MYSERIAL0/1 before MarlinSerial includes!
-#if SERIAL_PORT == -1 || ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER)
- #define MYSERIAL0 customizedSerial1
-#elif SERIAL_PORT == 0
- #define MYSERIAL0 Serial
-#elif SERIAL_PORT == 1
- #define MYSERIAL0 Serial1
-#elif SERIAL_PORT == 2
- #define MYSERIAL0 Serial2
-#elif SERIAL_PORT == 3
- #define MYSERIAL0 Serial3
-#else
- #error "The required SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration."
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2
- #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT
- #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different from SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration."
- #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 || ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER)
- #define MYSERIAL1 customizedSerial2
- #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0
- #define MYSERIAL1 Serial
- #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 1
- #define MYSERIAL1 Serial1
- #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 2
- #define MYSERIAL1 Serial2
- #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 3
- #define MYSERIAL1 Serial3
- #else
- #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration."
- #endif
- #define NUM_SERIAL 2
-#else
- #define NUM_SERIAL 1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT
- #if DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT
- #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different from SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration."
- #elif defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT_2
- #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT_2. Please update your configuration."
- #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == -1
- #define DGUS_SERIAL internalDgusSerial
- #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 0
- #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial
- #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 1
- #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial1
- #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2
- #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial2
- #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 3
- #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial3
- #else
- #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration."
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#include "MarlinSerial.h"
-#include "MarlinSerialUSB.h"
-
-// On AVR this is in math.h?
-#define square(x) ((x)*(x))
-
-#ifndef strncpy_P
- #define strncpy_P(dest, src, num) strncpy((dest), (src), (num))
-#endif
-
-// Fix bug in pgm_read_ptr
-#undef pgm_read_ptr
-#define pgm_read_ptr(addr) (*((void**)(addr)))
-#undef pgm_read_word
-#define pgm_read_word(addr) (*((uint16_t*)(addr)))
-
-typedef int8_t pin_t;
-
-#define SHARED_SERVOS HAS_SERVOS
-#define HAL_SERVO_LIB Servo
-
-//
-// Interrupts
-//
-#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START() uint32_t primask = __get_PRIMASK(); __disable_irq()
-#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END() if (!primask) __enable_irq()
-#define ISRS_ENABLED() (!__get_PRIMASK())
-#define ENABLE_ISRS() __enable_irq()
-#define DISABLE_ISRS() __disable_irq()
-
-void cli(); // Disable interrupts
-void sei(); // Enable interrupts
-
-void HAL_clear_reset_source(); // clear reset reason
-uint8_t HAL_get_reset_source(); // get reset reason
-
-//
-// EEPROM
-//
-void eeprom_write_byte(uint8_t *pos, unsigned char value);
-uint8_t eeprom_read_byte(uint8_t *pos);
-void eeprom_read_block (void *__dst, const void *__src, size_t __n);
-void eeprom_update_block (const void *__src, void *__dst, size_t __n);
-
-//
-// ADC
-//
-extern uint16_t HAL_adc_result; // result of last ADC conversion
-
-#ifndef analogInputToDigitalPin
- #define analogInputToDigitalPin(p) ((p < 12u) ? (p) + 54u : -1)
-#endif
-
-#define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(ch)
-
-inline void HAL_adc_init() {}//todo
-
-#define HAL_START_ADC(ch) HAL_adc_start_conversion(ch)
-#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10
-#define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_result
-#define HAL_ADC_READY() true
-
-void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t ch);
-uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result();
-
-//
-// Pin Map
-//
-#define GET_PIN_MAP_PIN(index) index
-#define GET_PIN_MAP_INDEX(pin) pin
-#define PARSED_PIN_INDEX(code, dval) parser.intval(code, dval)
-
-//
-// Tone
-//
-void toneInit();
-void tone(const pin_t _pin, const unsigned int frequency, const unsigned long duration=0);
-void noTone(const pin_t _pin);
-
-// Enable hooks into idle and setup for HAL
-#define HAL_IDLETASK 1
-void HAL_idletask();
-void HAL_init();
-
-//
-// Utility functions
-//
-void _delay_ms(const int delay);
-
-#pragma GCC diagnostic push
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"
-int freeMemory();
-#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
- extern "C" {
-#endif
-char *dtostrf(double __val, signed char __width, unsigned char __prec, char *__s);
-#ifdef __cplusplus
- }
-#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/HAL_SPI.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/HAL_SPI.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 97a6fa0..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/HAL_SPI.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,826 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-
-/**
- * Software SPI functions originally from Arduino Sd2Card Library
- * Copyright (c) 2009 by William Greiman
- *
- * Completely rewritten and tuned by Eduardo José Tagle in 2017/2018
- * in ARM thumb2 inline assembler and tuned for maximum speed and performance
- * allowing SPI clocks of up to 12 Mhz to increase SD card read/write performance
- */
-
-/**
- * Description: HAL for Arduino Due and compatible (SAM3X8E)
- *
- * For ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM
- */
-
-#ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM
-
-#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
-#include "../shared/Delay.h"
-
-// ------------------------
-// Public functions
-// ------------------------
-
-#if EITHER(DUE_SOFTWARE_SPI, FORCE_SOFT_SPI)
-
- // ------------------------
- // Software SPI
- // ------------------------
-
- // Make sure GCC optimizes this file.
- // Note that this line triggers a bug in GCC which is fixed by casting.
- // See the note below.
- #pragma GCC optimize (3)
-
- typedef uint8_t (*pfnSpiTransfer)(uint8_t b);
- typedef void (*pfnSpiRxBlock)(uint8_t* buf, uint32_t nbyte);
- typedef void (*pfnSpiTxBlock)(const uint8_t* buf, uint32_t nbyte);
-
- /* ---------------- Macros to be able to access definitions from asm */
- #define _PORT(IO) DIO ## IO ## _WPORT
- #define _PIN_MASK(IO) MASK(DIO ## IO ## _PIN)
- #define _PIN_SHIFT(IO) DIO ## IO ## _PIN
- #define PORT(IO) _PORT(IO)
- #define PIN_MASK(IO) _PIN_MASK(IO)
- #define PIN_SHIFT(IO) _PIN_SHIFT(IO)
-
- // run at ~8 .. ~10Mhz - Tx version (Rx data discarded)
- static uint8_t spiTransferTx0(uint8_t bout) { // using Mode 0
- uint32_t MOSI_PORT_PLUS30 = ((uint32_t) PORT(MOSI_PIN)) + 0x30; /* SODR of port */
- uint32_t MOSI_MASK = PIN_MASK(MOSI_PIN);
- uint32_t SCK_PORT_PLUS30 = ((uint32_t) PORT(SCK_PIN)) + 0x30; /* SODR of port */
- uint32_t SCK_MASK = PIN_MASK(SCK_PIN);
- uint32_t idx = 0;
-
- /* Negate bout, as the assembler requires a negated value */
- bout = ~bout;
-
- /* The software SPI routine */
- __asm__ __volatile__(
- A(".syntax unified") // is to prevent CM0,CM1 non-unified syntax
-
- /* Bit 7 */
- A("ubfx %[idx],%[txval],#7,#1") /* Place bit 7 in bit 0 of idx*/
-
- A("str %[mosi_mask],[%[mosi_port], %[idx],LSL #2]") /* Access the proper SODR or CODR registers based on that bit */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ubfx %[idx],%[txval],#6,#1") /* Place bit 6 in bit 0 of idx*/
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
-
- /* Bit 6 */
- A("str %[mosi_mask],[%[mosi_port], %[idx],LSL #2]") /* Access the proper SODR or CODR registers based on that bit */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ubfx %[idx],%[txval],#5,#1") /* Place bit 5 in bit 0 of idx*/
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
-
- /* Bit 5 */
- A("str %[mosi_mask],[%[mosi_port], %[idx],LSL #2]") /* Access the proper SODR or CODR registers based on that bit */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ubfx %[idx],%[txval],#4,#1") /* Place bit 4 in bit 0 of idx*/
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
-
- /* Bit 4 */
- A("str %[mosi_mask],[%[mosi_port], %[idx],LSL #2]") /* Access the proper SODR or CODR registers based on that bit */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ubfx %[idx],%[txval],#3,#1") /* Place bit 3 in bit 0 of idx*/
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
-
- /* Bit 3 */
- A("str %[mosi_mask],[%[mosi_port], %[idx],LSL #2]") /* Access the proper SODR or CODR registers based on that bit */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ubfx %[idx],%[txval],#2,#1") /* Place bit 2 in bit 0 of idx*/
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
-
- /* Bit 2 */
- A("str %[mosi_mask],[%[mosi_port], %[idx],LSL #2]") /* Access the proper SODR or CODR registers based on that bit */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ubfx %[idx],%[txval],#1,#1") /* Place bit 1 in bit 0 of idx*/
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
-
- /* Bit 1 */
- A("str %[mosi_mask],[%[mosi_port], %[idx],LSL #2]") /* Access the proper SODR or CODR registers based on that bit */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ubfx %[idx],%[txval],#0,#1") /* Place bit 0 in bit 0 of idx*/
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
-
- /* Bit 0 */
- A("str %[mosi_mask],[%[mosi_port], %[idx],LSL #2]") /* Access the proper SODR or CODR registers based on that bit */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("nop") /* Result will be 0 */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
-
- : [idx]"+r"( idx )
- : [txval]"r"( bout ) ,
- [mosi_mask]"r"( MOSI_MASK ),
- [mosi_port]"r"( MOSI_PORT_PLUS30 ),
- [sck_mask]"r"( SCK_MASK ),
- [sck_port]"r"( SCK_PORT_PLUS30 )
- : "cc"
- );
-
- return 0;
- }
-
- // Calculates the bit band alias address and returns a pointer address to word.
- // addr: The byte address of bitbanding bit.
- // bit: The bit position of bitbanding bit.
- #define BITBAND_ADDRESS(addr, bit) \
- (((uint32_t)(addr) & 0xF0000000) + 0x02000000 + ((uint32_t)(addr)&0xFFFFF)*32 + (bit)*4)
-
- // run at ~8 .. ~10Mhz - Rx version (Tx line not altered)
- static uint8_t spiTransferRx0(uint8_t) { // using Mode 0
- uint32_t bin = 0;
- uint32_t work = 0;
- uint32_t BITBAND_MISO_PORT = BITBAND_ADDRESS( ((uint32_t)PORT(MISO_PIN))+0x3C, PIN_SHIFT(MISO_PIN)); /* PDSR of port in bitband area */
- uint32_t SCK_PORT_PLUS30 = ((uint32_t) PORT(SCK_PIN)) + 0x30; /* SODR of port */
- uint32_t SCK_MASK = PIN_MASK(SCK_PIN);
-
- /* The software SPI routine */
- __asm__ __volatile__(
- A(".syntax unified") // is to prevent CM0,CM1 non-unified syntax
-
- /* bit 7 */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ldr %[work],[%[bitband_miso_port]]") /* PDSR on bitband area for required bit: work will be 1 or 0 based on port */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
- A("bfi %[bin],%[work],#7,#1") /* Store read bit as the bit 7 */
-
- /* bit 6 */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ldr %[work],[%[bitband_miso_port]]") /* PDSR on bitband area for required bit: work will be 1 or 0 based on port */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
- A("bfi %[bin],%[work],#6,#1") /* Store read bit as the bit 6 */
-
- /* bit 5 */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ldr %[work],[%[bitband_miso_port]]") /* PDSR on bitband area for required bit: work will be 1 or 0 based on port */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
- A("bfi %[bin],%[work],#5,#1") /* Store read bit as the bit 5 */
-
- /* bit 4 */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ldr %[work],[%[bitband_miso_port]]") /* PDSR on bitband area for required bit: work will be 1 or 0 based on port */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
- A("bfi %[bin],%[work],#4,#1") /* Store read bit as the bit 4 */
-
- /* bit 3 */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ldr %[work],[%[bitband_miso_port]]") /* PDSR on bitband area for required bit: work will be 1 or 0 based on port */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
- A("bfi %[bin],%[work],#3,#1") /* Store read bit as the bit 3 */
-
- /* bit 2 */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ldr %[work],[%[bitband_miso_port]]") /* PDSR on bitband area for required bit: work will be 1 or 0 based on port */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
- A("bfi %[bin],%[work],#2,#1") /* Store read bit as the bit 2 */
-
- /* bit 1 */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ldr %[work],[%[bitband_miso_port]]") /* PDSR on bitband area for required bit: work will be 1 or 0 based on port */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
- A("bfi %[bin],%[work],#1,#1") /* Store read bit as the bit 1 */
-
- /* bit 0 */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ldr %[work],[%[bitband_miso_port]]") /* PDSR on bitband area for required bit: work will be 1 or 0 based on port */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
- A("bfi %[bin],%[work],#0,#1") /* Store read bit as the bit 0 */
-
- : [bin]"+r"(bin),
- [work]"+r"(work)
- : [bitband_miso_port]"r"( BITBAND_MISO_PORT ),
- [sck_mask]"r"( SCK_MASK ),
- [sck_port]"r"( SCK_PORT_PLUS30 )
- : "cc"
- );
-
- return bin;
- }
-
- // run at ~4Mhz
- static uint8_t spiTransfer1(uint8_t b) { // using Mode 0
- int bits = 8;
- do {
- WRITE(MOSI_PIN, b & 0x80);
- b <<= 1; // little setup time
-
- WRITE(SCK_PIN, HIGH);
- DELAY_NS(125); // 10 cycles @ 84mhz
-
- b |= (READ(MISO_PIN) != 0);
-
- WRITE(SCK_PIN, LOW);
- DELAY_NS(125); // 10 cycles @ 84mhz
- } while (--bits);
- return b;
- }
-
- // all the others
- static uint32_t spiDelayCyclesX4 = (F_CPU) / 1000000; // 4µs => 125khz
-
- static uint8_t spiTransferX(uint8_t b) { // using Mode 0
- int bits = 8;
- do {
- WRITE(MOSI_PIN, b & 0x80);
- b <<= 1; // little setup time
-
- WRITE(SCK_PIN, HIGH);
- __delay_4cycles(spiDelayCyclesX4);
-
- b |= (READ(MISO_PIN) != 0);
-
- WRITE(SCK_PIN, LOW);
- __delay_4cycles(spiDelayCyclesX4);
- } while (--bits);
- return b;
- }
-
- // Pointers to generic functions for byte transfers
-
- /**
- * Note: The cast is unnecessary, but without it, this file triggers a GCC 4.8.3-2014 bug.
- * Later GCC versions do not have this problem, but at this time (May 2018) Arduino still
- * uses that buggy and obsolete GCC version!!
- */
- static pfnSpiTransfer spiTransferRx = (pfnSpiTransfer)spiTransferX;
- static pfnSpiTransfer spiTransferTx = (pfnSpiTransfer)spiTransferX;
-
- // Block transfers run at ~8 .. ~10Mhz - Tx version (Rx data discarded)
- static void spiTxBlock0(const uint8_t* ptr, uint32_t todo) {
- uint32_t MOSI_PORT_PLUS30 = ((uint32_t) PORT(MOSI_PIN)) + 0x30; /* SODR of port */
- uint32_t MOSI_MASK = PIN_MASK(MOSI_PIN);
- uint32_t SCK_PORT_PLUS30 = ((uint32_t) PORT(SCK_PIN)) + 0x30; /* SODR of port */
- uint32_t SCK_MASK = PIN_MASK(SCK_PIN);
- uint32_t work = 0;
- uint32_t txval = 0;
-
- /* The software SPI routine */
- __asm__ __volatile__(
- A(".syntax unified") // is to prevent CM0,CM1 non-unified syntax
-
- L("loop%=")
- A("ldrb.w %[txval], [%[ptr]], #1") /* Load value to send, increment buffer */
- A("mvn %[txval],%[txval]") /* Negate value */
-
- /* Bit 7 */
- A("ubfx %[work],%[txval],#7,#1") /* Place bit 7 in bit 0 of work*/
-
- A("str %[mosi_mask],[%[mosi_port], %[work],LSL #2]") /* Access the proper SODR or CODR registers based on that bit */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ubfx %[work],%[txval],#6,#1") /* Place bit 6 in bit 0 of work*/
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
-
- /* Bit 6 */
- A("str %[mosi_mask],[%[mosi_port], %[work],LSL #2]") /* Access the proper SODR or CODR registers based on that bit */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ubfx %[work],%[txval],#5,#1") /* Place bit 5 in bit 0 of work*/
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
-
- /* Bit 5 */
- A("str %[mosi_mask],[%[mosi_port], %[work],LSL #2]") /* Access the proper SODR or CODR registers based on that bit */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ubfx %[work],%[txval],#4,#1") /* Place bit 4 in bit 0 of work*/
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
-
- /* Bit 4 */
- A("str %[mosi_mask],[%[mosi_port], %[work],LSL #2]") /* Access the proper SODR or CODR registers based on that bit */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ubfx %[work],%[txval],#3,#1") /* Place bit 3 in bit 0 of work*/
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
-
- /* Bit 3 */
- A("str %[mosi_mask],[%[mosi_port], %[work],LSL #2]") /* Access the proper SODR or CODR registers based on that bit */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ubfx %[work],%[txval],#2,#1") /* Place bit 2 in bit 0 of work*/
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
-
- /* Bit 2 */
- A("str %[mosi_mask],[%[mosi_port], %[work],LSL #2]") /* Access the proper SODR or CODR registers based on that bit */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ubfx %[work],%[txval],#1,#1") /* Place bit 1 in bit 0 of work*/
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
-
- /* Bit 1 */
- A("str %[mosi_mask],[%[mosi_port], %[work],LSL #2]") /* Access the proper SODR or CODR registers based on that bit */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ubfx %[work],%[txval],#0,#1") /* Place bit 0 in bit 0 of work*/
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
-
- /* Bit 0 */
- A("str %[mosi_mask],[%[mosi_port], %[work],LSL #2]") /* Access the proper SODR or CODR registers based on that bit */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("subs %[todo],#1") /* Decrement count of pending words to send, update status */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
- A("bne.n loop%=") /* Repeat until done */
-
- : [ptr]"+r" ( ptr ) ,
- [todo]"+r" ( todo ) ,
- [work]"+r"( work ) ,
- [txval]"+r"( txval )
- : [mosi_mask]"r"( MOSI_MASK ),
- [mosi_port]"r"( MOSI_PORT_PLUS30 ),
- [sck_mask]"r"( SCK_MASK ),
- [sck_port]"r"( SCK_PORT_PLUS30 )
- : "cc"
- );
- }
-
- static void spiRxBlock0(uint8_t* ptr, uint32_t todo) {
- uint32_t bin = 0;
- uint32_t work = 0;
- uint32_t BITBAND_MISO_PORT = BITBAND_ADDRESS( ((uint32_t)PORT(MISO_PIN))+0x3C, PIN_SHIFT(MISO_PIN)); /* PDSR of port in bitband area */
- uint32_t SCK_PORT_PLUS30 = ((uint32_t) PORT(SCK_PIN)) + 0x30; /* SODR of port */
- uint32_t SCK_MASK = PIN_MASK(SCK_PIN);
-
- /* The software SPI routine */
- __asm__ __volatile__(
- A(".syntax unified") // is to prevent CM0,CM1 non-unified syntax
-
- L("loop%=")
-
- /* bit 7 */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ldr %[work],[%[bitband_miso_port]]") /* PDSR on bitband area for required bit: work will be 1 or 0 based on port */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
- A("bfi %[bin],%[work],#7,#1") /* Store read bit as the bit 7 */
-
- /* bit 6 */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ldr %[work],[%[bitband_miso_port]]") /* PDSR on bitband area for required bit: work will be 1 or 0 based on port */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
- A("bfi %[bin],%[work],#6,#1") /* Store read bit as the bit 6 */
-
- /* bit 5 */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ldr %[work],[%[bitband_miso_port]]") /* PDSR on bitband area for required bit: work will be 1 or 0 based on port */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
- A("bfi %[bin],%[work],#5,#1") /* Store read bit as the bit 5 */
-
- /* bit 4 */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ldr %[work],[%[bitband_miso_port]]") /* PDSR on bitband area for required bit: work will be 1 or 0 based on port */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
- A("bfi %[bin],%[work],#4,#1") /* Store read bit as the bit 4 */
-
- /* bit 3 */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ldr %[work],[%[bitband_miso_port]]") /* PDSR on bitband area for required bit: work will be 1 or 0 based on port */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
- A("bfi %[bin],%[work],#3,#1") /* Store read bit as the bit 3 */
-
- /* bit 2 */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ldr %[work],[%[bitband_miso_port]]") /* PDSR on bitband area for required bit: work will be 1 or 0 based on port */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
- A("bfi %[bin],%[work],#2,#1") /* Store read bit as the bit 2 */
-
- /* bit 1 */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ldr %[work],[%[bitband_miso_port]]") /* PDSR on bitband area for required bit: work will be 1 or 0 based on port */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
- A("bfi %[bin],%[work],#1,#1") /* Store read bit as the bit 1 */
-
- /* bit 0 */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port]]") /* SODR */
- A("ldr %[work],[%[bitband_miso_port]]") /* PDSR on bitband area for required bit: work will be 1 or 0 based on port */
- A("str %[sck_mask],[%[sck_port],#0x4]") /* CODR */
- A("bfi %[bin],%[work],#0,#1") /* Store read bit as the bit 0 */
-
- A("subs %[todo],#1") /* Decrement count of pending words to send, update status */
- A("strb.w %[bin], [%[ptr]], #1") /* Store read value into buffer, increment buffer pointer */
- A("bne.n loop%=") /* Repeat until done */
-
- : [ptr]"+r"(ptr),
- [todo]"+r"(todo),
- [bin]"+r"(bin),
- [work]"+r"(work)
- : [bitband_miso_port]"r"( BITBAND_MISO_PORT ),
- [sck_mask]"r"( SCK_MASK ),
- [sck_port]"r"( SCK_PORT_PLUS30 )
- : "cc"
- );
- }
-
- static void spiTxBlockX(const uint8_t* buf, uint32_t todo) {
- do {
- (void)spiTransferTx(*buf++);
- } while (--todo);
- }
-
- static void spiRxBlockX(uint8_t* buf, uint32_t todo) {
- do {
- *buf++ = spiTransferRx(0xFF);
- } while (--todo);
- }
-
- // Pointers to generic functions for block tranfers
- static pfnSpiTxBlock spiTxBlock = (pfnSpiTxBlock)spiTxBlockX;
- static pfnSpiRxBlock spiRxBlock = (pfnSpiRxBlock)spiRxBlockX;
-
- #if MB(ALLIGATOR)
- #define _SS_WRITE(S) WRITE(SS_PIN, S)
- #else
- #define _SS_WRITE(S) NOOP
- #endif
-
- void spiBegin() {
- SET_OUTPUT(SS_PIN);
- _SS_WRITE(HIGH);
- SET_OUTPUT(SCK_PIN);
- SET_INPUT(MISO_PIN);
- SET_OUTPUT(MOSI_PIN);
- }
-
- uint8_t spiRec() {
- _SS_WRITE(LOW);
- WRITE(MOSI_PIN, HIGH); // Output 1s 1
- uint8_t b = spiTransferRx(0xFF);
- _SS_WRITE(HIGH);
- return b;
- }
-
- void spiRead(uint8_t* buf, uint16_t nbyte) {
- if (nbyte) {
- _SS_WRITE(LOW);
- WRITE(MOSI_PIN, HIGH); // Output 1s 1
- spiRxBlock(buf, nbyte);
- _SS_WRITE(HIGH);
- }
- }
-
- void spiSend(uint8_t b) {
- _SS_WRITE(LOW);
- (void)spiTransferTx(b);
- _SS_WRITE(HIGH);
- }
-
- void spiSendBlock(uint8_t token, const uint8_t* buf) {
- _SS_WRITE(LOW);
- (void)spiTransferTx(token);
- spiTxBlock(buf, 512);
- _SS_WRITE(HIGH);
- }
-
- /**
- * spiRate should be
- * 0 : 8 - 10 MHz
- * 1 : 4 - 5 MHz
- * 2 : 2 - 2.5 MHz
- * 3 : 1 - 1.25 MHz
- * 4 : 500 - 625 kHz
- * 5 : 250 - 312 kHz
- * 6 : 125 - 156 kHz
- */
- void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate) {
- switch (spiRate) {
- case 0:
- spiTransferTx = (pfnSpiTransfer)spiTransferTx0;
- spiTransferRx = (pfnSpiTransfer)spiTransferRx0;
- spiTxBlock = (pfnSpiTxBlock)spiTxBlock0;
- spiRxBlock = (pfnSpiRxBlock)spiRxBlock0;
- break;
- case 1:
- spiTransferTx = (pfnSpiTransfer)spiTransfer1;
- spiTransferRx = (pfnSpiTransfer)spiTransfer1;
- spiTxBlock = (pfnSpiTxBlock)spiTxBlockX;
- spiRxBlock = (pfnSpiRxBlock)spiRxBlockX;
- break;
- default:
- spiDelayCyclesX4 = ((F_CPU) / 1000000) >> (6 - spiRate);
- spiTransferTx = (pfnSpiTransfer)spiTransferX;
- spiTransferRx = (pfnSpiTransfer)spiTransferX;
- spiTxBlock = (pfnSpiTxBlock)spiTxBlockX;
- spiRxBlock = (pfnSpiRxBlock)spiRxBlockX;
- break;
- }
-
- _SS_WRITE(HIGH);
- WRITE(MOSI_PIN, HIGH);
- WRITE(SCK_PIN, LOW);
- }
-
- /** Begin SPI transaction, set clock, bit order, data mode */
- void spiBeginTransaction(uint32_t spiClock, uint8_t bitOrder, uint8_t dataMode) {
- // TODO: to be implemented
- }
-
- #pragma GCC reset_options
-
-#else // !SOFTWARE_SPI
-
- #define WHILE_TX(N) while ((SPI0->SPI_SR & SPI_SR_TDRE) == (N))
- #define WHILE_RX(N) while ((SPI0->SPI_SR & SPI_SR_RDRF) == (N))
- #define FLUSH_TX() do{ WHILE_RX(1) SPI0->SPI_RDR; }while(0)
-
- #if MB(ALLIGATOR)
-
- // slave selects controlled by SPI controller
- // doesn't support changing SPI speeds for SD card
-
- // ------------------------
- // hardware SPI
- // ------------------------
- static bool spiInitialized = false;
-
- void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate) {
- if (spiInitialized) return;
-
- // 8.4 MHz, 4 MHz, 2 MHz, 1 MHz, 0.5 MHz, 0.329 MHz, 0.329 MHz
- constexpr int spiDivider[] = { 10, 21, 42, 84, 168, 255, 255 };
- if (spiRate > 6) spiRate = 1;
-
- // Set SPI mode 1, clock, select not active after transfer, with delay between transfers
- SPI_ConfigureNPCS(SPI0, SPI_CHAN_DAC,
- SPI_CSR_CSAAT | SPI_CSR_SCBR(spiDivider[spiRate]) |
- SPI_CSR_DLYBCT(1));
- // Set SPI mode 0, clock, select not active after transfer, with delay between transfers
- SPI_ConfigureNPCS(SPI0, SPI_CHAN_EEPROM1, SPI_CSR_NCPHA |
- SPI_CSR_CSAAT | SPI_CSR_SCBR(spiDivider[spiRate]) |
- SPI_CSR_DLYBCT(1));
-
- // Set SPI mode 0, clock, select not active after transfer, with delay between transfers
- SPI_ConfigureNPCS(SPI0, SPI_CHAN, SPI_CSR_NCPHA |
- SPI_CSR_CSAAT | SPI_CSR_SCBR(spiDivider[spiRate]) |
- SPI_CSR_DLYBCT(1));
- SPI_Enable(SPI0);
- spiInitialized = true;
- }
-
- void spiBegin() {
- if (spiInitialized) return;
-
- // Configure SPI pins
- PIO_Configure(
- g_APinDescription[SCK_PIN].pPort,
- g_APinDescription[SCK_PIN].ulPinType,
- g_APinDescription[SCK_PIN].ulPin,
- g_APinDescription[SCK_PIN].ulPinConfiguration);
- PIO_Configure(
- g_APinDescription[MOSI_PIN].pPort,
- g_APinDescription[MOSI_PIN].ulPinType,
- g_APinDescription[MOSI_PIN].ulPin,
- g_APinDescription[MOSI_PIN].ulPinConfiguration);
- PIO_Configure(
- g_APinDescription[MISO_PIN].pPort,
- g_APinDescription[MISO_PIN].ulPinType,
- g_APinDescription[MISO_PIN].ulPin,
- g_APinDescription[MISO_PIN].ulPinConfiguration);
-
- // set master mode, peripheral select, fault detection
- SPI_Configure(SPI0, ID_SPI0, SPI_MR_MSTR | SPI_MR_MODFDIS | SPI_MR_PS);
- SPI_Enable(SPI0);
-
- SET_OUTPUT(DAC0_SYNC);
- #if EXTRUDERS > 1
- SET_OUTPUT(DAC1_SYNC);
- WRITE(DAC1_SYNC, HIGH);
- #endif
- SET_OUTPUT(SPI_EEPROM1_CS);
- SET_OUTPUT(SPI_EEPROM2_CS);
- SET_OUTPUT(SPI_FLASH_CS);
- WRITE(DAC0_SYNC, HIGH);
- WRITE(SPI_EEPROM1_CS, HIGH);
- WRITE(SPI_EEPROM2_CS, HIGH);
- WRITE(SPI_FLASH_CS, HIGH);
- WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH);
-
- OUT_WRITE(SDSS, LOW);
-
- PIO_Configure(
- g_APinDescription[SPI_PIN].pPort,
- g_APinDescription[SPI_PIN].ulPinType,
- g_APinDescription[SPI_PIN].ulPin,
- g_APinDescription[SPI_PIN].ulPinConfiguration
- );
-
- spiInit(1);
- }
-
- // Read single byte from SPI
- uint8_t spiRec() {
- // write dummy byte with address and end transmission flag
- SPI0->SPI_TDR = 0x000000FF | SPI_PCS(SPI_CHAN) | SPI_TDR_LASTXFER;
-
- WHILE_TX(0);
- WHILE_RX(0);
-
- //DELAY_US(1U);
- return SPI0->SPI_RDR;
- }
-
- uint8_t spiRec(uint32_t chan) {
-
- WHILE_TX(0);
- FLUSH_RX();
-
- // write dummy byte with address and end transmission flag
- SPI0->SPI_TDR = 0x000000FF | SPI_PCS(chan) | SPI_TDR_LASTXFER;
- WHILE_RX(0);
-
- return SPI0->SPI_RDR;
- }
-
- // Read from SPI into buffer
- void spiRead(uint8_t* buf, uint16_t nbyte) {
- if (!nbyte) return;
- --nbyte;
- for (int i = 0; i < nbyte; i++) {
- //WHILE_TX(0);
- SPI0->SPI_TDR = 0x000000FF | SPI_PCS(SPI_CHAN);
- WHILE_RX(0);
- buf[i] = SPI0->SPI_RDR;
- //DELAY_US(1U);
- }
- buf[nbyte] = spiRec();
- }
-
- // Write single byte to SPI
- void spiSend(const byte b) {
- // write byte with address and end transmission flag
- SPI0->SPI_TDR = (uint32_t)b | SPI_PCS(SPI_CHAN) | SPI_TDR_LASTXFER;
- WHILE_TX(0);
- WHILE_RX(0);
- SPI0->SPI_RDR;
- //DELAY_US(1U);
- }
-
- void spiSend(const uint8_t* buf, size_t nbyte) {
- if (!nbyte) return;
- --nbyte;
- for (size_t i = 0; i < nbyte; i++) {
- SPI0->SPI_TDR = (uint32_t)buf[i] | SPI_PCS(SPI_CHAN);
- WHILE_TX(0);
- WHILE_RX(0);
- SPI0->SPI_RDR;
- //DELAY_US(1U);
- }
- spiSend(buf[nbyte]);
- }
-
- void spiSend(uint32_t chan, byte b) {
- WHILE_TX(0);
- // write byte with address and end transmission flag
- SPI0->SPI_TDR = (uint32_t)b | SPI_PCS(chan) | SPI_TDR_LASTXFER;
- WHILE_RX(0);
- FLUSH_RX();
- }
-
- void spiSend(uint32_t chan, const uint8_t* buf, size_t nbyte) {
- if (!nbyte) return;
- --nbyte;
- for (size_t i = 0; i < nbyte; i++) {
- WHILE_TX(0);
- SPI0->SPI_TDR = (uint32_t)buf[i] | SPI_PCS(chan);
- WHILE_RX(0);
- FLUSH_RX();
- }
- spiSend(chan, buf[nbyte]);
- }
-
- // Write from buffer to SPI
- void spiSendBlock(uint8_t token, const uint8_t* buf) {
- SPI0->SPI_TDR = (uint32_t)token | SPI_PCS(SPI_CHAN);
- WHILE_TX(0);
- //WHILE_RX(0);
- //SPI0->SPI_RDR;
- for (int i = 0; i < 511; i++) {
- SPI0->SPI_TDR = (uint32_t)buf[i] | SPI_PCS(SPI_CHAN);
- WHILE_TX(0);
- WHILE_RX(0);
- SPI0->SPI_RDR;
- //DELAY_US(1U);
- }
- spiSend(buf[511]);
- }
-
- /** Begin SPI transaction, set clock, bit order, data mode */
- void spiBeginTransaction(uint32_t spiClock, uint8_t bitOrder, uint8_t dataMode) {
- // TODO: to be implemented
- }
-
- #else // U8G compatible hardware SPI
-
- #define SPI_MODE_0_DUE_HW 2 // DUE CPHA control bit is inverted
- #define SPI_MODE_1_DUE_HW 3
- #define SPI_MODE_2_DUE_HW 0
- #define SPI_MODE_3_DUE_HW 1
-
- /**
- * The DUE SPI controller is set up so the upper word of the longword
- * written to the transmit data register selects which SPI Chip Select
- * Register is used. This allows different streams to have different SPI
- * settings.
- *
- * In practice it's spooky. Some combinations hang the system, while others
- * upset the peripheral device.
- *
- * SPI mode should be the same for all streams. The FYSETC_MINI_12864 gets
- * upset if the clock phase changes after chip select goes active.
- *
- * SPI_CSR_CSAAT should be set for all streams. If not the WHILE_TX(0)
- * macro returns immediately which can result in the SPI chip select going
- * inactive before all the data has been sent.
- *
- * The TMC2130 library uses SPI0->SPI_CSR[3].
- *
- * The U8G hardware SPI uses SPI0->SPI_CSR[0]. The system hangs and/or the
- * FYSETC_MINI_12864 gets upset if lower baud rates are used and the SD card
- * is inserted or removed.
- *
- * The SD card uses SPI0->SPI_CSR[3]. Efforts were made to use [1] and [2]
- * but they all resulted in hangs or garbage on the LCD.
- *
- * The SPI controlled chip selects are NOT enabled in the GPIO controller.
- * The application must control the chip select.
- *
- * All of the above can be avoided by defining FORCE_SOFT_SPI to force the
- * display to use software SPI.
- *
- */
-
- void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate=6) { // Default to slowest rate if not specified)
- // Also sets U8G SPI rate to 4MHz and the SPI mode to 3
-
- // 8.4 MHz, 4 MHz, 2 MHz, 1 MHz, 0.5 MHz, 0.329 MHz, 0.329 MHz
- constexpr int spiDivider[] = { 10, 21, 42, 84, 168, 255, 255 };
- if (spiRate > 6) spiRate = 1;
-
- // Enable PIOA and SPI0
- REG_PMC_PCER0 = (1UL << ID_PIOA) | (1UL << ID_SPI0);
-
- // Disable PIO on A26 and A27
- REG_PIOA_PDR = 0x0C000000;
- OUT_WRITE(SDSS, HIGH);
-
- // Reset SPI0 (from sam lib)
- SPI0->SPI_CR = SPI_CR_SPIDIS;
- SPI0->SPI_CR = SPI_CR_SWRST;
- SPI0->SPI_CR = SPI_CR_SWRST;
- SPI0->SPI_CR = SPI_CR_SPIEN;
-
- // TMC2103 compatible setup
- // Master mode, no fault detection, PCS bits in data written to TDR select CSR register
- SPI0->SPI_MR = SPI_MR_MSTR | SPI_MR_PS | SPI_MR_MODFDIS;
- // SPI mode 3, 8 Bit data transfer, baud rate
- SPI0->SPI_CSR[3] = SPI_CSR_SCBR(spiDivider[spiRate]) | SPI_CSR_CSAAT | SPI_MODE_3_DUE_HW; // use same CSR as TMC2130
- SPI0->SPI_CSR[0] = SPI_CSR_SCBR(spiDivider[1]) | SPI_CSR_CSAAT | SPI_MODE_3_DUE_HW; // U8G default to 4MHz
- }
-
- void spiBegin() { spiInit(); }
-
- static uint8_t spiTransfer(uint8_t data) {
- WHILE_TX(0);
- SPI0->SPI_TDR = (uint32_t)data | 0x00070000UL; // Add TMC2130 PCS bits to every byte (use SPI0->SPI_CSR[3])
- WHILE_TX(0);
- WHILE_RX(0);
- return SPI0->SPI_RDR;
- }
-
- uint8_t spiRec() { return (uint8_t)spiTransfer(0xFF); }
-
- void spiRead(uint8_t* buf, uint16_t nbyte) {
- for (int i = 0; i < nbyte; i++)
- buf[i] = spiTransfer(0xFF);
- }
-
- void spiSend(uint8_t data) { spiTransfer(data); }
-
- void spiSend(const uint8_t* buf, size_t nbyte) {
- for (uint16_t i = 0; i < nbyte; i++)
- spiTransfer(buf[i]);
- }
-
- void spiSendBlock(uint8_t token, const uint8_t* buf) {
- spiTransfer(token);
- for (uint16_t i = 0; i < 512; i++)
- spiTransfer(buf[i]);
- }
-
- #endif // !ALLIGATOR
-#endif // !SOFTWARE_SPI
-
-#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/InterruptVectors.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/InterruptVectors.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 7964f2d..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/InterruptVectors.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-
-/**
- * InterruptVectors_Due.cpp - This module relocates the Interrupt vector table to SRAM,
- * allowing to register new interrupt handlers at runtime. Specially valuable and needed
- * because Arduino runtime allocates some interrupt handlers that we NEED to override to
- * properly support extended functionality, as for example, USB host or USB device (MSD, MTP)
- * and custom serial port handlers, and we don't actually want to modify and/or recompile the
- * Arduino runtime. We just want to run as much as possible on Stock Arduino
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2017 Eduardo José Tagle. All right reserved
- */
-#ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM
-
-#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
-#include "HAL.h"
-#include "InterruptVectors.h"
-
-/* The relocated Exception/Interrupt Table - According to the ARM
- reference manual, alignment to 128 bytes should suffice, but in
- practice, we need alignment to 256 bytes to make this work in all
- cases */
-__attribute__ ((aligned(256)))
-static DeviceVectors ram_tab = { nullptr };
-
-/**
- * This function checks if the exception/interrupt table is already in SRAM or not.
- * If it is not, then it copies the ROM table to the SRAM and relocates the table
- * by reprogramming the NVIC registers
- */
-static pfnISR_Handler* get_relocated_table_addr() {
- // Get the address of the interrupt/exception table
- uint32_t isrtab = SCB->VTOR;
-
- // If already relocated, we are done!
- if (isrtab >= IRAM0_ADDR)
- return (pfnISR_Handler*)isrtab;
-
- // Get the address of the table stored in FLASH
- const pfnISR_Handler* romtab = (const pfnISR_Handler*)isrtab;
-
- // Copy it to SRAM
- memcpy(&ram_tab, romtab, sizeof(ram_tab));
-
- // Disable global interrupts
- CRITICAL_SECTION_START();
-
- // Set the vector table base address to the SRAM copy
- SCB->VTOR = (uint32_t)(&ram_tab);
-
- // Reenable interrupts
- CRITICAL_SECTION_END();
-
- // Return the address of the table
- return (pfnISR_Handler*)(&ram_tab);
-}
-
-pfnISR_Handler install_isr(IRQn_Type irq, pfnISR_Handler newHandler) {
- // Get the address of the relocated table
- pfnISR_Handler *isrtab = get_relocated_table_addr();
-
- // Disable global interrupts
- CRITICAL_SECTION_START();
-
- // Get the original handler
- pfnISR_Handler oldHandler = isrtab[irq + 16];
-
- // Install the new one
- isrtab[irq + 16] = newHandler;
-
- // Reenable interrupts
- CRITICAL_SECTION_END();
-
- // Return the original one
- return oldHandler;
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/InterruptVectors.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/InterruptVectors.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 534cd17..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/InterruptVectors.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * InterruptVectors_Due.h
- *
- * This module relocates the Interrupt vector table to SRAM, allowing new
- * interrupt handlers to be added at runtime. This is required because the
- * Arduino runtime steals interrupt handlers that Marlin MUST use to support
- * extended functionality such as USB hosts and USB devices (MSD, MTP) and
- * custom serial port handlers. Rather than modifying and/or recompiling the
- * Arduino runtime, We just want to run as much as possible on Stock Arduino.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2017 Eduardo José Tagle. All right reserved
- */
-
-#ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM
-
-// ISR handler type
-typedef void (*pfnISR_Handler)();
-
-// Install a new interrupt vector handler for the given irq, returning the old one
-pfnISR_Handler install_isr(IRQn_Type irq, pfnISR_Handler newHandler);
-
-#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/MarlinSerial.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/MarlinSerial.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index d114c75..0000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/MarlinSerial.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,641 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-
-/**
- * MarlinSerial_Due.cpp - Hardware serial library for Arduino DUE
- * Copyright (c) 2017 Eduardo José Tagle. All right reserved
- * Based on MarlinSerial for AVR, copyright (c) 2006 Nicholas Zambetti. All right reserved.
- */
-#ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM
-
-#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
-
-#include "MarlinSerial.h"
-#include "InterruptVectors.h"
-#include "../../MarlinCore.h"
-
-template typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_r MarlinSerial::rx_buffer = { 0, 0, { 0 } };
-template typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_t MarlinSerial::tx_buffer = { 0 };
-template bool MarlinSerial::_written = false;
-template uint8_t MarlinSerial::xon_xoff_state = MarlinSerial::XON_XOFF_CHAR_SENT | MarlinSerial::XON_CHAR;
-template uint8_t MarlinSerial::rx_dropped_bytes = 0;
-template uint8_t MarlinSerial::rx_buffer_overruns = 0;
-template uint8_t MarlinSerial::rx_framing_errors = 0;
-template typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_pos_t MarlinSerial::rx_max_enqueued = 0;
-
-// A SW memory barrier, to ensure GCC does not overoptimize loops
-#define sw_barrier() asm volatile("": : :"memory");
-
-#include "../../feature/e_parser.h"
-
-// (called with RX interrupts disabled)
-template
-FORCE_INLINE void MarlinSerial::store_rxd_char() {
-
- static EmergencyParser::State emergency_state; // = EP_RESET
-
- // Get the tail - Nothing can alter its value while we are at this ISR
- const ring_buffer_pos_t t = rx_buffer.tail;
-
- // Get the head pointer
- ring_buffer_pos_t h = rx_buffer.head;
-
- // Get the next element
- ring_buffer_pos_t i = (ring_buffer_pos_t)(h + 1) & (ring_buffer_pos_t)(Cfg::RX_SIZE - 1);
-
- // Read the character from the USART
- uint8_t c = HWUART->UART_RHR;
-
- if (Cfg::EMERGENCYPARSER) emergency_parser.update(emergency_state, c);
-
- // If the character is to be stored at the index just before the tail
- // (such that the head would advance to the current tail), the RX FIFO is
- // full, so don't write the character or advance the head.
- if (i != t) {
- rx_buffer.buffer[h] = c;
- h = i;
- }
- else if (Cfg::DROPPED_RX && !++rx_dropped_bytes)
- --rx_dropped_bytes;
-
- const ring_buffer_pos_t rx_count = (ring_buffer_pos_t)(h - t) & (ring_buffer_pos_t)(Cfg::RX_SIZE - 1);
- // Calculate count of bytes stored into the RX buffer
-
- // Keep track of the maximum count of enqueued bytes
- if (Cfg::MAX_RX_QUEUED) NOLESS(rx_max_enqueued, rx_count);
-
- if (Cfg::XONOFF) {
- // If the last char that was sent was an XON
- if ((xon_xoff_state & XON_XOFF_CHAR_MASK) == XON_CHAR) {
-
- // Bytes stored into the RX buffer
- const ring_buffer_pos_t rx_count = (ring_buffer_pos_t)(h - t) & (ring_buffer_pos_t)(Cfg::RX_SIZE - 1);
-
- // If over 12.5% of RX buffer capacity, send XOFF before running out of
- // RX buffer space .. 325 bytes @ 250kbits/s needed to let the host react
- // and stop sending bytes. This translates to 13mS propagation time.
- if (rx_count >= (Cfg::RX_SIZE) / 8) {
-
- // At this point, definitely no TX interrupt was executing, since the TX isr can't be preempted.
- // Don't enable the TX interrupt here as a means to trigger the XOFF char, because if it happens
- // to be in the middle of trying to disable the RX interrupt in the main program, eventually the
- // enabling of the TX interrupt could be undone. The ONLY reliable thing this can do to ensure
- // the sending of the XOFF char is to send it HERE AND NOW.
-
- // About to send the XOFF char
- xon_xoff_state = XOFF_CHAR | XON_XOFF_CHAR_SENT;
-
- // Wait until the TX register becomes empty and send it - Here there could be a problem
- // - While waiting for the TX register to empty, the RX register could receive a new
- // character. This must also handle that situation!
- uint32_t status;
- while (!((status = HWUART->UART_SR) & UART_SR_TXRDY)) {
-
- if (status & UART_SR_RXRDY) {
- // We received a char while waiting for the TX buffer to be empty - Receive and process it!
-
- i = (ring_buffer_pos_t)(h + 1) & (ring_buffer_pos_t)(Cfg::RX_SIZE - 1);
-
- // Read the character from the USART
- c = HWUART->UART_RHR;
-
- if (Cfg::EMERGENCYPARSER) emergency_parser.update(emergency_state, c);
-
- // If the character is to be stored at the index just before the tail
- // (such that the head would advance to the current tail), the FIFO is
- // full, so don't write the character or advance the head.
- if (i != t) {
- rx_buffer.buffer[h] = c;
- h = i;
- }
- else if (Cfg::DROPPED_RX && !++rx_dropped_bytes)
- --rx_dropped_bytes;
- }
- sw_barrier();
- }
-
- HWUART->UART_THR = XOFF_CHAR;
-
- // At this point there could be a race condition between the write() function
- // and this sending of the XOFF char. This interrupt could happen between the
- // wait to be empty TX buffer loop and the actual write of the character. Since
- // the TX buffer is full because it's sending the XOFF char, the only way to be
- // sure the write() function will succeed is to wait for the XOFF char to be
- // completely sent. Since an extra character could be received during the wait
- // it must also be handled!
- while (!((status = HWUART->UART_SR) & UART_SR_TXRDY)) {
-
- if (status & UART_SR_RXRDY) {
- // A char arrived while waiting for the TX buffer to be empty - Receive and process it!
-
- i = (ring_buffer_pos_t)(h + 1) & (ring_buffer_pos_t)(Cfg::RX_SIZE - 1);
-
- // Read the character from the USART
- c = HWUART->UART_RHR;
-
- if (Cfg::EMERGENCYPARSER) emergency_parser.update(emergency_state, c);
-
- // If the character is to be stored at the index just before the tail
- // (such that the head would advance to the current tail), the FIFO is
- // full, so don't write the character or advance the head.
- if (i != t) {
- rx_buffer.buffer[h] = c;
- h = i;
- }
- else if (Cfg::DROPPED_RX && !++rx_dropped_bytes)
- --rx_dropped_bytes;
- }
- sw_barrier();
- }
-
- // At this point everything is ready. The write() function won't
- // have any issues writing to the UART TX register if it needs to!
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Store the new head value
- rx_buffer.head = h;
-}
-
-template
-FORCE_INLINE void MarlinSerial::_tx_thr_empty_irq() {
- if (Cfg::TX_SIZE > 0) {
- // Read positions
- uint8_t t = tx_buffer.tail;
- const uint8_t h = tx_buffer.head;
-
- if (Cfg::XONOFF) {
- // If an XON char is pending to be sent, do it now
- if (xon_xoff_state == XON_CHAR) {
-
- // Send the character
- HWUART->UART_THR = XON_CHAR;
-
- // Remember we sent it.
- xon_xoff_state = XON_CHAR | XON_XOFF_CHAR_SENT;
-
- // If nothing else to transmit, just disable TX interrupts.
- if (h == t) HWUART->UART_IDR = UART_IDR_TXRDY;
-
- return;
- }
- }
-
- // If nothing to transmit, just disable TX interrupts. This could
- // happen as the result of the non atomicity of the disabling of RX
- // interrupts that could end reenabling TX interrupts as a side effect.
- if (h == t) {
- HWUART->UART_IDR = UART_IDR_TXRDY;
- return;
- }
-
- // There is something to TX, Send the next byte
- const uint8_t c = tx_buffer.buffer[t];
- t = (t + 1) & (Cfg::TX_SIZE - 1);
- HWUART->UART_THR = c;
- tx_buffer.tail = t;
-
- // Disable interrupts if there is nothing to transmit following this byte
- if (h == t) HWUART->UART_IDR = UART_IDR_TXRDY;
- }
-}
-
-template
-void MarlinSerial::UART_ISR() {
- const uint32_t status = HWUART->UART_SR;
-
- // Data received?
- if (status & UART_SR_RXRDY) store_rxd_char();
-
- if (Cfg::TX_SIZE > 0) {
- // Something to send, and TX interrupts are enabled (meaning something to send)?
- if ((status & UART_SR_TXRDY) && (HWUART->UART_IMR & UART_IMR_TXRDY)) _tx_thr_empty_irq();
- }
-
- // Acknowledge errors
- if ((status & UART_SR_OVRE) || (status & UART_SR_FRAME)) {
- if (Cfg::DROPPED_RX && (status & UART_SR_OVRE) && !++rx_dropped_bytes) --rx_dropped_bytes;
- if (Cfg::RX_OVERRUNS && (status & UART_SR_OVRE) && !++rx_buffer_overruns) --rx_buffer_overruns;
- if (Cfg::RX_FRAMING_ERRORS && (status & UART_SR_FRAME) && !++rx_framing_errors) --rx_framing_errors;
-
- // TODO: error reporting outside ISR
- HWUART->UART_CR = UART_CR_RSTSTA;
- }
-}
-
-// Public Methods
-template
-void MarlinSerial::begin(const long baud_setting) {
-
- // Disable UART interrupt in NVIC
- NVIC_DisableIRQ( HWUART_IRQ );
-
- // We NEED memory barriers to ensure Interrupts are actually disabled!
- // ( https://dzone.com/articles/nvic-disabling-interrupts-on-arm-cortex-m-and-the )
- __DSB();
- __ISB();
-
- // Disable clock
- pmc_disable_periph_clk( HWUART_IRQ_ID );
-
- // Configure PMC
- pmc_enable_periph_clk( HWUART_IRQ_ID );
-
- // Disable PDC channel
- HWUART->UART_PTCR = UART_PTCR_RXTDIS | UART_PTCR_TXTDIS;
-
- // Reset and disable receiver and transmitter
- HWUART->UART_CR = UART_CR_RSTRX | UART_CR_RSTTX | UART_CR_RXDIS | UART_CR_TXDIS;
-
- // Configure mode: 8bit, No parity, 1 bit stop
- HWUART->UART_MR = UART_MR_CHMODE_NORMAL | US_MR_CHRL_8_BIT | US_MR_NBSTOP_1_BIT | UART_MR_PAR_NO;
-
- // Configure baudrate (asynchronous, no oversampling)
- HWUART->UART_BRGR = (SystemCoreClock / (baud_setting << 4));
-
- // Configure interrupts
- HWUART->UART_IDR = 0xFFFFFFFF;
- HWUART->UART_IER = UART_IER_RXRDY | UART_IER_OVRE | UART_IER_FRAME;
-
- // Install interrupt handler
- install_isr(HWUART_IRQ, UART_ISR);
-
- // Configure priority. We need a very high priority to avoid losing characters
- // and we need to be able to preempt the Stepper ISR and everything else!
- // (this could probably be fixed by using DMA with the Serial port)
- NVIC_SetPriority(HWUART_IRQ, 1);
-
- // Enable UART interrupt in NVIC
- NVIC_EnableIRQ(HWUART_IRQ);
-
- // Enable receiver and transmitter
- HWUART->UART_CR = UART_CR_RXEN | UART_CR_TXEN;
-
- if (Cfg::TX_SIZE > 0) _written = false;
-}
-
-template
-void MarlinSerial::end() {
- // Disable UART interrupt in NVIC
- NVIC_DisableIRQ( HWUART_IRQ );
-
- // We NEED memory barriers to ensure Interrupts are actually disabled!
- // ( https://dzone.com/articles/nvic-disabling-interrupts-on-arm-cortex-m-and-the )
- __DSB();
- __ISB();
-
- pmc_disable_periph_clk( HWUART_IRQ_ID );
-}
-
-template
-int MarlinSerial::peek() {
- const int v = rx_buffer.head == rx_buffer.tail ? -1 : rx_buffer.buffer[rx_buffer.tail];
- return v;
-}
-
-template
-int MarlinSerial::read() {
-
- const ring_buffer_pos_t h = rx_buffer.head;
- ring_buffer_pos_t t = rx_buffer.tail;
-
- if (h == t) return -1;
-
- int v = rx_buffer.buffer[t];
- t = (ring_buffer_pos_t)(t + 1) & (Cfg::RX_SIZE - 1);
-
- // Advance tail
- rx_buffer.tail = t;
-
- if (Cfg::XONOFF) {
- // If the XOFF char was sent, or about to be sent...
- if ((xon_xoff_state & XON_XOFF_CHAR_MASK) == XOFF_CHAR) {
- // Get count of bytes in the RX buffer
- const ring_buffer_pos_t rx_count = (ring_buffer_pos_t)(h - t) & (ring_buffer_pos_t)(Cfg::RX_SIZE - 1);
- // When below 10% of RX buffer capacity, send XON before running out of RX buffer bytes
- if (rx_count < (Cfg::RX_SIZE) / 10) {
- if (Cfg::TX_SIZE > 0) {
- // Signal we want an XON character to be sent.
- xon_xoff_state = XON_CHAR;
- // Enable TX isr.
- HWUART->UART_IER = UART_IER_TXRDY;
- }
- else {
- // If not using TX interrupts, we must send the XON char now
- xon_xoff_state = XON_CHAR | XON_XOFF_CHAR_SENT;
- while (!(HWUART->UART_SR & UART_SR_TXRDY)) sw_barrier();
- HWUART->UART_THR = XON_CHAR;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- return v;
-}
-
-template
-typename MarlinSerial